[d7d2da3] | 1 | /*
|
---|
| 2 | * tclCompile.c --
|
---|
| 3 | *
|
---|
| 4 | * This file contains procedures that compile Tcl commands or parts
|
---|
| 5 | * of commands (like quoted strings or nested sub-commands) into a
|
---|
| 6 | * sequence of instructions ("bytecodes").
|
---|
| 7 | *
|
---|
| 8 | * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
---|
| 9 | * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
|
---|
| 10 | *
|
---|
| 11 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
---|
| 12 | * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
---|
| 13 | *
|
---|
| 14 | * RCS: @(#) $Id: tclCompile.c,v 1.1 2008-06-04 13:58:05 demin Exp $
|
---|
| 15 | */
|
---|
| 16 |
|
---|
| 17 | #include "tclInt.h"
|
---|
| 18 | #include "tclCompile.h"
|
---|
| 19 |
|
---|
| 20 | /*
|
---|
| 21 | * A table describing the Tcl bytecode instructions. The entries in this
|
---|
| 22 | * table must correspond to the list of instructions in tclInt.h. The names
|
---|
| 23 | * "op1" and "op4" refer to an instruction's one or four byte first operand.
|
---|
| 24 | * Similarly, "stktop" and "stknext" refer to the topmost and next to
|
---|
| 25 | * topmost stack elements.
|
---|
| 26 | *
|
---|
| 27 | * Note that the load, store, and incr instructions do not distinguish local
|
---|
| 28 | * from global variables; the bytecode interpreter at runtime uses the
|
---|
| 29 | * existence of a procedure call frame to distinguish these.
|
---|
| 30 | */
|
---|
| 31 |
|
---|
| 32 | InstructionDesc instructionTable[] = {
|
---|
| 33 | /* Name Bytes #Opnds Operand types Stack top, next */
|
---|
| 34 | {"done", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 35 | /* Finish ByteCode execution and return stktop (top stack item) */
|
---|
| 36 | {"push1", 2, 1, {OPERAND_UINT1}},
|
---|
| 37 | /* Push object at ByteCode objArray[op1] */
|
---|
| 38 | {"push4", 5, 1, {OPERAND_UINT4}},
|
---|
| 39 | /* Push object at ByteCode objArray[op4] */
|
---|
| 40 | {"pop", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 41 | /* Pop the topmost stack object */
|
---|
| 42 | {"dup", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 43 | /* Duplicate the topmost stack object and push the result */
|
---|
| 44 | {"concat1", 2, 1, {OPERAND_UINT1}},
|
---|
| 45 | /* Concatenate the top op1 items and push result */
|
---|
| 46 | {"invokeStk1", 2, 1, {OPERAND_UINT1}},
|
---|
| 47 | /* Invoke command named objv[0]; <objc,objv> = <op1,top op1> */
|
---|
| 48 | {"invokeStk4", 5, 1, {OPERAND_UINT4}},
|
---|
| 49 | /* Invoke command named objv[0]; <objc,objv> = <op4,top op4> */
|
---|
| 50 | {"evalStk", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 51 | /* Evaluate command in stktop using Tcl_EvalObj. */
|
---|
| 52 | {"exprStk", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 53 | /* Execute expression in stktop using Tcl_ExprStringObj. */
|
---|
| 54 |
|
---|
| 55 | {"loadScalar1", 2, 1, {OPERAND_UINT1}},
|
---|
| 56 | /* Load scalar variable at index op1 <= 255 in call frame */
|
---|
| 57 | {"loadScalar4", 5, 1, {OPERAND_UINT4}},
|
---|
| 58 | /* Load scalar variable at index op1 >= 256 in call frame */
|
---|
| 59 | {"loadScalarStk", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 60 | /* Load scalar variable; scalar's name is stktop */
|
---|
| 61 | {"loadArray1", 2, 1, {OPERAND_UINT1}},
|
---|
| 62 | /* Load array element; array at slot op1<=255, element is stktop */
|
---|
| 63 | {"loadArray4", 5, 1, {OPERAND_UINT4}},
|
---|
| 64 | /* Load array element; array at slot op1 > 255, element is stktop */
|
---|
| 65 | {"loadArrayStk", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 66 | /* Load array element; element is stktop, array name is stknext */
|
---|
| 67 | {"loadStk", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 68 | /* Load general variable; unparsed variable name is stktop */
|
---|
| 69 | {"storeScalar1", 2, 1, {OPERAND_UINT1}},
|
---|
| 70 | /* Store scalar variable at op1<=255 in frame; value is stktop */
|
---|
| 71 | {"storeScalar4", 5, 1, {OPERAND_UINT4}},
|
---|
| 72 | /* Store scalar variable at op1 > 255 in frame; value is stktop */
|
---|
| 73 | {"storeScalarStk", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 74 | /* Store scalar; value is stktop, scalar name is stknext */
|
---|
| 75 | {"storeArray1", 2, 1, {OPERAND_UINT1}},
|
---|
| 76 | /* Store array element; array at op1<=255, value is top then elem */
|
---|
| 77 | {"storeArray4", 5, 1, {OPERAND_UINT4}},
|
---|
| 78 | /* Store array element; array at op1>=256, value is top then elem */
|
---|
| 79 | {"storeArrayStk", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 80 | /* Store array element; value is stktop, then elem, array names */
|
---|
| 81 | {"storeStk", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 82 | /* Store general variable; value is stktop, then unparsed name */
|
---|
| 83 |
|
---|
| 84 | {"incrScalar1", 2, 1, {OPERAND_UINT1}},
|
---|
| 85 | /* Incr scalar at index op1<=255 in frame; incr amount is stktop */
|
---|
| 86 | {"incrScalarStk", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 87 | /* Incr scalar; incr amount is stktop, scalar's name is stknext */
|
---|
| 88 | {"incrArray1", 2, 1, {OPERAND_UINT1}},
|
---|
| 89 | /* Incr array elem; arr at slot op1<=255, amount is top then elem */
|
---|
| 90 | {"incrArrayStk", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 91 | /* Incr array element; amount is top then elem then array names */
|
---|
| 92 | {"incrStk", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 93 | /* Incr general variable; amount is stktop then unparsed var name */
|
---|
| 94 | {"incrScalar1Imm", 3, 2, {OPERAND_UINT1, OPERAND_INT1}},
|
---|
| 95 | /* Incr scalar at slot op1 <= 255; amount is 2nd operand byte */
|
---|
| 96 | {"incrScalarStkImm", 2, 1, {OPERAND_INT1}},
|
---|
| 97 | /* Incr scalar; scalar name is stktop; incr amount is op1 */
|
---|
| 98 | {"incrArray1Imm", 3, 2, {OPERAND_UINT1, OPERAND_INT1}},
|
---|
| 99 | /* Incr array elem; array at slot op1 <= 255, elem is stktop,
|
---|
| 100 | * amount is 2nd operand byte */
|
---|
| 101 | {"incrArrayStkImm", 2, 1, {OPERAND_INT1}},
|
---|
| 102 | /* Incr array element; elem is top then array name, amount is op1 */
|
---|
| 103 | {"incrStkImm", 2, 1, {OPERAND_INT1}},
|
---|
| 104 | /* Incr general variable; unparsed name is top, amount is op1 */
|
---|
| 105 |
|
---|
| 106 | {"jump1", 2, 1, {OPERAND_INT1}},
|
---|
| 107 | /* Jump relative to (pc + op1) */
|
---|
| 108 | {"jump4", 5, 1, {OPERAND_INT4}},
|
---|
| 109 | /* Jump relative to (pc + op4) */
|
---|
| 110 | {"jumpTrue1", 2, 1, {OPERAND_INT1}},
|
---|
| 111 | /* Jump relative to (pc + op1) if stktop expr object is true */
|
---|
| 112 | {"jumpTrue4", 5, 1, {OPERAND_INT4}},
|
---|
| 113 | /* Jump relative to (pc + op4) if stktop expr object is true */
|
---|
| 114 | {"jumpFalse1", 2, 1, {OPERAND_INT1}},
|
---|
| 115 | /* Jump relative to (pc + op1) if stktop expr object is false */
|
---|
| 116 | {"jumpFalse4", 5, 1, {OPERAND_INT4}},
|
---|
| 117 | /* Jump relative to (pc + op4) if stktop expr object is false */
|
---|
| 118 |
|
---|
| 119 | {"lor", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 120 | /* Logical or: push (stknext || stktop) */
|
---|
| 121 | {"land", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 122 | /* Logical and: push (stknext && stktop) */
|
---|
| 123 | {"bitor", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 124 | /* Bitwise or: push (stknext | stktop) */
|
---|
| 125 | {"bitxor", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 126 | /* Bitwise xor push (stknext ^ stktop) */
|
---|
| 127 | {"bitand", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 128 | /* Bitwise and: push (stknext & stktop) */
|
---|
| 129 | {"eq", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 130 | /* Equal: push (stknext == stktop) */
|
---|
| 131 | {"neq", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 132 | /* Not equal: push (stknext != stktop) */
|
---|
| 133 | {"lt", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 134 | /* Less: push (stknext < stktop) */
|
---|
| 135 | {"gt", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 136 | /* Greater: push (stknext || stktop) */
|
---|
| 137 | {"le", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 138 | /* Logical or: push (stknext || stktop) */
|
---|
| 139 | {"ge", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 140 | /* Logical or: push (stknext || stktop) */
|
---|
| 141 | {"lshift", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 142 | /* Left shift: push (stknext << stktop) */
|
---|
| 143 | {"rshift", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 144 | /* Right shift: push (stknext >> stktop) */
|
---|
| 145 | {"add", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 146 | /* Add: push (stknext + stktop) */
|
---|
| 147 | {"sub", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 148 | /* Sub: push (stkext - stktop) */
|
---|
| 149 | {"mult", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 150 | /* Multiply: push (stknext * stktop) */
|
---|
| 151 | {"div", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 152 | /* Divide: push (stknext / stktop) */
|
---|
| 153 | {"mod", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 154 | /* Mod: push (stknext % stktop) */
|
---|
| 155 | {"uplus", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 156 | /* Unary plus: push +stktop */
|
---|
| 157 | {"uminus", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 158 | /* Unary minus: push -stktop */
|
---|
| 159 | {"bitnot", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 160 | /* Bitwise not: push ~stktop */
|
---|
| 161 | {"not", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 162 | /* Logical not: push !stktop */
|
---|
| 163 | {"callBuiltinFunc1", 2, 1, {OPERAND_UINT1}},
|
---|
| 164 | /* Call builtin math function with index op1; any args are on stk */
|
---|
| 165 | {"callFunc1", 2, 1, {OPERAND_UINT1}},
|
---|
| 166 | /* Call non-builtin func objv[0]; <objc,objv>=<op1,top op1> */
|
---|
| 167 | {"tryCvtToNumeric", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 168 | /* Try converting stktop to first int then double if possible. */
|
---|
| 169 |
|
---|
| 170 | {"break", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 171 | /* Abort closest enclosing loop; if none, return TCL_BREAK code. */
|
---|
| 172 | {"continue", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 173 | /* Skip to next iteration of closest enclosing loop; if none,
|
---|
| 174 | * return TCL_CONTINUE code. */
|
---|
| 175 |
|
---|
| 176 | {"foreach_start4", 5, 1, {OPERAND_UINT4}},
|
---|
| 177 | /* Initialize execution of a foreach loop. Operand is aux data index
|
---|
| 178 | * of the ForeachInfo structure for the foreach command. */
|
---|
| 179 | {"foreach_step4", 5, 1, {OPERAND_UINT4}},
|
---|
| 180 | /* "Step" or begin next iteration of foreach loop. Push 0 if to
|
---|
| 181 | * terminate loop, else push 1. */
|
---|
| 182 |
|
---|
| 183 | {"beginCatch4", 5, 1, {OPERAND_UINT4}},
|
---|
| 184 | /* Record start of catch with the operand's exception range index.
|
---|
| 185 | * Push the current stack depth onto a special catch stack. */
|
---|
| 186 | {"endCatch", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 187 | /* End of last catch. Pop the bytecode interpreter's catch stack. */
|
---|
| 188 | {"pushResult", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 189 | /* Push the interpreter's object result onto the stack. */
|
---|
| 190 | {"pushReturnCode", 1, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}},
|
---|
| 191 | /* Push interpreter's return code (e.g. TCL_OK or TCL_ERROR) as
|
---|
| 192 | * a new object onto the stack. */
|
---|
| 193 | {0}
|
---|
| 194 | };
|
---|
| 195 |
|
---|
| 196 | /*
|
---|
| 197 | * The following table assigns a type to each character. Only types
|
---|
| 198 | * meaningful to Tcl parsing are represented here. The table is
|
---|
| 199 | * designed to be referenced with either signed or unsigned characters,
|
---|
| 200 | * so it has 384 entries. The first 128 entries correspond to negative
|
---|
| 201 | * character values, the next 256 correspond to positive character
|
---|
| 202 | * values. The last 128 entries are identical to the first 128. The
|
---|
| 203 | * table is always indexed with a 128-byte offset (the 128th entry
|
---|
| 204 | * corresponds to a 0 character value).
|
---|
| 205 | */
|
---|
| 206 |
|
---|
| 207 | unsigned char tclTypeTable[] = {
|
---|
| 208 | /*
|
---|
| 209 | * Negative character values, from -128 to -1:
|
---|
| 210 | */
|
---|
| 211 |
|
---|
| 212 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 213 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 214 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 215 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 216 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 217 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 218 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 219 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 220 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 221 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 222 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 223 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 224 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 225 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 226 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 227 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 228 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 229 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 230 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 231 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 232 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 233 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 234 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 235 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 236 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 237 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 238 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 239 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 240 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 241 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 242 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 243 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 244 |
|
---|
| 245 | /*
|
---|
| 246 | * Positive character values, from 0-127:
|
---|
| 247 | */
|
---|
| 248 |
|
---|
| 249 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 250 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 251 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_SPACE, TCL_COMMAND_END, TCL_SPACE,
|
---|
| 252 | TCL_SPACE, TCL_SPACE, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 253 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 254 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 255 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 256 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 257 | TCL_SPACE, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_QUOTE, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 258 | TCL_DOLLAR, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 259 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 260 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 261 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 262 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 263 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_COMMAND_END,
|
---|
| 264 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 265 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 266 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 267 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 268 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 269 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 270 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 271 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_OPEN_BRACKET,
|
---|
| 272 | TCL_BACKSLASH, TCL_COMMAND_END, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 273 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 274 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 275 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 276 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 277 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 278 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 279 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_OPEN_BRACE,
|
---|
| 280 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_CLOSE_BRACE, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 281 |
|
---|
| 282 | /*
|
---|
| 283 | * Large unsigned character values, from 128-255:
|
---|
| 284 | */
|
---|
| 285 |
|
---|
| 286 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 287 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 288 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 289 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 290 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 291 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 292 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 293 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 294 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 295 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 296 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 297 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 298 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 299 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 300 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 301 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 302 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 303 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 304 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 305 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 306 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 307 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 308 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 309 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 310 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 311 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 312 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 313 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 314 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 315 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 316 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 317 | TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
|
---|
| 318 | };
|
---|
| 319 |
|
---|
| 320 | /*
|
---|
| 321 | * Table of all AuxData types.
|
---|
| 322 | */
|
---|
| 323 |
|
---|
| 324 | static Tcl_HashTable auxDataTypeTable;
|
---|
| 325 | static int auxDataTypeTableInitialized = 0; /* 0 means not yet
|
---|
| 326 | * initialized. */
|
---|
| 327 |
|
---|
| 328 | /*
|
---|
| 329 | * Prototypes for procedures defined later in this file:
|
---|
| 330 | */
|
---|
| 331 |
|
---|
| 332 | static void AdvanceToNextWord _ANSI_ARGS_((char *string,
|
---|
| 333 | CompileEnv *envPtr));
|
---|
| 334 | static int CollectArgInfo _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
---|
| 335 | char *string, char *lastChar, int flags,
|
---|
| 336 | ArgInfo *argInfoPtr));
|
---|
| 337 | static int CompileBraces _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
---|
| 338 | char *string, char *lastChar, int flags,
|
---|
| 339 | CompileEnv *envPtr));
|
---|
| 340 | static int CompileCmdWordInline _ANSI_ARGS_((
|
---|
| 341 | Tcl_Interp *interp, char *string,
|
---|
| 342 | char *lastChar, int flags, CompileEnv *envPtr));
|
---|
| 343 | static int CompileExprWord _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
---|
| 344 | char *string, char *lastChar, int flags,
|
---|
| 345 | CompileEnv *envPtr));
|
---|
| 346 | static int CompileMultipartWord _ANSI_ARGS_((
|
---|
| 347 | Tcl_Interp *interp, char *string,
|
---|
| 348 | char *lastChar, int flags, CompileEnv *envPtr));
|
---|
| 349 | static int CompileWord _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
---|
| 350 | char *string, char *lastChar, int flags,
|
---|
| 351 | CompileEnv *envPtr));
|
---|
| 352 | static int CreateExceptionRange _ANSI_ARGS_((
|
---|
| 353 | ExceptionRangeType type, CompileEnv *envPtr));
|
---|
| 354 | static void DupByteCodeInternalRep _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,
|
---|
| 355 | Tcl_Obj *copyPtr));
|
---|
| 356 | static ClientData DupForeachInfo _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData));
|
---|
| 357 | static unsigned char * EncodeCmdLocMap _ANSI_ARGS_((
|
---|
| 358 | CompileEnv *envPtr, ByteCode *codePtr,
|
---|
| 359 | unsigned char *startPtr));
|
---|
| 360 | static void EnterCmdExtentData _ANSI_ARGS_((
|
---|
| 361 | CompileEnv *envPtr, int cmdNumber,
|
---|
| 362 | int numSrcChars, int numCodeBytes));
|
---|
| 363 | static void EnterCmdStartData _ANSI_ARGS_((
|
---|
| 364 | CompileEnv *envPtr, int cmdNumber,
|
---|
| 365 | int srcOffset, int codeOffset));
|
---|
| 366 | static void ExpandObjectArray _ANSI_ARGS_((CompileEnv *envPtr));
|
---|
| 367 | static void FreeForeachInfo _ANSI_ARGS_((
|
---|
| 368 | ClientData clientData));
|
---|
| 369 | static void FreeByteCodeInternalRep _ANSI_ARGS_((
|
---|
| 370 | Tcl_Obj *objPtr));
|
---|
| 371 | static void FreeArgInfo _ANSI_ARGS_((ArgInfo *argInfoPtr));
|
---|
| 372 | static int GetCmdLocEncodingSize _ANSI_ARGS_((
|
---|
| 373 | CompileEnv *envPtr));
|
---|
| 374 | static void InitArgInfo _ANSI_ARGS_((ArgInfo *argInfoPtr));
|
---|
| 375 | static int IsLocalScalar _ANSI_ARGS_((char *name, int len));
|
---|
| 376 | static int LookupCompiledLocal _ANSI_ARGS_((
|
---|
| 377 | char *name, int nameChars, int createIfNew,
|
---|
| 378 | int flagsIfCreated, Proc *procPtr));
|
---|
| 379 | static int SetByteCodeFromAny _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
---|
| 380 | Tcl_Obj *objPtr));
|
---|
| 381 | static void UpdateStringOfByteCode _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Obj *objPtr));
|
---|
| 382 |
|
---|
| 383 | /*
|
---|
| 384 | * The structure below defines the bytecode Tcl object type by
|
---|
| 385 | * means of procedures that can be invoked by generic object code.
|
---|
| 386 | */
|
---|
| 387 |
|
---|
| 388 | Tcl_ObjType tclByteCodeType = {
|
---|
| 389 | "bytecode", /* name */
|
---|
| 390 | FreeByteCodeInternalRep, /* freeIntRepProc */
|
---|
| 391 | DupByteCodeInternalRep, /* dupIntRepProc */
|
---|
| 392 | UpdateStringOfByteCode, /* updateStringProc */
|
---|
| 393 | SetByteCodeFromAny /* setFromAnyProc */
|
---|
| 394 | };
|
---|
| 395 |
|
---|
| 396 | /*
|
---|
| 397 | * The structures below define the AuxData types defined in this file.
|
---|
| 398 | */
|
---|
| 399 |
|
---|
| 400 | AuxDataType tclForeachInfoType = {
|
---|
| 401 | "ForeachInfo", /* name */
|
---|
| 402 | DupForeachInfo, /* dupProc */
|
---|
| 403 | FreeForeachInfo /* freeProc */
|
---|
| 404 | };
|
---|
| 405 | |
---|
| 406 |
|
---|
| 407 | /*
|
---|
| 408 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 409 | *
|
---|
| 410 | * TclPrintSource --
|
---|
| 411 | *
|
---|
| 412 | * This procedure prints up to a specified number of characters from
|
---|
| 413 | * the argument string to a specified file. It tries to produce legible
|
---|
| 414 | * output by adding backslashes as necessary.
|
---|
| 415 | *
|
---|
| 416 | * Results:
|
---|
| 417 | * None.
|
---|
| 418 | *
|
---|
| 419 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 420 | * Outputs characters to the specified file.
|
---|
| 421 | *
|
---|
| 422 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 423 | */
|
---|
| 424 |
|
---|
| 425 | void
|
---|
| 426 | TclPrintSource(outFile, string, maxChars)
|
---|
| 427 | FILE *outFile; /* The file to print the source to. */
|
---|
| 428 | char *string; /* The string to print. */
|
---|
| 429 | int maxChars; /* Maximum number of chars to print. */
|
---|
| 430 | {
|
---|
| 431 | register char *p;
|
---|
| 432 | register int i = 0;
|
---|
| 433 |
|
---|
| 434 | if (string == NULL) {
|
---|
| 435 | fprintf(outFile, "\"\"");
|
---|
| 436 | return;
|
---|
| 437 | }
|
---|
| 438 |
|
---|
| 439 | fprintf(outFile, "\"");
|
---|
| 440 | p = string;
|
---|
| 441 | for (; (*p != '\0') && (i < maxChars); p++, i++) {
|
---|
| 442 | switch (*p) {
|
---|
| 443 | case '"':
|
---|
| 444 | fprintf(outFile, "\\\"");
|
---|
| 445 | continue;
|
---|
| 446 | case '\f':
|
---|
| 447 | fprintf(outFile, "\\f");
|
---|
| 448 | continue;
|
---|
| 449 | case '\n':
|
---|
| 450 | fprintf(outFile, "\\n");
|
---|
| 451 | continue;
|
---|
| 452 | case '\r':
|
---|
| 453 | fprintf(outFile, "\\r");
|
---|
| 454 | continue;
|
---|
| 455 | case '\t':
|
---|
| 456 | fprintf(outFile, "\\t");
|
---|
| 457 | continue;
|
---|
| 458 | case '\v':
|
---|
| 459 | fprintf(outFile, "\\v");
|
---|
| 460 | continue;
|
---|
| 461 | default:
|
---|
| 462 | fprintf(outFile, "%c", *p);
|
---|
| 463 | continue;
|
---|
| 464 | }
|
---|
| 465 | }
|
---|
| 466 | fprintf(outFile, "\"");
|
---|
| 467 | }
|
---|
| 468 | |
---|
| 469 |
|
---|
| 470 | /*
|
---|
| 471 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 472 | *
|
---|
| 473 | * FreeByteCodeInternalRep --
|
---|
| 474 | *
|
---|
| 475 | * Part of the bytecode Tcl object type implementation. Frees the
|
---|
| 476 | * storage associated with a bytecode object's internal representation
|
---|
| 477 | * unless its code is actively being executed.
|
---|
| 478 | *
|
---|
| 479 | * Results:
|
---|
| 480 | * None.
|
---|
| 481 | *
|
---|
| 482 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 483 | * The bytecode object's internal rep is marked invalid and its
|
---|
| 484 | * code gets freed unless the code is actively being executed.
|
---|
| 485 | * In that case the cleanup is delayed until the last execution
|
---|
| 486 | * of the code completes.
|
---|
| 487 | *
|
---|
| 488 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 489 | */
|
---|
| 490 |
|
---|
| 491 | static void
|
---|
| 492 | FreeByteCodeInternalRep(objPtr)
|
---|
| 493 | register Tcl_Obj *objPtr; /* Object whose internal rep to free. */
|
---|
| 494 | {
|
---|
| 495 | register ByteCode *codePtr =
|
---|
| 496 | (ByteCode *) objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr;
|
---|
| 497 |
|
---|
| 498 | codePtr->refCount--;
|
---|
| 499 | if (codePtr->refCount <= 0) {
|
---|
| 500 | TclCleanupByteCode(codePtr);
|
---|
| 501 | }
|
---|
| 502 | objPtr->typePtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 503 | objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 504 | }
|
---|
| 505 | |
---|
| 506 |
|
---|
| 507 | /*
|
---|
| 508 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 509 | *
|
---|
| 510 | * TclCleanupByteCode --
|
---|
| 511 | *
|
---|
| 512 | * This procedure does all the real work of freeing up a bytecode
|
---|
| 513 | * object's ByteCode structure. It's called only when the structure's
|
---|
| 514 | * reference count becomes zero.
|
---|
| 515 | *
|
---|
| 516 | * Results:
|
---|
| 517 | * None.
|
---|
| 518 | *
|
---|
| 519 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 520 | * Frees objPtr's bytecode internal representation and sets
|
---|
| 521 | * its type and objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr NULL. Also
|
---|
| 522 | * decrements the ref counts on each object in its object array,
|
---|
| 523 | * and frees its auxiliary data items.
|
---|
| 524 | *
|
---|
| 525 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 526 | */
|
---|
| 527 |
|
---|
| 528 | void
|
---|
| 529 | TclCleanupByteCode(codePtr)
|
---|
| 530 | ByteCode *codePtr; /* ByteCode to free. */
|
---|
| 531 | {
|
---|
| 532 | Tcl_Obj **objArrayPtr = codePtr->objArrayPtr;
|
---|
| 533 | int numObjects = codePtr->numObjects;
|
---|
| 534 | int numAuxDataItems = codePtr->numAuxDataItems;
|
---|
| 535 | register AuxData *auxDataPtr;
|
---|
| 536 | register Tcl_Obj *elemPtr;
|
---|
| 537 | register int i;
|
---|
| 538 |
|
---|
| 539 | /*
|
---|
| 540 | * A single heap object holds the ByteCode structure and its code,
|
---|
| 541 | * object, command location, and auxiliary data arrays. This means we
|
---|
| 542 | * only need to 1) decrement the ref counts on the objects in its
|
---|
| 543 | * object array, 2) call the free procs for the auxiliary data items,
|
---|
| 544 | * and 3) free the ByteCode structure's heap object.
|
---|
| 545 | */
|
---|
| 546 |
|
---|
| 547 | for (i = 0; i < numObjects; i++) {
|
---|
| 548 | elemPtr = objArrayPtr[i];
|
---|
| 549 | TclDecrRefCount(elemPtr);
|
---|
| 550 | }
|
---|
| 551 |
|
---|
| 552 | auxDataPtr = codePtr->auxDataArrayPtr;
|
---|
| 553 | for (i = 0; i < numAuxDataItems; i++) {
|
---|
| 554 | if (auxDataPtr->type->freeProc != NULL) {
|
---|
| 555 | auxDataPtr->type->freeProc(auxDataPtr->clientData);
|
---|
| 556 | }
|
---|
| 557 | auxDataPtr++;
|
---|
| 558 | }
|
---|
| 559 |
|
---|
| 560 | ckfree((char *) codePtr);
|
---|
| 561 | }
|
---|
| 562 | |
---|
| 563 |
|
---|
| 564 | /*
|
---|
| 565 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 566 | *
|
---|
| 567 | * DupByteCodeInternalRep --
|
---|
| 568 | *
|
---|
| 569 | * Part of the bytecode Tcl object type implementation. However, it
|
---|
| 570 | * does not copy the internal representation of a bytecode Tcl_Obj, but
|
---|
| 571 | * instead leaves the new object untyped (with a NULL type pointer).
|
---|
| 572 | * Code will be compiled for the new object only if necessary.
|
---|
| 573 | *
|
---|
| 574 | * Results:
|
---|
| 575 | * None.
|
---|
| 576 | *
|
---|
| 577 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 578 | * None.
|
---|
| 579 | *
|
---|
| 580 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 581 | */
|
---|
| 582 |
|
---|
| 583 | static void
|
---|
| 584 | DupByteCodeInternalRep(srcPtr, copyPtr)
|
---|
| 585 | Tcl_Obj *srcPtr; /* Object with internal rep to copy. */
|
---|
| 586 | Tcl_Obj *copyPtr; /* Object with internal rep to set. */
|
---|
| 587 | {
|
---|
| 588 | return;
|
---|
| 589 | }
|
---|
| 590 | |
---|
| 591 |
|
---|
| 592 | /*
|
---|
| 593 | *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 594 | *
|
---|
| 595 | * SetByteCodeFromAny --
|
---|
| 596 | *
|
---|
| 597 | * Part of the bytecode Tcl object type implementation. Attempts to
|
---|
| 598 | * generate an byte code internal form for the Tcl object "objPtr" by
|
---|
| 599 | * compiling its string representation.
|
---|
| 600 | *
|
---|
| 601 | * Results:
|
---|
| 602 | * The return value is a standard Tcl object result. If an error occurs
|
---|
| 603 | * during compilation, an error message is left in the interpreter's
|
---|
| 604 | * result unless "interp" is NULL.
|
---|
| 605 | *
|
---|
| 606 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 607 | * Frees the old internal representation. If no error occurs, then the
|
---|
| 608 | * compiled code is stored as "objPtr"s bytecode representation.
|
---|
| 609 | * Also, if debugging, initializes the "tcl_traceCompile" Tcl variable
|
---|
| 610 | * used to trace compilations.
|
---|
| 611 | *
|
---|
| 612 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 613 | */
|
---|
| 614 |
|
---|
| 615 | static int
|
---|
| 616 | SetByteCodeFromAny(interp, objPtr)
|
---|
| 617 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* The interpreter for which the code is
|
---|
| 618 | * compiled. */
|
---|
| 619 | Tcl_Obj *objPtr; /* The object to convert. */
|
---|
| 620 | {
|
---|
| 621 | Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
|
---|
| 622 | char *string;
|
---|
| 623 | CompileEnv compEnv; /* Compilation environment structure
|
---|
| 624 | * allocated in frame. */
|
---|
| 625 | AuxData *auxDataPtr;
|
---|
| 626 | register int i;
|
---|
| 627 | int length, result;
|
---|
| 628 |
|
---|
| 629 | string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length);
|
---|
| 630 | TclInitCompileEnv(interp, &compEnv, string);
|
---|
| 631 | result = TclCompileString(interp, string, string+length,
|
---|
| 632 | iPtr->evalFlags, &compEnv);
|
---|
| 633 | if (result == TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 634 | /*
|
---|
| 635 | * Add a "done" instruction at the end of the instruction sequence.
|
---|
| 636 | */
|
---|
| 637 |
|
---|
| 638 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_DONE, &compEnv);
|
---|
| 639 |
|
---|
| 640 | /*
|
---|
| 641 | * Convert the object to a ByteCode object.
|
---|
| 642 | */
|
---|
| 643 |
|
---|
| 644 | TclInitByteCodeObj(objPtr, &compEnv);
|
---|
| 645 | } else {
|
---|
| 646 | /*
|
---|
| 647 | * Compilation errors. Decrement the ref counts on any objects in
|
---|
| 648 | * the object array and free any aux data items prior to freeing
|
---|
| 649 | * the compilation environment.
|
---|
| 650 | */
|
---|
| 651 |
|
---|
| 652 | for (i = 0; i < compEnv.objArrayNext; i++) {
|
---|
| 653 | Tcl_Obj *elemPtr = compEnv.objArrayPtr[i];
|
---|
| 654 | Tcl_DecrRefCount(elemPtr);
|
---|
| 655 | }
|
---|
| 656 |
|
---|
| 657 | auxDataPtr = compEnv.auxDataArrayPtr;
|
---|
| 658 | for (i = 0; i < compEnv.auxDataArrayNext; i++) {
|
---|
| 659 | if (auxDataPtr->type->freeProc != NULL) {
|
---|
| 660 | auxDataPtr->type->freeProc(auxDataPtr->clientData);
|
---|
| 661 | }
|
---|
| 662 | auxDataPtr++;
|
---|
| 663 | }
|
---|
| 664 | }
|
---|
| 665 | TclFreeCompileEnv(&compEnv);
|
---|
| 666 |
|
---|
| 667 | return result;
|
---|
| 668 | }
|
---|
| 669 | |
---|
| 670 |
|
---|
| 671 | /*
|
---|
| 672 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 673 | *
|
---|
| 674 | * UpdateStringOfByteCode --
|
---|
| 675 | *
|
---|
| 676 | * Part of the bytecode Tcl object type implementation. Called to
|
---|
| 677 | * update the string representation for a byte code object.
|
---|
| 678 | * Note: This procedure does not free an existing old string rep
|
---|
| 679 | * so storage will be lost if this has not already been done.
|
---|
| 680 | *
|
---|
| 681 | * Results:
|
---|
| 682 | * None.
|
---|
| 683 | *
|
---|
| 684 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 685 | * Generates a panic.
|
---|
| 686 | *
|
---|
| 687 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 688 | */
|
---|
| 689 |
|
---|
| 690 | static void
|
---|
| 691 | UpdateStringOfByteCode(objPtr)
|
---|
| 692 | register Tcl_Obj *objPtr; /* ByteCode object with string rep that
|
---|
| 693 | * needs updating. */
|
---|
| 694 | {
|
---|
| 695 | /*
|
---|
| 696 | * This procedure is never invoked since the internal representation of
|
---|
| 697 | * a bytecode object is never modified.
|
---|
| 698 | */
|
---|
| 699 |
|
---|
| 700 | panic("UpdateStringOfByteCode should never be called.");
|
---|
| 701 | }
|
---|
| 702 | |
---|
| 703 |
|
---|
| 704 | /*
|
---|
| 705 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 706 | *
|
---|
| 707 | * TclInitCompileEnv --
|
---|
| 708 | *
|
---|
| 709 | * Initializes a CompileEnv compilation environment structure for the
|
---|
| 710 | * compilation of a string in an interpreter.
|
---|
| 711 | *
|
---|
| 712 | * Results:
|
---|
| 713 | * None.
|
---|
| 714 | *
|
---|
| 715 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 716 | * The CompileEnv structure is initialized.
|
---|
| 717 | *
|
---|
| 718 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 719 | */
|
---|
| 720 |
|
---|
| 721 | void
|
---|
| 722 | TclInitCompileEnv(interp, envPtr, string)
|
---|
| 723 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* The interpreter for which a CompileEnv
|
---|
| 724 | * structure is initialized. */
|
---|
| 725 | register CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Points to the CompileEnv structure to
|
---|
| 726 | * initialize. */
|
---|
| 727 | char *string; /* The source string to be compiled. */
|
---|
| 728 | {
|
---|
| 729 | Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
|
---|
| 730 |
|
---|
| 731 | envPtr->iPtr = iPtr;
|
---|
| 732 | envPtr->source = string;
|
---|
| 733 | envPtr->procPtr = iPtr->compiledProcPtr;
|
---|
| 734 | envPtr->numCommands = 0;
|
---|
| 735 | envPtr->excRangeDepth = 0;
|
---|
| 736 | envPtr->maxExcRangeDepth = 0;
|
---|
| 737 | envPtr->maxStackDepth = 0;
|
---|
| 738 | Tcl_InitHashTable(&(envPtr->objTable), TCL_STRING_KEYS);
|
---|
| 739 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = 1;
|
---|
| 740 | envPtr->wordIsSimple = 0;
|
---|
| 741 | envPtr->numSimpleWordChars = 0;
|
---|
| 742 | envPtr->exprIsJustVarRef = 0;
|
---|
| 743 | envPtr->exprIsComparison = 0;
|
---|
| 744 | envPtr->termOffset = 0;
|
---|
| 745 |
|
---|
| 746 | envPtr->codeStart = envPtr->staticCodeSpace;
|
---|
| 747 | envPtr->codeNext = envPtr->codeStart;
|
---|
| 748 | envPtr->codeEnd = (envPtr->codeStart + COMPILEENV_INIT_CODE_BYTES);
|
---|
| 749 | envPtr->mallocedCodeArray = 0;
|
---|
| 750 |
|
---|
| 751 | envPtr->objArrayPtr = envPtr->staticObjArraySpace;
|
---|
| 752 | envPtr->objArrayNext = 0;
|
---|
| 753 | envPtr->objArrayEnd = COMPILEENV_INIT_NUM_OBJECTS;
|
---|
| 754 | envPtr->mallocedObjArray = 0;
|
---|
| 755 |
|
---|
| 756 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr = envPtr->staticExcRangeArraySpace;
|
---|
| 757 | envPtr->excRangeArrayNext = 0;
|
---|
| 758 | envPtr->excRangeArrayEnd = COMPILEENV_INIT_EXCEPT_RANGES;
|
---|
| 759 | envPtr->mallocedExcRangeArray = 0;
|
---|
| 760 |
|
---|
| 761 | envPtr->cmdMapPtr = envPtr->staticCmdMapSpace;
|
---|
| 762 | envPtr->cmdMapEnd = COMPILEENV_INIT_CMD_MAP_SIZE;
|
---|
| 763 | envPtr->mallocedCmdMap = 0;
|
---|
| 764 |
|
---|
| 765 | envPtr->auxDataArrayPtr = envPtr->staticAuxDataArraySpace;
|
---|
| 766 | envPtr->auxDataArrayNext = 0;
|
---|
| 767 | envPtr->auxDataArrayEnd = COMPILEENV_INIT_AUX_DATA_SIZE;
|
---|
| 768 | envPtr->mallocedAuxDataArray = 0;
|
---|
| 769 | }
|
---|
| 770 | |
---|
| 771 |
|
---|
| 772 | /*
|
---|
| 773 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 774 | *
|
---|
| 775 | * TclFreeCompileEnv --
|
---|
| 776 | *
|
---|
| 777 | * Free the storage allocated in a CompileEnv compilation environment
|
---|
| 778 | * structure.
|
---|
| 779 | *
|
---|
| 780 | * Results:
|
---|
| 781 | * None.
|
---|
| 782 | *
|
---|
| 783 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 784 | * Allocated storage in the CompileEnv structure is freed. Note that
|
---|
| 785 | * ref counts for Tcl objects in its object table are not decremented.
|
---|
| 786 | * In addition, any storage referenced by any auxiliary data items
|
---|
| 787 | * in the CompileEnv structure are not freed either. The expectation
|
---|
| 788 | * is that when compilation is successful, "ownership" (i.e., the
|
---|
| 789 | * pointers to) these objects and aux data items will just be handed
|
---|
| 790 | * over to the corresponding ByteCode structure.
|
---|
| 791 | *
|
---|
| 792 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 793 | */
|
---|
| 794 |
|
---|
| 795 | void
|
---|
| 796 | TclFreeCompileEnv(envPtr)
|
---|
| 797 | register CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Points to the CompileEnv structure. */
|
---|
| 798 | {
|
---|
| 799 | Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&(envPtr->objTable));
|
---|
| 800 | if (envPtr->mallocedCodeArray) {
|
---|
| 801 | ckfree((char *) envPtr->codeStart);
|
---|
| 802 | }
|
---|
| 803 | if (envPtr->mallocedObjArray) {
|
---|
| 804 | ckfree((char *) envPtr->objArrayPtr);
|
---|
| 805 | }
|
---|
| 806 | if (envPtr->mallocedExcRangeArray) {
|
---|
| 807 | ckfree((char *) envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr);
|
---|
| 808 | }
|
---|
| 809 | if (envPtr->mallocedCmdMap) {
|
---|
| 810 | ckfree((char *) envPtr->cmdMapPtr);
|
---|
| 811 | }
|
---|
| 812 | if (envPtr->mallocedAuxDataArray) {
|
---|
| 813 | ckfree((char *) envPtr->auxDataArrayPtr);
|
---|
| 814 | }
|
---|
| 815 | }
|
---|
| 816 | |
---|
| 817 |
|
---|
| 818 | /*
|
---|
| 819 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 820 | *
|
---|
| 821 | * TclInitByteCodeObj --
|
---|
| 822 | *
|
---|
| 823 | * Create a ByteCode structure and initialize it from a CompileEnv
|
---|
| 824 | * compilation environment structure. The ByteCode structure is
|
---|
| 825 | * smaller and contains just that information needed to execute
|
---|
| 826 | * the bytecode instructions resulting from compiling a Tcl script.
|
---|
| 827 | * The resulting structure is placed in the specified object.
|
---|
| 828 | *
|
---|
| 829 | * Results:
|
---|
| 830 | * A newly constructed ByteCode object is stored in the internal
|
---|
| 831 | * representation of the objPtr.
|
---|
| 832 | *
|
---|
| 833 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 834 | * A single heap object is allocated to hold the new ByteCode structure
|
---|
| 835 | * and its code, object, command location, and aux data arrays. Note
|
---|
| 836 | * that "ownership" (i.e., the pointers to) the Tcl objects and aux
|
---|
| 837 | * data items will be handed over to the new ByteCode structure from
|
---|
| 838 | * the CompileEnv structure.
|
---|
| 839 | *
|
---|
| 840 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 841 | */
|
---|
| 842 |
|
---|
| 843 | void
|
---|
| 844 | TclInitByteCodeObj(objPtr, envPtr)
|
---|
| 845 | Tcl_Obj *objPtr; /* Points object that should be
|
---|
| 846 | * initialized, and whose string rep
|
---|
| 847 | * contains the source code. */
|
---|
| 848 | register CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Points to the CompileEnv structure from
|
---|
| 849 | * which to create a ByteCode structure. */
|
---|
| 850 | {
|
---|
| 851 | register ByteCode *codePtr;
|
---|
| 852 | size_t codeBytes, objArrayBytes, exceptArrayBytes, cmdLocBytes;
|
---|
| 853 | size_t auxDataArrayBytes;
|
---|
| 854 | register size_t size, objBytes, totalSize;
|
---|
| 855 | register unsigned char *p;
|
---|
| 856 | unsigned char *nextPtr;
|
---|
| 857 | int srcLen = envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 858 | int numObjects, i;
|
---|
| 859 | Namespace *namespacePtr;
|
---|
| 860 |
|
---|
| 861 | codeBytes = (envPtr->codeNext - envPtr->codeStart);
|
---|
| 862 | numObjects = envPtr->objArrayNext;
|
---|
| 863 | objArrayBytes = (envPtr->objArrayNext * sizeof(Tcl_Obj *));
|
---|
| 864 | exceptArrayBytes = (envPtr->excRangeArrayNext * sizeof(ExceptionRange));
|
---|
| 865 | auxDataArrayBytes = (envPtr->auxDataArrayNext * sizeof(AuxData));
|
---|
| 866 | cmdLocBytes = GetCmdLocEncodingSize(envPtr);
|
---|
| 867 |
|
---|
| 868 | size = sizeof(ByteCode);
|
---|
| 869 | size += TCL_ALIGN(codeBytes); /* align object array */
|
---|
| 870 | size += TCL_ALIGN(objArrayBytes); /* align exception range array */
|
---|
| 871 | size += TCL_ALIGN(exceptArrayBytes); /* align AuxData array */
|
---|
| 872 | size += auxDataArrayBytes;
|
---|
| 873 | size += cmdLocBytes;
|
---|
| 874 |
|
---|
| 875 | /*
|
---|
| 876 | * Compute the total number of bytes needed for this bytecode
|
---|
| 877 | * including the storage for the Tcl objects in its object array.
|
---|
| 878 | */
|
---|
| 879 |
|
---|
| 880 | objBytes = (numObjects * sizeof(Tcl_Obj));
|
---|
| 881 | for (i = 0; i < numObjects; i++) {
|
---|
| 882 | Tcl_Obj *litObjPtr = envPtr->objArrayPtr[i];
|
---|
| 883 | if (litObjPtr->bytes != NULL) {
|
---|
| 884 | objBytes += litObjPtr->length;
|
---|
| 885 | }
|
---|
| 886 | }
|
---|
| 887 | totalSize = (size + objBytes);
|
---|
| 888 |
|
---|
| 889 | if (envPtr->iPtr->varFramePtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 890 | namespacePtr = envPtr->iPtr->varFramePtr->nsPtr;
|
---|
| 891 | } else {
|
---|
| 892 | namespacePtr = envPtr->iPtr->globalNsPtr;
|
---|
| 893 | }
|
---|
| 894 |
|
---|
| 895 | p = (unsigned char *) ckalloc(size);
|
---|
| 896 | codePtr = (ByteCode *) p;
|
---|
| 897 | codePtr->iPtr = envPtr->iPtr;
|
---|
| 898 | codePtr->compileEpoch = envPtr->iPtr->compileEpoch;
|
---|
| 899 | codePtr->nsPtr = namespacePtr;
|
---|
| 900 | codePtr->nsEpoch = namespacePtr->resolverEpoch;
|
---|
| 901 | codePtr->refCount = 1;
|
---|
| 902 | codePtr->flags = 0;
|
---|
| 903 | codePtr->source = envPtr->source;
|
---|
| 904 | codePtr->procPtr = envPtr->procPtr;
|
---|
| 905 | codePtr->totalSize = totalSize;
|
---|
| 906 | codePtr->numCommands = envPtr->numCommands;
|
---|
| 907 | codePtr->numSrcChars = srcLen;
|
---|
| 908 | codePtr->numCodeBytes = codeBytes;
|
---|
| 909 | codePtr->numObjects = numObjects;
|
---|
| 910 | codePtr->numExcRanges = envPtr->excRangeArrayNext;
|
---|
| 911 | codePtr->numAuxDataItems = envPtr->auxDataArrayNext;
|
---|
| 912 | codePtr->auxDataArrayPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 913 | codePtr->numCmdLocBytes = cmdLocBytes;
|
---|
| 914 | codePtr->maxExcRangeDepth = envPtr->maxExcRangeDepth;
|
---|
| 915 | codePtr->maxStackDepth = envPtr->maxStackDepth;
|
---|
| 916 |
|
---|
| 917 | p += sizeof(ByteCode);
|
---|
| 918 | codePtr->codeStart = p;
|
---|
| 919 | memcpy((VOID *) p, (VOID *) envPtr->codeStart, codeBytes);
|
---|
| 920 |
|
---|
| 921 | p += TCL_ALIGN(codeBytes); /* align object array */
|
---|
| 922 | codePtr->objArrayPtr = (Tcl_Obj **) p;
|
---|
| 923 | memcpy((VOID *) p, (VOID *) envPtr->objArrayPtr, objArrayBytes);
|
---|
| 924 |
|
---|
| 925 | p += TCL_ALIGN(objArrayBytes); /* align exception range array */
|
---|
| 926 | if (exceptArrayBytes > 0) {
|
---|
| 927 | codePtr->excRangeArrayPtr = (ExceptionRange *) p;
|
---|
| 928 | memcpy((VOID *) p, (VOID *) envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr,
|
---|
| 929 | exceptArrayBytes);
|
---|
| 930 | }
|
---|
| 931 |
|
---|
| 932 | p += TCL_ALIGN(exceptArrayBytes); /* align AuxData array */
|
---|
| 933 | if (auxDataArrayBytes > 0) {
|
---|
| 934 | codePtr->auxDataArrayPtr = (AuxData *) p;
|
---|
| 935 | memcpy((VOID *) p, (VOID *) envPtr->auxDataArrayPtr,
|
---|
| 936 | auxDataArrayBytes);
|
---|
| 937 | }
|
---|
| 938 |
|
---|
| 939 | p += auxDataArrayBytes;
|
---|
| 940 | nextPtr = EncodeCmdLocMap(envPtr, codePtr, (unsigned char *) p);
|
---|
| 941 | if (((size_t)(nextPtr - p)) != cmdLocBytes) {
|
---|
| 942 | panic("TclInitByteCodeObj: encoded cmd location bytes %d != expected size %d\n", (nextPtr - p), cmdLocBytes);
|
---|
| 943 | }
|
---|
| 944 |
|
---|
| 945 | /*
|
---|
| 946 | * Free the old internal rep then convert the object to a
|
---|
| 947 | * bytecode object by making its internal rep point to the just
|
---|
| 948 | * compiled ByteCode.
|
---|
| 949 | */
|
---|
| 950 |
|
---|
| 951 | if ((objPtr->typePtr != NULL) &&
|
---|
| 952 | (objPtr->typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
|
---|
| 953 | objPtr->typePtr->freeIntRepProc(objPtr);
|
---|
| 954 | }
|
---|
| 955 | objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = (VOID *) codePtr;
|
---|
| 956 | objPtr->typePtr = &tclByteCodeType;
|
---|
| 957 | }
|
---|
| 958 | |
---|
| 959 |
|
---|
| 960 | /*
|
---|
| 961 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 962 | *
|
---|
| 963 | * GetCmdLocEncodingSize --
|
---|
| 964 | *
|
---|
| 965 | * Computes the total number of bytes needed to encode the command
|
---|
| 966 | * location information for some compiled code.
|
---|
| 967 | *
|
---|
| 968 | * Results:
|
---|
| 969 | * The byte count needed to encode the compiled location information.
|
---|
| 970 | *
|
---|
| 971 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 972 | * None.
|
---|
| 973 | *
|
---|
| 974 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 975 | */
|
---|
| 976 |
|
---|
| 977 | static int
|
---|
| 978 | GetCmdLocEncodingSize(envPtr)
|
---|
| 979 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Points to compilation environment
|
---|
| 980 | * structure containing the CmdLocation
|
---|
| 981 | * structure to encode. */
|
---|
| 982 | {
|
---|
| 983 | register CmdLocation *mapPtr = envPtr->cmdMapPtr;
|
---|
| 984 | int numCmds = envPtr->numCommands;
|
---|
| 985 | int codeDelta, codeLen, srcDelta, srcLen;
|
---|
| 986 | int codeDeltaNext, codeLengthNext, srcDeltaNext, srcLengthNext;
|
---|
| 987 | /* The offsets in their respective byte
|
---|
| 988 | * sequences where the next encoded offset
|
---|
| 989 | * or length should go. */
|
---|
| 990 | int prevCodeOffset, prevSrcOffset, i;
|
---|
| 991 |
|
---|
| 992 | codeDeltaNext = codeLengthNext = srcDeltaNext = srcLengthNext = 0;
|
---|
| 993 | prevCodeOffset = prevSrcOffset = 0;
|
---|
| 994 | for (i = 0; i < numCmds; i++) {
|
---|
| 995 | codeDelta = (mapPtr[i].codeOffset - prevCodeOffset);
|
---|
| 996 | if (codeDelta < 0) {
|
---|
| 997 | panic("GetCmdLocEncodingSize: bad code offset");
|
---|
| 998 | } else if (codeDelta <= 127) {
|
---|
| 999 | codeDeltaNext++;
|
---|
| 1000 | } else {
|
---|
| 1001 | codeDeltaNext += 5; /* 1 byte for 0xFF, 4 for positive delta */
|
---|
| 1002 | }
|
---|
| 1003 | prevCodeOffset = mapPtr[i].codeOffset;
|
---|
| 1004 |
|
---|
| 1005 | codeLen = mapPtr[i].numCodeBytes;
|
---|
| 1006 | if (codeLen < 0) {
|
---|
| 1007 | panic("GetCmdLocEncodingSize: bad code length");
|
---|
| 1008 | } else if (codeLen <= 127) {
|
---|
| 1009 | codeLengthNext++;
|
---|
| 1010 | } else {
|
---|
| 1011 | codeLengthNext += 5; /* 1 byte for 0xFF, 4 for length */
|
---|
| 1012 | }
|
---|
| 1013 |
|
---|
| 1014 | srcDelta = (mapPtr[i].srcOffset - prevSrcOffset);
|
---|
| 1015 | if ((-127 <= srcDelta) && (srcDelta <= 127)) {
|
---|
| 1016 | srcDeltaNext++;
|
---|
| 1017 | } else {
|
---|
| 1018 | srcDeltaNext += 5; /* 1 byte for 0xFF, 4 for delta */
|
---|
| 1019 | }
|
---|
| 1020 | prevSrcOffset = mapPtr[i].srcOffset;
|
---|
| 1021 |
|
---|
| 1022 | srcLen = mapPtr[i].numSrcChars;
|
---|
| 1023 | if (srcLen < 0) {
|
---|
| 1024 | panic("GetCmdLocEncodingSize: bad source length");
|
---|
| 1025 | } else if (srcLen <= 127) {
|
---|
| 1026 | srcLengthNext++;
|
---|
| 1027 | } else {
|
---|
| 1028 | srcLengthNext += 5; /* 1 byte for 0xFF, 4 for length */
|
---|
| 1029 | }
|
---|
| 1030 | }
|
---|
| 1031 |
|
---|
| 1032 | return (codeDeltaNext + codeLengthNext + srcDeltaNext + srcLengthNext);
|
---|
| 1033 | }
|
---|
| 1034 | |
---|
| 1035 |
|
---|
| 1036 | /*
|
---|
| 1037 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1038 | *
|
---|
| 1039 | * EncodeCmdLocMap --
|
---|
| 1040 | *
|
---|
| 1041 | * Encode the command location information for some compiled code into
|
---|
| 1042 | * a ByteCode structure. The encoded command location map is stored as
|
---|
| 1043 | * three adjacent byte sequences.
|
---|
| 1044 | *
|
---|
| 1045 | * Results:
|
---|
| 1046 | * Pointer to the first byte after the encoded command location
|
---|
| 1047 | * information.
|
---|
| 1048 | *
|
---|
| 1049 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 1050 | * The encoded information is stored into the block of memory headed
|
---|
| 1051 | * by codePtr. Also records pointers to the start of the four byte
|
---|
| 1052 | * sequences in fields in codePtr's ByteCode header structure.
|
---|
| 1053 | *
|
---|
| 1054 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1055 | */
|
---|
| 1056 |
|
---|
| 1057 | static unsigned char *
|
---|
| 1058 | EncodeCmdLocMap(envPtr, codePtr, startPtr)
|
---|
| 1059 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Points to compilation environment
|
---|
| 1060 | * structure containing the CmdLocation
|
---|
| 1061 | * structure to encode. */
|
---|
| 1062 | ByteCode *codePtr; /* ByteCode in which to encode envPtr's
|
---|
| 1063 | * command location information. */
|
---|
| 1064 | unsigned char *startPtr; /* Points to the first byte in codePtr's
|
---|
| 1065 | * memory block where the location
|
---|
| 1066 | * information is to be stored. */
|
---|
| 1067 | {
|
---|
| 1068 | register CmdLocation *mapPtr = envPtr->cmdMapPtr;
|
---|
| 1069 | int numCmds = envPtr->numCommands;
|
---|
| 1070 | register unsigned char *p = startPtr;
|
---|
| 1071 | int codeDelta, codeLen, srcDelta, srcLen, prevOffset;
|
---|
| 1072 | register int i;
|
---|
| 1073 |
|
---|
| 1074 | /*
|
---|
| 1075 | * Encode the code offset for each command as a sequence of deltas.
|
---|
| 1076 | */
|
---|
| 1077 |
|
---|
| 1078 | codePtr->codeDeltaStart = p;
|
---|
| 1079 | prevOffset = 0;
|
---|
| 1080 | for (i = 0; i < numCmds; i++) {
|
---|
| 1081 | codeDelta = (mapPtr[i].codeOffset - prevOffset);
|
---|
| 1082 | if (codeDelta < 0) {
|
---|
| 1083 | panic("EncodeCmdLocMap: bad code offset");
|
---|
| 1084 | } else if (codeDelta <= 127) {
|
---|
| 1085 | TclStoreInt1AtPtr(codeDelta, p);
|
---|
| 1086 | p++;
|
---|
| 1087 | } else {
|
---|
| 1088 | TclStoreInt1AtPtr(0xFF, p);
|
---|
| 1089 | p++;
|
---|
| 1090 | TclStoreInt4AtPtr(codeDelta, p);
|
---|
| 1091 | p += 4;
|
---|
| 1092 | }
|
---|
| 1093 | prevOffset = mapPtr[i].codeOffset;
|
---|
| 1094 | }
|
---|
| 1095 |
|
---|
| 1096 | /*
|
---|
| 1097 | * Encode the code length for each command.
|
---|
| 1098 | */
|
---|
| 1099 |
|
---|
| 1100 | codePtr->codeLengthStart = p;
|
---|
| 1101 | for (i = 0; i < numCmds; i++) {
|
---|
| 1102 | codeLen = mapPtr[i].numCodeBytes;
|
---|
| 1103 | if (codeLen < 0) {
|
---|
| 1104 | panic("EncodeCmdLocMap: bad code length");
|
---|
| 1105 | } else if (codeLen <= 127) {
|
---|
| 1106 | TclStoreInt1AtPtr(codeLen, p);
|
---|
| 1107 | p++;
|
---|
| 1108 | } else {
|
---|
| 1109 | TclStoreInt1AtPtr(0xFF, p);
|
---|
| 1110 | p++;
|
---|
| 1111 | TclStoreInt4AtPtr(codeLen, p);
|
---|
| 1112 | p += 4;
|
---|
| 1113 | }
|
---|
| 1114 | }
|
---|
| 1115 |
|
---|
| 1116 | /*
|
---|
| 1117 | * Encode the source offset for each command as a sequence of deltas.
|
---|
| 1118 | */
|
---|
| 1119 |
|
---|
| 1120 | codePtr->srcDeltaStart = p;
|
---|
| 1121 | prevOffset = 0;
|
---|
| 1122 | for (i = 0; i < numCmds; i++) {
|
---|
| 1123 | srcDelta = (mapPtr[i].srcOffset - prevOffset);
|
---|
| 1124 | if ((-127 <= srcDelta) && (srcDelta <= 127)) {
|
---|
| 1125 | TclStoreInt1AtPtr(srcDelta, p);
|
---|
| 1126 | p++;
|
---|
| 1127 | } else {
|
---|
| 1128 | TclStoreInt1AtPtr(0xFF, p);
|
---|
| 1129 | p++;
|
---|
| 1130 | TclStoreInt4AtPtr(srcDelta, p);
|
---|
| 1131 | p += 4;
|
---|
| 1132 | }
|
---|
| 1133 | prevOffset = mapPtr[i].srcOffset;
|
---|
| 1134 | }
|
---|
| 1135 |
|
---|
| 1136 | /*
|
---|
| 1137 | * Encode the source length for each command.
|
---|
| 1138 | */
|
---|
| 1139 |
|
---|
| 1140 | codePtr->srcLengthStart = p;
|
---|
| 1141 | for (i = 0; i < numCmds; i++) {
|
---|
| 1142 | srcLen = mapPtr[i].numSrcChars;
|
---|
| 1143 | if (srcLen < 0) {
|
---|
| 1144 | panic("EncodeCmdLocMap: bad source length");
|
---|
| 1145 | } else if (srcLen <= 127) {
|
---|
| 1146 | TclStoreInt1AtPtr(srcLen, p);
|
---|
| 1147 | p++;
|
---|
| 1148 | } else {
|
---|
| 1149 | TclStoreInt1AtPtr(0xFF, p);
|
---|
| 1150 | p++;
|
---|
| 1151 | TclStoreInt4AtPtr(srcLen, p);
|
---|
| 1152 | p += 4;
|
---|
| 1153 | }
|
---|
| 1154 | }
|
---|
| 1155 |
|
---|
| 1156 | return p;
|
---|
| 1157 | }
|
---|
| 1158 | |
---|
| 1159 |
|
---|
| 1160 | /*
|
---|
| 1161 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1162 | *
|
---|
| 1163 | * TclCompileString --
|
---|
| 1164 | *
|
---|
| 1165 | * Compile a Tcl script in a null-terminated binary string.
|
---|
| 1166 | *
|
---|
| 1167 | * Results:
|
---|
| 1168 | * The return value is TCL_OK on a successful compilation and TCL_ERROR
|
---|
| 1169 | * on failure. If TCL_ERROR is returned, then the interpreter's result
|
---|
| 1170 | * contains an error message.
|
---|
| 1171 | *
|
---|
| 1172 | * envPtr->termOffset and interp->termOffset are filled in with the
|
---|
| 1173 | * offset of the character in the string just after the last one
|
---|
| 1174 | * successfully processed; this might be the offset of the ']' (if
|
---|
| 1175 | * flags & TCL_BRACKET_TERM), or the offset of the '\0' at the end of
|
---|
| 1176 | * the string. Also updates envPtr->maxStackDepth with the maximum
|
---|
| 1177 | * number of stack elements needed to execute the string's commands.
|
---|
| 1178 | *
|
---|
| 1179 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 1180 | * Adds instructions to envPtr to evaluate the string at runtime.
|
---|
| 1181 | *
|
---|
| 1182 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1183 | */
|
---|
| 1184 |
|
---|
| 1185 | int
|
---|
| 1186 | TclCompileString(interp, string, lastChar, flags, envPtr)
|
---|
| 1187 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
|
---|
| 1188 | char *string; /* The source string to compile. */
|
---|
| 1189 | char *lastChar; /* Pointer to terminating character of
|
---|
| 1190 | * string. */
|
---|
| 1191 | int flags; /* Flags to control compilation (same as
|
---|
| 1192 | * passed to Tcl_Eval). */
|
---|
| 1193 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Holds resulting instructions. */
|
---|
| 1194 | {
|
---|
| 1195 | Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
|
---|
| 1196 | register char *src = string;/* Points to current source char. */
|
---|
| 1197 | register char c = *src; /* The current char. */
|
---|
| 1198 | register int type; /* Current char's CHAR_TYPE type. */
|
---|
| 1199 | char termChar = (char)((flags & TCL_BRACKET_TERM)? ']' : '\0');
|
---|
| 1200 | /* Return when this character is found
|
---|
| 1201 | * (either ']' or '\0'). Zero means newlines
|
---|
| 1202 | * terminate cmds. */
|
---|
| 1203 | int isFirstCmd = 1; /* 1 if compiling the first cmd. */
|
---|
| 1204 | char *cmdSrcStart = NULL; /* Points to first non-blank char in each
|
---|
| 1205 | * command. Initialized to avoid compiler
|
---|
| 1206 | * warning. */
|
---|
| 1207 | int cmdIndex; /* The index of the current command in the
|
---|
| 1208 | * compilation environment's command
|
---|
| 1209 | * location table. */
|
---|
| 1210 | int lastTopLevelCmdIndex = -1;
|
---|
| 1211 | /* Index of most recent toplevel command in
|
---|
| 1212 | * the command location table. Initialized
|
---|
| 1213 | * to avoid compiler warning. */
|
---|
| 1214 | int cmdCodeOffset = -1; /* Offset of first byte of current command's
|
---|
| 1215 | * code. Initialized to avoid compiler
|
---|
| 1216 | * warning. */
|
---|
| 1217 | int cmdWords; /* Number of words in current command. */
|
---|
| 1218 | Tcl_Command cmd; /* Used to search for commands. */
|
---|
| 1219 | Command *cmdPtr; /* Points to command's Command structure if
|
---|
| 1220 | * first word is simple and command was
|
---|
| 1221 | * found; else NULL. */
|
---|
| 1222 | int maxDepth = 0; /* Maximum number of stack elements needed
|
---|
| 1223 | * to execute all cmds. */
|
---|
| 1224 | char *termPtr; /* Points to char that terminated word. */
|
---|
| 1225 | char savedChar; /* Holds the character from string
|
---|
| 1226 | * termporarily replaced by a null character
|
---|
| 1227 | * during processing of words. */
|
---|
| 1228 | int objIndex = -1; /* The object array index for a pushed
|
---|
| 1229 | * object holding a word or word part
|
---|
| 1230 | * Initialized to avoid compiler warning. */
|
---|
| 1231 | unsigned char *entryCodeNext = envPtr->codeNext;
|
---|
| 1232 | /* Value of envPtr's current instruction
|
---|
| 1233 | * pointer at entry. Used to tell if any
|
---|
| 1234 | * instructions generated. */
|
---|
| 1235 | char *ellipsis = ""; /* Used to set errorInfo variable; "..."
|
---|
| 1236 | * indicates that not all of offending
|
---|
| 1237 | * command is included in errorInfo. ""
|
---|
| 1238 | * means that the command is all there. */
|
---|
| 1239 | Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
|
---|
| 1240 | int numChars;
|
---|
| 1241 | int result = TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 1242 | int savePushSimpleWords = envPtr->pushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 1243 |
|
---|
| 1244 | /*
|
---|
| 1245 | * commands: command {(';' | '\n') command}
|
---|
| 1246 | */
|
---|
| 1247 |
|
---|
| 1248 | while ((src != lastChar) && (c != termChar)) {
|
---|
| 1249 | /*
|
---|
| 1250 | * Skip white space, semicolons, backslash-newlines (treated as
|
---|
| 1251 | * spaces), and comments before command.
|
---|
| 1252 | */
|
---|
| 1253 |
|
---|
| 1254 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 1255 | while ((type & (TCL_SPACE | TCL_BACKSLASH))
|
---|
| 1256 | || (c == '\n') || (c == ';')) {
|
---|
| 1257 | if (type == TCL_BACKSLASH) {
|
---|
| 1258 | if (src[1] == '\n') {
|
---|
| 1259 | src += 2;
|
---|
| 1260 | } else {
|
---|
| 1261 | break;
|
---|
| 1262 | }
|
---|
| 1263 | } else {
|
---|
| 1264 | src++;
|
---|
| 1265 | }
|
---|
| 1266 | c = *src;
|
---|
| 1267 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 1268 | }
|
---|
| 1269 |
|
---|
| 1270 | if (c == '#') {
|
---|
| 1271 | while (src != lastChar) {
|
---|
| 1272 | if (c == '\\') {
|
---|
| 1273 | int numRead;
|
---|
| 1274 | Tcl_Backslash(src, &numRead);
|
---|
| 1275 | src += numRead;
|
---|
| 1276 | } else if (c == '\n') {
|
---|
| 1277 | src++;
|
---|
| 1278 | c = *src;
|
---|
| 1279 | envPtr->termOffset = (src - string);
|
---|
| 1280 | break;
|
---|
| 1281 | } else {
|
---|
| 1282 | src++;
|
---|
| 1283 | }
|
---|
| 1284 | c = *src;
|
---|
| 1285 | }
|
---|
| 1286 | continue; /* end of comment, restart outer command loop */
|
---|
| 1287 | }
|
---|
| 1288 |
|
---|
| 1289 | /*
|
---|
| 1290 | * Compile one command: zero or more words terminated by a '\n',
|
---|
| 1291 | * ';', ']' (if command is terminated by close bracket), or
|
---|
| 1292 | * the end of string.
|
---|
| 1293 | *
|
---|
| 1294 | * command: word*
|
---|
| 1295 | */
|
---|
| 1296 |
|
---|
| 1297 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 1298 | if ((type == TCL_COMMAND_END)
|
---|
| 1299 | && ((c != ']') || (flags & TCL_BRACKET_TERM))) {
|
---|
| 1300 | continue; /* empty command; restart outer cmd loop */
|
---|
| 1301 | }
|
---|
| 1302 |
|
---|
| 1303 | /*
|
---|
| 1304 | * If not the first command, discard the previous command's result.
|
---|
| 1305 | */
|
---|
| 1306 |
|
---|
| 1307 | if (!isFirstCmd) {
|
---|
| 1308 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr);
|
---|
| 1309 | if (!(flags & TCL_BRACKET_TERM)) {
|
---|
| 1310 | /*
|
---|
| 1311 | * We are compiling a top level command. Update the number
|
---|
| 1312 | * of code bytes for the last command to account for the pop
|
---|
| 1313 | * instruction.
|
---|
| 1314 | */
|
---|
| 1315 |
|
---|
| 1316 | (envPtr->cmdMapPtr[lastTopLevelCmdIndex]).numCodeBytes =
|
---|
| 1317 | (envPtr->codeNext-envPtr->codeStart) - cmdCodeOffset;
|
---|
| 1318 | }
|
---|
| 1319 | }
|
---|
| 1320 |
|
---|
| 1321 | /*
|
---|
| 1322 | * Compile the words of the command. Process the first word
|
---|
| 1323 | * specially, since it is the name of a command. If it is a "simple"
|
---|
| 1324 | * string (just a sequence of characters), look it up in the table
|
---|
| 1325 | * of compilation procedures. If a word other than the first is
|
---|
| 1326 | * simple and represents an integer whose formatted representation
|
---|
| 1327 | * is the same as the word, just push an integer object. Also record
|
---|
| 1328 | * starting source and object information for the command.
|
---|
| 1329 | */
|
---|
| 1330 |
|
---|
| 1331 | envPtr->numCommands++;
|
---|
| 1332 | cmdIndex = (envPtr->numCommands - 1);
|
---|
| 1333 | if (!(flags & TCL_BRACKET_TERM)) {
|
---|
| 1334 | lastTopLevelCmdIndex = cmdIndex;
|
---|
| 1335 | }
|
---|
| 1336 |
|
---|
| 1337 | cmdSrcStart = src;
|
---|
| 1338 | cmdCodeOffset = (envPtr->codeNext - envPtr->codeStart);
|
---|
| 1339 | cmdWords = 0;
|
---|
| 1340 | EnterCmdStartData(envPtr, cmdIndex, src-envPtr->source,
|
---|
| 1341 | cmdCodeOffset);
|
---|
| 1342 |
|
---|
| 1343 | while ((type != TCL_COMMAND_END)
|
---|
| 1344 | || ((c == ']') && !(flags & TCL_BRACKET_TERM))) {
|
---|
| 1345 | /*
|
---|
| 1346 | * Skip any leading white space at the start of a word. Note
|
---|
| 1347 | * that a backslash-newline is treated as a space.
|
---|
| 1348 | */
|
---|
| 1349 |
|
---|
| 1350 | while (type & (TCL_SPACE | TCL_BACKSLASH)) {
|
---|
| 1351 | if (type == TCL_BACKSLASH) {
|
---|
| 1352 | if (src[1] == '\n') {
|
---|
| 1353 | src += 2;
|
---|
| 1354 | } else {
|
---|
| 1355 | break;
|
---|
| 1356 | }
|
---|
| 1357 | } else {
|
---|
| 1358 | src++;
|
---|
| 1359 | }
|
---|
| 1360 | c = *src;
|
---|
| 1361 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 1362 | }
|
---|
| 1363 | if ((type == TCL_COMMAND_END)
|
---|
| 1364 | && ((c != ']') || (flags & TCL_BRACKET_TERM))) {
|
---|
| 1365 | break; /* no words remain for command. */
|
---|
| 1366 | }
|
---|
| 1367 |
|
---|
| 1368 | /*
|
---|
| 1369 | * Compile one word. We use an inline version of CompileWord to
|
---|
| 1370 | * avoid an extra procedure call.
|
---|
| 1371 | */
|
---|
| 1372 |
|
---|
| 1373 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = 0;
|
---|
| 1374 | if (type & (TCL_QUOTE | TCL_OPEN_BRACE)) {
|
---|
| 1375 | src++;
|
---|
| 1376 | if (type == TCL_QUOTE) {
|
---|
| 1377 | result = TclCompileQuotes(interp, src, lastChar,
|
---|
| 1378 | '"', flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 1379 | } else {
|
---|
| 1380 | result = CompileBraces(interp, src, lastChar,
|
---|
| 1381 | flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 1382 | }
|
---|
| 1383 | termPtr = (src + envPtr->termOffset);
|
---|
| 1384 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 1385 | src = termPtr;
|
---|
| 1386 | goto done;
|
---|
| 1387 | }
|
---|
| 1388 |
|
---|
| 1389 | /*
|
---|
| 1390 | * Make sure terminating character of the quoted or braced
|
---|
| 1391 | * string is the end of word.
|
---|
| 1392 | */
|
---|
| 1393 |
|
---|
| 1394 | c = *termPtr;
|
---|
| 1395 | if ((c == '\\') && (*(termPtr+1) == '\n')) {
|
---|
| 1396 | /*
|
---|
| 1397 | * Line is continued on next line; the backslash-
|
---|
| 1398 | * newline turns into space, which terminates the word.
|
---|
| 1399 | */
|
---|
| 1400 | } else {
|
---|
| 1401 | type = CHAR_TYPE(termPtr, lastChar);
|
---|
| 1402 | if ((type != TCL_SPACE) && (type != TCL_COMMAND_END)) {
|
---|
| 1403 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 1404 | if (*(src-1) == '"') {
|
---|
| 1405 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 1406 | "extra characters after close-quote", -1);
|
---|
| 1407 | } else {
|
---|
| 1408 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 1409 | "extra characters after close-brace", -1);
|
---|
| 1410 | }
|
---|
| 1411 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 1412 | }
|
---|
| 1413 | }
|
---|
| 1414 | } else {
|
---|
| 1415 | result = CompileMultipartWord(interp, src, lastChar,
|
---|
| 1416 | flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 1417 | termPtr = (src + envPtr->termOffset);
|
---|
| 1418 | }
|
---|
| 1419 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 1420 | ellipsis = "...";
|
---|
| 1421 | src = termPtr;
|
---|
| 1422 | goto done;
|
---|
| 1423 | }
|
---|
| 1424 |
|
---|
| 1425 | if (envPtr->wordIsSimple) {
|
---|
| 1426 | /*
|
---|
| 1427 | * A simple word. Temporarily replace the terminating
|
---|
| 1428 | * character with a null character.
|
---|
| 1429 | */
|
---|
| 1430 |
|
---|
| 1431 | numChars = envPtr->numSimpleWordChars;
|
---|
| 1432 | savedChar = src[numChars];
|
---|
| 1433 | src[numChars] = '\0';
|
---|
| 1434 |
|
---|
| 1435 | if ((cmdWords == 0)
|
---|
| 1436 | && (!(iPtr->flags & DONT_COMPILE_CMDS_INLINE))) {
|
---|
| 1437 | /*
|
---|
| 1438 | * The first word of a command and inline command
|
---|
| 1439 | * compilation has not been disabled (e.g., by command
|
---|
| 1440 | * traces). Look up the first word in the interpreter's
|
---|
| 1441 | * hashtable of commands. If a compilation procedure is
|
---|
| 1442 | * found, let it compile the command after resetting
|
---|
| 1443 | * error logging information. Note that if we are
|
---|
| 1444 | * compiling a procedure, we must look up the command
|
---|
| 1445 | * in the procedure's namespace and not the current
|
---|
| 1446 | * namespace.
|
---|
| 1447 | */
|
---|
| 1448 |
|
---|
| 1449 | Namespace *cmdNsPtr;
|
---|
| 1450 |
|
---|
| 1451 | if (envPtr->procPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 1452 | cmdNsPtr = envPtr->procPtr->cmdPtr->nsPtr;
|
---|
| 1453 | } else {
|
---|
| 1454 | cmdNsPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 1455 | }
|
---|
| 1456 |
|
---|
| 1457 | cmdPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 1458 | cmd = Tcl_FindCommand(interp, src,
|
---|
| 1459 | (Tcl_Namespace *) cmdNsPtr, /*flags*/ 0);
|
---|
| 1460 | if (cmd != (Tcl_Command) NULL) {
|
---|
| 1461 | cmdPtr = (Command *) cmd;
|
---|
| 1462 | }
|
---|
| 1463 | if ((cmdPtr != NULL) && (cmdPtr->compileProc != NULL)) {
|
---|
| 1464 | char *firstArg = termPtr;
|
---|
| 1465 | src[numChars] = savedChar;
|
---|
| 1466 | iPtr->flags &= ~(ERR_ALREADY_LOGGED | ERR_IN_PROGRESS
|
---|
| 1467 | | ERROR_CODE_SET);
|
---|
| 1468 | result = (*(cmdPtr->compileProc))(interp,
|
---|
| 1469 | firstArg, lastChar, flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 1470 | if (result == TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 1471 | src = (firstArg + envPtr->termOffset);
|
---|
| 1472 | maxDepth = TclMax(envPtr->maxStackDepth, maxDepth);
|
---|
| 1473 | goto finishCommand;
|
---|
| 1474 | } else if (result == TCL_OUT_LINE_COMPILE) {
|
---|
| 1475 | result = TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 1476 | src[numChars] = '\0';
|
---|
| 1477 | } else {
|
---|
| 1478 | src = firstArg;
|
---|
| 1479 | goto done; /* an error */
|
---|
| 1480 | }
|
---|
| 1481 | }
|
---|
| 1482 |
|
---|
| 1483 | /*
|
---|
| 1484 | * No compile procedure was found for the command: push
|
---|
| 1485 | * the word and continue to compile the remaining
|
---|
| 1486 | * words. If a hashtable entry was found for the
|
---|
| 1487 | * command, push a CmdName object instead to avoid
|
---|
| 1488 | * runtime lookups. If necessary, convert the pushed
|
---|
| 1489 | * object to be a CmdName object. If this is the first
|
---|
| 1490 | * CmdName object in this code unit that refers to the
|
---|
| 1491 | * command, increment the reference count in the
|
---|
| 1492 | * Command structure to reflect the new reference from
|
---|
| 1493 | * the CmdName object and, if the command is deleted
|
---|
| 1494 | * later, to keep the Command structure from being freed
|
---|
| 1495 | * until TclExecuteByteCode has a chance to recognize
|
---|
| 1496 | * that the command was deleted.
|
---|
| 1497 | */
|
---|
| 1498 |
|
---|
| 1499 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString(src, numChars,
|
---|
| 1500 | /*allocStrRep*/ 1, /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 1501 | if (cmdPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 1502 | objPtr = envPtr->objArrayPtr[objIndex];
|
---|
| 1503 | if ((objPtr->typePtr != &tclCmdNameType)
|
---|
| 1504 | && (objPtr->bytes != NULL)) {
|
---|
| 1505 | ResolvedCmdName *resPtr = (ResolvedCmdName *)
|
---|
| 1506 | ckalloc(sizeof(ResolvedCmdName));
|
---|
| 1507 | Namespace *nsPtr = (Namespace *)
|
---|
| 1508 | Tcl_GetCurrentNamespace(interp);
|
---|
| 1509 |
|
---|
| 1510 | resPtr->cmdPtr = cmdPtr;
|
---|
| 1511 | resPtr->refNsPtr = nsPtr;
|
---|
| 1512 | resPtr->refNsId = nsPtr->nsId;
|
---|
| 1513 | resPtr->refNsCmdEpoch = nsPtr->cmdRefEpoch;
|
---|
| 1514 | resPtr->cmdEpoch = cmdPtr->cmdEpoch;
|
---|
| 1515 | resPtr->refCount = 1;
|
---|
| 1516 | objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 =
|
---|
| 1517 | (VOID *) resPtr;
|
---|
| 1518 | objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = NULL;
|
---|
| 1519 | objPtr->typePtr = &tclCmdNameType;
|
---|
| 1520 | cmdPtr->refCount++;
|
---|
| 1521 | }
|
---|
| 1522 | }
|
---|
| 1523 | } else {
|
---|
| 1524 | /*
|
---|
| 1525 | * See if the word represents an integer whose formatted
|
---|
| 1526 | * representation is the same as the word (e.g., this is
|
---|
| 1527 | * true for 123 and -1 but not for 00005). If so, just
|
---|
| 1528 | * push an integer object.
|
---|
| 1529 | */
|
---|
| 1530 |
|
---|
| 1531 | int isCompilableInt = 0;
|
---|
| 1532 | long n;
|
---|
| 1533 | char buf[40];
|
---|
| 1534 |
|
---|
| 1535 | if (TclLooksLikeInt(src)) {
|
---|
| 1536 | int code = TclGetLong(interp, src, &n);
|
---|
| 1537 | if (code == TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 1538 | TclFormatInt(buf, n);
|
---|
| 1539 | if (strcmp(src, buf) == 0) {
|
---|
| 1540 | isCompilableInt = 1;
|
---|
| 1541 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString(src,
|
---|
| 1542 | numChars, /*allocStrRep*/ 0,
|
---|
| 1543 | /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 1544 | objPtr = envPtr->objArrayPtr[objIndex];
|
---|
| 1545 |
|
---|
| 1546 | Tcl_InvalidateStringRep(objPtr);
|
---|
| 1547 | objPtr->internalRep.longValue = n;
|
---|
| 1548 | objPtr->typePtr = &tclIntType;
|
---|
| 1549 | }
|
---|
| 1550 | } else {
|
---|
| 1551 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 1552 | }
|
---|
| 1553 | }
|
---|
| 1554 | if (!isCompilableInt) {
|
---|
| 1555 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString(src, numChars,
|
---|
| 1556 | /*allocStrRep*/ 1, /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 1557 | }
|
---|
| 1558 | }
|
---|
| 1559 | src[numChars] = savedChar;
|
---|
| 1560 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 1561 | maxDepth = TclMax((cmdWords + 1), maxDepth);
|
---|
| 1562 | } else { /* not a simple word */
|
---|
| 1563 | maxDepth = TclMax((cmdWords + envPtr->maxStackDepth),
|
---|
| 1564 | maxDepth);
|
---|
| 1565 | }
|
---|
| 1566 | src = termPtr;
|
---|
| 1567 | c = *src;
|
---|
| 1568 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 1569 | cmdWords++;
|
---|
| 1570 | }
|
---|
| 1571 |
|
---|
| 1572 | /*
|
---|
| 1573 | * Emit an invoke instruction for the command. If a compile command
|
---|
| 1574 | * was found for the command we called it and skipped this.
|
---|
| 1575 | */
|
---|
| 1576 |
|
---|
| 1577 | if (cmdWords > 0) {
|
---|
| 1578 | if (cmdWords <= 255) {
|
---|
| 1579 | TclEmitInstUInt1(INST_INVOKE_STK1, cmdWords, envPtr);
|
---|
| 1580 | } else {
|
---|
| 1581 | TclEmitInstUInt4(INST_INVOKE_STK4, cmdWords, envPtr);
|
---|
| 1582 | }
|
---|
| 1583 | }
|
---|
| 1584 |
|
---|
| 1585 | /*
|
---|
| 1586 | * Update the compilation environment structure. Record
|
---|
| 1587 | * source/object information for the command.
|
---|
| 1588 | */
|
---|
| 1589 |
|
---|
| 1590 | finishCommand:
|
---|
| 1591 | EnterCmdExtentData(envPtr, cmdIndex, src-cmdSrcStart,
|
---|
| 1592 | (envPtr->codeNext-envPtr->codeStart) - cmdCodeOffset);
|
---|
| 1593 |
|
---|
| 1594 | isFirstCmd = 0;
|
---|
| 1595 | envPtr->termOffset = (src - string);
|
---|
| 1596 | c = *src;
|
---|
| 1597 | }
|
---|
| 1598 |
|
---|
| 1599 | done:
|
---|
| 1600 | if (result == TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 1601 | /*
|
---|
| 1602 | * If the source string yielded no instructions (e.g., if it was
|
---|
| 1603 | * empty), push an empty string object as the command's result.
|
---|
| 1604 | */
|
---|
| 1605 |
|
---|
| 1606 | if (entryCodeNext == envPtr->codeNext) {
|
---|
| 1607 | int objIndex = TclObjIndexForString("", 0, /*allocStrRep*/ 0,
|
---|
| 1608 | /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 1609 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 1610 | maxDepth = 1;
|
---|
| 1611 | }
|
---|
| 1612 | } else {
|
---|
| 1613 | /*
|
---|
| 1614 | * Add additional error information. First compute the line number
|
---|
| 1615 | * where the error occurred.
|
---|
| 1616 | */
|
---|
| 1617 |
|
---|
| 1618 | register char *p;
|
---|
| 1619 | int numChars;
|
---|
| 1620 | char buf[200];
|
---|
| 1621 |
|
---|
| 1622 | iPtr->errorLine = 1;
|
---|
| 1623 | for (p = string; p != cmdSrcStart; p++) {
|
---|
| 1624 | if (*p == '\n') {
|
---|
| 1625 | iPtr->errorLine++;
|
---|
| 1626 | }
|
---|
| 1627 | }
|
---|
| 1628 | for ( ; isspace(UCHAR(*p)) || (*p == ';'); p++) {
|
---|
| 1629 | if (*p == '\n') {
|
---|
| 1630 | iPtr->errorLine++;
|
---|
| 1631 | }
|
---|
| 1632 | }
|
---|
| 1633 |
|
---|
| 1634 | /*
|
---|
| 1635 | * Figure out how much of the command to print (up to a certain
|
---|
| 1636 | * number of characters, or up to the end of the command).
|
---|
| 1637 | */
|
---|
| 1638 |
|
---|
| 1639 | p = cmdSrcStart;
|
---|
| 1640 | while ((CHAR_TYPE(p, lastChar) != TCL_COMMAND_END)
|
---|
| 1641 | || ((*p == ']') && !(flags & TCL_BRACKET_TERM))) {
|
---|
| 1642 | p++;
|
---|
| 1643 | }
|
---|
| 1644 | numChars = (p - cmdSrcStart);
|
---|
| 1645 | if (numChars > 150) {
|
---|
| 1646 | numChars = 150;
|
---|
| 1647 | ellipsis = " ...";
|
---|
| 1648 | } else if ((numChars >= 2) && (*p == '\n') && (*(p-1) == '{')) {
|
---|
| 1649 | ellipsis = " ...";
|
---|
| 1650 | }
|
---|
| 1651 |
|
---|
| 1652 | sprintf(buf, "\n while compiling\n\"%.*s%s\"",
|
---|
| 1653 | numChars, cmdSrcStart, ellipsis);
|
---|
| 1654 | Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(interp, buf, -1);
|
---|
| 1655 | }
|
---|
| 1656 |
|
---|
| 1657 | envPtr->termOffset = (src - string);
|
---|
| 1658 | iPtr->termOffset = envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 1659 | envPtr->maxStackDepth = maxDepth;
|
---|
| 1660 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = savePushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 1661 | return result;
|
---|
| 1662 | }
|
---|
| 1663 | |
---|
| 1664 |
|
---|
| 1665 | /*
|
---|
| 1666 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1667 | *
|
---|
| 1668 | * CompileWord --
|
---|
| 1669 | *
|
---|
| 1670 | * This procedure compiles one word from a command string. It skips
|
---|
| 1671 | * any leading white space.
|
---|
| 1672 | *
|
---|
| 1673 | * Ordinarily, callers set envPtr->pushSimpleWords to 1 and this
|
---|
| 1674 | * procedure emits push and other instructions to compute the
|
---|
| 1675 | * word on the Tcl evaluation stack at execution time. If a caller sets
|
---|
| 1676 | * envPtr->pushSimpleWords to 0, CompileWord will _not_ compile
|
---|
| 1677 | * "simple" words: words that are just a sequence of characters without
|
---|
| 1678 | * backslashes. It will leave their compilation up to the caller.
|
---|
| 1679 | *
|
---|
| 1680 | * As an important special case, if the word is simple, this procedure
|
---|
| 1681 | * sets envPtr->wordIsSimple to 1 and envPtr->numSimpleWordChars to the
|
---|
| 1682 | * number of characters in the simple word. This allows the caller to
|
---|
| 1683 | * process these words specially.
|
---|
| 1684 | *
|
---|
| 1685 | * Results:
|
---|
| 1686 | * The return value is a standard Tcl result. If an error occurs, an
|
---|
| 1687 | * error message is left in the interpreter's result.
|
---|
| 1688 | *
|
---|
| 1689 | * envPtr->termOffset is filled in with the offset of the character in
|
---|
| 1690 | * "string" just after the last one successfully processed in the last
|
---|
| 1691 | * word. This is normally the character just after the last one in a
|
---|
| 1692 | * word (perhaps the command terminator), or the vicinity of an error
|
---|
| 1693 | * (if the result is not TCL_OK).
|
---|
| 1694 | *
|
---|
| 1695 | * envPtr->wordIsSimple is set 1 if the word is simple: just a
|
---|
| 1696 | * sequence of characters without backslashes. If so, the word's
|
---|
| 1697 | * characters are the envPtr->numSimpleWordChars characters starting
|
---|
| 1698 | * at string.
|
---|
| 1699 | *
|
---|
| 1700 | * envPtr->maxStackDepth is updated with the maximum number of stack
|
---|
| 1701 | * elements needed to evaluate the word. This is not changed if
|
---|
| 1702 | * the word is simple and envPtr->pushSimpleWords was 0 (false).
|
---|
| 1703 | *
|
---|
| 1704 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 1705 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to compute and push the word
|
---|
| 1706 | * at runtime.
|
---|
| 1707 | *
|
---|
| 1708 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1709 | */
|
---|
| 1710 |
|
---|
| 1711 | static int
|
---|
| 1712 | CompileWord(interp, string, lastChar, flags, envPtr)
|
---|
| 1713 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter to use for nested command
|
---|
| 1714 | * evaluations and error messages. */
|
---|
| 1715 | char *string; /* First character of word. */
|
---|
| 1716 | char *lastChar; /* Pointer to terminating character of
|
---|
| 1717 | * string. */
|
---|
| 1718 | int flags; /* Flags to control compilation (same values
|
---|
| 1719 | * passed to Tcl_EvalObj). */
|
---|
| 1720 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Holds the resulting instructions. */
|
---|
| 1721 | {
|
---|
| 1722 | /*
|
---|
| 1723 | * Compile one word: approximately
|
---|
| 1724 | *
|
---|
| 1725 | * word: quoted_string | braced_string | multipart_word
|
---|
| 1726 | * quoted_string: '"' char* '"'
|
---|
| 1727 | * braced_string: '{' char* '}'
|
---|
| 1728 | * multipart_word (see CompileMultipartWord below)
|
---|
| 1729 | */
|
---|
| 1730 |
|
---|
| 1731 | register char *src = string; /* Points to current source char. */
|
---|
| 1732 | register int type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 1733 | /* Current char's CHAR_TYPE type. */
|
---|
| 1734 | int maxDepth = 0; /* Maximum number of stack elements needed
|
---|
| 1735 | * to compute and push the word. */
|
---|
| 1736 | char *termPtr = src; /* Points to the character that terminated
|
---|
| 1737 | * the word. */
|
---|
| 1738 | int result = TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 1739 |
|
---|
| 1740 | /*
|
---|
| 1741 | * Skip any leading white space at the start of a word. Note that a
|
---|
| 1742 | * backslash-newline is treated as a space.
|
---|
| 1743 | */
|
---|
| 1744 |
|
---|
| 1745 | while (type & (TCL_SPACE | TCL_BACKSLASH)) {
|
---|
| 1746 | if (type == TCL_BACKSLASH) {
|
---|
| 1747 | if (src[1] == '\n') {
|
---|
| 1748 | src += 2;
|
---|
| 1749 | } else {
|
---|
| 1750 | break; /* no longer white space */
|
---|
| 1751 | }
|
---|
| 1752 | } else {
|
---|
| 1753 | src++;
|
---|
| 1754 | }
|
---|
| 1755 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 1756 | }
|
---|
| 1757 | if (type == TCL_COMMAND_END) {
|
---|
| 1758 | goto done;
|
---|
| 1759 | }
|
---|
| 1760 |
|
---|
| 1761 | /*
|
---|
| 1762 | * Compile the word. Handle quoted and braced string words here in order
|
---|
| 1763 | * to avoid an extra procedure call.
|
---|
| 1764 | */
|
---|
| 1765 |
|
---|
| 1766 | if (type & (TCL_QUOTE | TCL_OPEN_BRACE)) {
|
---|
| 1767 | src++;
|
---|
| 1768 | if (type == TCL_QUOTE) {
|
---|
| 1769 | result = TclCompileQuotes(interp, src, lastChar, '"', flags,
|
---|
| 1770 | envPtr);
|
---|
| 1771 | } else {
|
---|
| 1772 | result = CompileBraces(interp, src, lastChar, flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 1773 | }
|
---|
| 1774 | termPtr = (src + envPtr->termOffset);
|
---|
| 1775 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 1776 | goto done;
|
---|
| 1777 | }
|
---|
| 1778 |
|
---|
| 1779 | /*
|
---|
| 1780 | * Make sure terminating character of the quoted or braced string is
|
---|
| 1781 | * the end of word.
|
---|
| 1782 | */
|
---|
| 1783 |
|
---|
| 1784 | if ((*termPtr == '\\') && (*(termPtr+1) == '\n')) {
|
---|
| 1785 | /*
|
---|
| 1786 | * Line is continued on next line; the backslash-newline turns
|
---|
| 1787 | * into space, which terminates the word.
|
---|
| 1788 | */
|
---|
| 1789 | } else {
|
---|
| 1790 | type = CHAR_TYPE(termPtr, lastChar);
|
---|
| 1791 | if (!(type & (TCL_SPACE | TCL_COMMAND_END))) {
|
---|
| 1792 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 1793 | if (*(src-1) == '"') {
|
---|
| 1794 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 1795 | "extra characters after close-quote", -1);
|
---|
| 1796 | } else {
|
---|
| 1797 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 1798 | "extra characters after close-brace", -1);
|
---|
| 1799 | }
|
---|
| 1800 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 1801 | goto done;
|
---|
| 1802 | }
|
---|
| 1803 | }
|
---|
| 1804 | maxDepth = envPtr->maxStackDepth;
|
---|
| 1805 | } else {
|
---|
| 1806 | result = CompileMultipartWord(interp, src, lastChar, flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 1807 | termPtr = (src + envPtr->termOffset);
|
---|
| 1808 | maxDepth = envPtr->maxStackDepth;
|
---|
| 1809 | }
|
---|
| 1810 |
|
---|
| 1811 | /*
|
---|
| 1812 | * Done processing the word. The values of envPtr->wordIsSimple and
|
---|
| 1813 | * envPtr->numSimpleWordChars are left at the values returned by
|
---|
| 1814 | * TclCompileQuotes/Braces/MultipartWord.
|
---|
| 1815 | */
|
---|
| 1816 |
|
---|
| 1817 | done:
|
---|
| 1818 | envPtr->termOffset = (termPtr - string);
|
---|
| 1819 | envPtr->maxStackDepth = maxDepth;
|
---|
| 1820 | return result;
|
---|
| 1821 | }
|
---|
| 1822 | |
---|
| 1823 |
|
---|
| 1824 | /*
|
---|
| 1825 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1826 | *
|
---|
| 1827 | * CompileMultipartWord --
|
---|
| 1828 | *
|
---|
| 1829 | * This procedure compiles one multipart word: a word comprised of some
|
---|
| 1830 | * number of nested commands, variable references, or arbitrary
|
---|
| 1831 | * characters. This procedure assumes that quoted string and braced
|
---|
| 1832 | * string words and the end of command have already been handled by its
|
---|
| 1833 | * caller. It also assumes that any leading white space has already
|
---|
| 1834 | * been consumed.
|
---|
| 1835 | *
|
---|
| 1836 | * Ordinarily, callers set envPtr->pushSimpleWords to 1 and this
|
---|
| 1837 | * procedure emits push and other instructions to compute the word on
|
---|
| 1838 | * the Tcl evaluation stack at execution time. If a caller sets
|
---|
| 1839 | * envPtr->pushSimpleWords to 0, it will _not_ compile "simple" words:
|
---|
| 1840 | * words that are just a sequence of characters without backslashes.
|
---|
| 1841 | * It will leave their compilation up to the caller. This is done, for
|
---|
| 1842 | * example, to provide special support for the first word of commands,
|
---|
| 1843 | * which are almost always the (simple) name of a command.
|
---|
| 1844 | *
|
---|
| 1845 | * As an important special case, if the word is simple, this procedure
|
---|
| 1846 | * sets envPtr->wordIsSimple to 1 and envPtr->numSimpleWordChars to the
|
---|
| 1847 | * number of characters in the simple word. This allows the caller to
|
---|
| 1848 | * process these words specially.
|
---|
| 1849 | *
|
---|
| 1850 | * Results:
|
---|
| 1851 | * The return value is a standard Tcl result. If an error occurs, an
|
---|
| 1852 | * error message is left in the interpreter's result.
|
---|
| 1853 | *
|
---|
| 1854 | * envPtr->termOffset is filled in with the offset of the character in
|
---|
| 1855 | * "string" just after the last one successfully processed in the last
|
---|
| 1856 | * word. This is normally the character just after the last one in a
|
---|
| 1857 | * word (perhaps the command terminator), or the vicinity of an error
|
---|
| 1858 | * (if the result is not TCL_OK).
|
---|
| 1859 | *
|
---|
| 1860 | * envPtr->wordIsSimple is set 1 if the word is simple: just a
|
---|
| 1861 | * sequence of characters without backslashes. If so, the word's
|
---|
| 1862 | * characters are the envPtr->numSimpleWordChars characters starting
|
---|
| 1863 | * at string.
|
---|
| 1864 | *
|
---|
| 1865 | * envPtr->maxStackDepth is updated with the maximum number of stack
|
---|
| 1866 | * elements needed to evaluate the word. This is not changed if
|
---|
| 1867 | * the word is simple and envPtr->pushSimpleWords was 0 (false).
|
---|
| 1868 | *
|
---|
| 1869 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 1870 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to compute and push the word
|
---|
| 1871 | * at runtime.
|
---|
| 1872 | *
|
---|
| 1873 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1874 | */
|
---|
| 1875 |
|
---|
| 1876 | static int
|
---|
| 1877 | CompileMultipartWord(interp, string, lastChar, flags, envPtr)
|
---|
| 1878 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter to use for nested command
|
---|
| 1879 | * evaluations and error messages. */
|
---|
| 1880 | char *string; /* First character of word. */
|
---|
| 1881 | char *lastChar; /* Pointer to terminating character of
|
---|
| 1882 | * string. */
|
---|
| 1883 | int flags; /* Flags to control compilation (same values
|
---|
| 1884 | * passed to Tcl_EvalObj). */
|
---|
| 1885 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Holds the resulting instructions. */
|
---|
| 1886 | {
|
---|
| 1887 | /*
|
---|
| 1888 | * Compile one multi_part word:
|
---|
| 1889 | *
|
---|
| 1890 | * multi_part_word: word_part+
|
---|
| 1891 | * word_part: nested_cmd | var_reference | char+
|
---|
| 1892 | * nested_cmd: '[' command ']'
|
---|
| 1893 | * var_reference: '$' name | '$' name '(' index_string ')' |
|
---|
| 1894 | * '$' '{' braced_name '}')
|
---|
| 1895 | * name: (letter | digit | underscore)+
|
---|
| 1896 | * braced_name: (non_close_brace_char)*
|
---|
| 1897 | * index_string: (non_close_paren_char)*
|
---|
| 1898 | */
|
---|
| 1899 |
|
---|
| 1900 | register char *src = string; /* Points to current source char. */
|
---|
| 1901 | register char c = *src; /* The current char. */
|
---|
| 1902 | register int type; /* Current char's CHAR_TYPE type. */
|
---|
| 1903 | int bracketNormal = !(flags & TCL_BRACKET_TERM);
|
---|
| 1904 | int simpleWord = 0; /* Set 1 if word is simple. */
|
---|
| 1905 | int numParts = 0; /* Count of word_part objs pushed. */
|
---|
| 1906 | int maxDepth = 0; /* Maximum number of stack elements needed
|
---|
| 1907 | * to compute and push the word. */
|
---|
| 1908 | char *start; /* Starting position of char+ word_part. */
|
---|
| 1909 | int hasBackslash; /* Nonzero if '\' in char+ word_part. */
|
---|
| 1910 | int numChars; /* Number of chars in char+ word_part. */
|
---|
| 1911 | char savedChar; /* Holds the character from string
|
---|
| 1912 | * termporarily replaced by a null character
|
---|
| 1913 | * during word_part processing. */
|
---|
| 1914 | int objIndex; /* The object array index for a pushed
|
---|
| 1915 | * object holding a word_part. */
|
---|
| 1916 | int savePushSimpleWords = envPtr->pushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 1917 | int result = TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 1918 | int numRead;
|
---|
| 1919 |
|
---|
| 1920 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 1921 | while (1) {
|
---|
| 1922 | /*
|
---|
| 1923 | * Process a word_part: a sequence of chars, a var reference, or
|
---|
| 1924 | * a nested command.
|
---|
| 1925 | */
|
---|
| 1926 |
|
---|
| 1927 | if ((type & (TCL_NORMAL | TCL_CLOSE_BRACE | TCL_BACKSLASH |
|
---|
| 1928 | TCL_QUOTE | TCL_OPEN_BRACE)) ||
|
---|
| 1929 | ((c == ']') && bracketNormal)) {
|
---|
| 1930 | /*
|
---|
| 1931 | * A char+ word part. Scan first looking for any backslashes.
|
---|
| 1932 | * Note that a backslash-newline must be treated as a word
|
---|
| 1933 | * separator, as if the backslash-newline had been collapsed
|
---|
| 1934 | * before command parsing began.
|
---|
| 1935 | */
|
---|
| 1936 |
|
---|
| 1937 | start = src;
|
---|
| 1938 | hasBackslash = 0;
|
---|
| 1939 | do {
|
---|
| 1940 | if (type == TCL_BACKSLASH) {
|
---|
| 1941 | hasBackslash = 1;
|
---|
| 1942 | Tcl_Backslash(src, &numRead);
|
---|
| 1943 | if (src[1] == '\n') {
|
---|
| 1944 | src += numRead;
|
---|
| 1945 | type = TCL_SPACE; /* force word end */
|
---|
| 1946 | break;
|
---|
| 1947 | }
|
---|
| 1948 | src += numRead;
|
---|
| 1949 | } else {
|
---|
| 1950 | src++;
|
---|
| 1951 | }
|
---|
| 1952 | c = *src;
|
---|
| 1953 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 1954 | } while (type & (TCL_NORMAL | TCL_BACKSLASH | TCL_QUOTE |
|
---|
| 1955 | TCL_OPEN_BRACE | TCL_CLOSE_BRACE)
|
---|
| 1956 | || ((c == ']') && bracketNormal));
|
---|
| 1957 |
|
---|
| 1958 | if ((numParts == 0) && !hasBackslash
|
---|
| 1959 | && (type & (TCL_SPACE | TCL_COMMAND_END))) {
|
---|
| 1960 | /*
|
---|
| 1961 | * The word is "simple": just a sequence of characters
|
---|
| 1962 | * without backslashes terminated by a TCL_SPACE or
|
---|
| 1963 | * TCL_COMMAND_END. Just return if we are not to compile
|
---|
| 1964 | * simple words.
|
---|
| 1965 | */
|
---|
| 1966 |
|
---|
| 1967 | simpleWord = 1;
|
---|
| 1968 | if (!envPtr->pushSimpleWords) {
|
---|
| 1969 | envPtr->wordIsSimple = 1;
|
---|
| 1970 | envPtr->numSimpleWordChars = (src - string);
|
---|
| 1971 | envPtr->termOffset = envPtr->numSimpleWordChars;
|
---|
| 1972 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = savePushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 1973 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 1974 | }
|
---|
| 1975 | }
|
---|
| 1976 |
|
---|
| 1977 | /*
|
---|
| 1978 | * Create and push a string object for the char+ word_part,
|
---|
| 1979 | * which starts at "start" and ends at the char just before
|
---|
| 1980 | * src. If backslashes were found, copy the word_part's
|
---|
| 1981 | * characters with substituted backslashes into a heap-allocated
|
---|
| 1982 | * buffer and use it to create the string object. Temporarily
|
---|
| 1983 | * replace the terminating character with a null character.
|
---|
| 1984 | */
|
---|
| 1985 |
|
---|
| 1986 | numChars = (src - start);
|
---|
| 1987 | savedChar = start[numChars];
|
---|
| 1988 | start[numChars] = '\0';
|
---|
| 1989 | if ((numChars > 0) && (hasBackslash)) {
|
---|
| 1990 | char *buffer = ckalloc((unsigned) numChars + 1);
|
---|
| 1991 | register char *dst = buffer;
|
---|
| 1992 | register char *p = start;
|
---|
| 1993 | while (p < src) {
|
---|
| 1994 | if (*p == '\\') {
|
---|
| 1995 | *dst = Tcl_Backslash(p, &numRead);
|
---|
| 1996 | if (p[1] == '\n') {
|
---|
| 1997 | break;
|
---|
| 1998 | }
|
---|
| 1999 | p += numRead;
|
---|
| 2000 | dst++;
|
---|
| 2001 | } else {
|
---|
| 2002 | *dst++ = *p++;
|
---|
| 2003 | }
|
---|
| 2004 | }
|
---|
| 2005 | *dst = '\0';
|
---|
| 2006 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString(buffer, dst-buffer,
|
---|
| 2007 | /*allocStrRep*/ 1, /*inHeap*/ 1, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2008 | } else {
|
---|
| 2009 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString(start, numChars,
|
---|
| 2010 | /*allocStrRep*/ 1, /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2011 | }
|
---|
| 2012 | start[numChars] = savedChar;
|
---|
| 2013 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2014 | maxDepth = TclMax((numParts + 1), maxDepth);
|
---|
| 2015 | } else if (type == TCL_DOLLAR) {
|
---|
| 2016 | result = TclCompileDollarVar(interp, src, lastChar,
|
---|
| 2017 | flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2018 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 2019 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 2020 | goto done;
|
---|
| 2021 | }
|
---|
| 2022 | maxDepth = TclMax((numParts + envPtr->maxStackDepth), maxDepth);
|
---|
| 2023 | c = *src;
|
---|
| 2024 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 2025 | } else if (type == TCL_OPEN_BRACKET) {
|
---|
| 2026 | char *termPtr;
|
---|
| 2027 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = 1;
|
---|
| 2028 | src++;
|
---|
| 2029 | result = TclCompileString(interp, src, lastChar,
|
---|
| 2030 | (flags | TCL_BRACKET_TERM), envPtr);
|
---|
| 2031 | termPtr = (src + envPtr->termOffset);
|
---|
| 2032 | if (*termPtr == ']') {
|
---|
| 2033 | termPtr++;
|
---|
| 2034 | } else if (*termPtr == '\0') {
|
---|
| 2035 | /*
|
---|
| 2036 | * Missing ] at end of nested command.
|
---|
| 2037 | */
|
---|
| 2038 |
|
---|
| 2039 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 2040 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 2041 | "missing close-bracket", -1);
|
---|
| 2042 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 2043 | }
|
---|
| 2044 | src = termPtr;
|
---|
| 2045 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 2046 | goto done;
|
---|
| 2047 | }
|
---|
| 2048 | maxDepth = TclMax((numParts + envPtr->maxStackDepth), maxDepth);
|
---|
| 2049 | c = *src;
|
---|
| 2050 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 2051 | } else if (type & (TCL_SPACE | TCL_COMMAND_END)) {
|
---|
| 2052 | goto wordEnd;
|
---|
| 2053 | }
|
---|
| 2054 | numParts++;
|
---|
| 2055 | } /* end of infinite loop */
|
---|
| 2056 |
|
---|
| 2057 | wordEnd:
|
---|
| 2058 | /*
|
---|
| 2059 | * End of a non-simple word: TCL_SPACE, TCL_COMMAND_END, or
|
---|
| 2060 | * backslash-newline. Concatenate the word_parts if necessary.
|
---|
| 2061 | */
|
---|
| 2062 |
|
---|
| 2063 | while (numParts > 255) {
|
---|
| 2064 | TclEmitInstUInt1(INST_CONCAT1, 255, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2065 | numParts -= 254; /* concat pushes 1 obj, the result */
|
---|
| 2066 | }
|
---|
| 2067 | if (numParts > 1) {
|
---|
| 2068 | TclEmitInstUInt1(INST_CONCAT1, numParts, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2069 | }
|
---|
| 2070 |
|
---|
| 2071 | done:
|
---|
| 2072 | if (simpleWord) {
|
---|
| 2073 | envPtr->wordIsSimple = 1;
|
---|
| 2074 | envPtr->numSimpleWordChars = (src - string);
|
---|
| 2075 | } else {
|
---|
| 2076 | envPtr->wordIsSimple = 0;
|
---|
| 2077 | envPtr->numSimpleWordChars = 0;
|
---|
| 2078 | }
|
---|
| 2079 | envPtr->termOffset = (src - string);
|
---|
| 2080 | envPtr->maxStackDepth = maxDepth;
|
---|
| 2081 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = savePushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 2082 | return result;
|
---|
| 2083 | }
|
---|
| 2084 | |
---|
| 2085 |
|
---|
| 2086 | /*
|
---|
| 2087 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2088 | *
|
---|
| 2089 | * TclCompileQuotes --
|
---|
| 2090 | *
|
---|
| 2091 | * This procedure compiles a double-quoted string such as a quoted Tcl
|
---|
| 2092 | * command argument or a quoted value in a Tcl expression. This
|
---|
| 2093 | * procedure is also used to compile array element names within
|
---|
| 2094 | * parentheses (where the termChar will be ')' instead of '"'), or
|
---|
| 2095 | * anything else that needs the substitutions that happen in quotes.
|
---|
| 2096 | *
|
---|
| 2097 | * Ordinarily, callers set envPtr->pushSimpleWords to 1 and
|
---|
| 2098 | * TclCompileQuotes always emits push and other instructions to compute
|
---|
| 2099 | * the word on the Tcl evaluation stack at execution time. If a caller
|
---|
| 2100 | * sets envPtr->pushSimpleWords to 0, TclCompileQuotes will not compile
|
---|
| 2101 | * "simple" words: words that are just a sequence of characters without
|
---|
| 2102 | * backslashes. It will leave their compilation up to the caller. This
|
---|
| 2103 | * is done to provide special support for the first word of commands,
|
---|
| 2104 | * which are almost always the (simple) name of a command.
|
---|
| 2105 | *
|
---|
| 2106 | * As an important special case, if the word is simple, this procedure
|
---|
| 2107 | * sets envPtr->wordIsSimple to 1 and envPtr->numSimpleWordChars to the
|
---|
| 2108 | * number of characters in the simple word. This allows the caller to
|
---|
| 2109 | * process these words specially.
|
---|
| 2110 | *
|
---|
| 2111 | * Results:
|
---|
| 2112 | * The return value is a standard Tcl result, which is TCL_OK unless
|
---|
| 2113 | * there was an error while parsing the quoted string. If an error
|
---|
| 2114 | * occurs then the interpreter's result contains a standard error
|
---|
| 2115 | * message.
|
---|
| 2116 | *
|
---|
| 2117 | * envPtr->termOffset is filled in with the offset of the character in
|
---|
| 2118 | * "string" just after the last one successfully processed; this is
|
---|
| 2119 | * usually the character just after the matching close-quote.
|
---|
| 2120 | *
|
---|
| 2121 | * envPtr->wordIsSimple is set 1 if the word is simple: just a
|
---|
| 2122 | * sequence of characters without backslashes. If so, the word's
|
---|
| 2123 | * characters are the envPtr->numSimpleWordChars characters starting
|
---|
| 2124 | * at string.
|
---|
| 2125 | *
|
---|
| 2126 | * envPtr->maxStackDepth is updated with the maximum number of stack
|
---|
| 2127 | * elements needed to evaluate the word. This is not changed if
|
---|
| 2128 | * the word is simple and envPtr->pushSimpleWords was 0 (false).
|
---|
| 2129 | *
|
---|
| 2130 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 2131 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to push the quoted-string
|
---|
| 2132 | * at runtime.
|
---|
| 2133 | *
|
---|
| 2134 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2135 | */
|
---|
| 2136 |
|
---|
| 2137 | int
|
---|
| 2138 | TclCompileQuotes(interp, string, lastChar, termChar, flags, envPtr)
|
---|
| 2139 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter to use for nested command
|
---|
| 2140 | * evaluations and error messages. */
|
---|
| 2141 | char *string; /* Points to the character just after
|
---|
| 2142 | * the opening '"' or '('. */
|
---|
| 2143 | char *lastChar; /* Pointer to terminating character of
|
---|
| 2144 | * string. */
|
---|
| 2145 | int termChar; /* Character that terminates the "quoted"
|
---|
| 2146 | * string (usually double-quote, but might
|
---|
| 2147 | * be right-paren or something else). */
|
---|
| 2148 | int flags; /* Flags to control compilation (same
|
---|
| 2149 | * values passed to Tcl_Eval). */
|
---|
| 2150 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Holds the resulting instructions. */
|
---|
| 2151 | {
|
---|
| 2152 | register char *src = string; /* Points to current source char. */
|
---|
| 2153 | register char c = *src; /* The current char. */
|
---|
| 2154 | int simpleWord = 0; /* Set 1 if a simple quoted string word. */
|
---|
| 2155 | char *start; /* Start position of char+ string_part. */
|
---|
| 2156 | int hasBackslash; /* 1 if '\' found in char+ string_part. */
|
---|
| 2157 | int numRead; /* Count of chars read by Tcl_Backslash. */
|
---|
| 2158 | int numParts = 0; /* Count of string_part objs pushed. */
|
---|
| 2159 | int maxDepth = 0; /* Maximum number of stack elements needed
|
---|
| 2160 | * to compute and push the string. */
|
---|
| 2161 | char savedChar; /* Holds the character from string
|
---|
| 2162 | * termporarily replaced by a null
|
---|
| 2163 | * char during string_part processing. */
|
---|
| 2164 | int objIndex; /* The object array index for a pushed
|
---|
| 2165 | * object holding a string_part. */
|
---|
| 2166 | int numChars; /* Number of chars in string_part. */
|
---|
| 2167 | int savePushSimpleWords = envPtr->pushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 2168 | int result = TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 2169 |
|
---|
| 2170 | /*
|
---|
| 2171 | * quoted_string: '"' string_part* '"' (or termChar instead of ")
|
---|
| 2172 | * string_part: var_reference | nested_cmd | char+
|
---|
| 2173 | */
|
---|
| 2174 |
|
---|
| 2175 |
|
---|
| 2176 | while ((src != lastChar) && (c != termChar)) {
|
---|
| 2177 | if (c == '$') {
|
---|
| 2178 | result = TclCompileDollarVar(interp, src, lastChar, flags,
|
---|
| 2179 | envPtr);
|
---|
| 2180 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 2181 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 2182 | goto done;
|
---|
| 2183 | }
|
---|
| 2184 | maxDepth = TclMax((numParts + envPtr->maxStackDepth), maxDepth);
|
---|
| 2185 | c = *src;
|
---|
| 2186 | } else if (c == '[') {
|
---|
| 2187 | char *termPtr;
|
---|
| 2188 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = 1;
|
---|
| 2189 | src++;
|
---|
| 2190 | result = TclCompileString(interp, src, lastChar,
|
---|
| 2191 | (flags | TCL_BRACKET_TERM), envPtr);
|
---|
| 2192 | termPtr = (src + envPtr->termOffset);
|
---|
| 2193 | if (*termPtr == ']') {
|
---|
| 2194 | termPtr++;
|
---|
| 2195 | }
|
---|
| 2196 | src = termPtr;
|
---|
| 2197 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 2198 | goto done;
|
---|
| 2199 | }
|
---|
| 2200 | if (termPtr == lastChar) {
|
---|
| 2201 | /*
|
---|
| 2202 | * Missing ] at end of nested command.
|
---|
| 2203 | */
|
---|
| 2204 |
|
---|
| 2205 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 2206 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 2207 | "missing close-bracket", -1);
|
---|
| 2208 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 2209 | goto done;
|
---|
| 2210 | }
|
---|
| 2211 | maxDepth = TclMax((numParts + envPtr->maxStackDepth), maxDepth);
|
---|
| 2212 | c = *src;
|
---|
| 2213 | } else {
|
---|
| 2214 | /*
|
---|
| 2215 | * Start of a char+ string_part. Scan first looking for any
|
---|
| 2216 | * backslashes.
|
---|
| 2217 | */
|
---|
| 2218 |
|
---|
| 2219 | start = src;
|
---|
| 2220 | hasBackslash = 0;
|
---|
| 2221 | do {
|
---|
| 2222 | if (c == '\\') {
|
---|
| 2223 | hasBackslash = 1;
|
---|
| 2224 | Tcl_Backslash(src, &numRead);
|
---|
| 2225 | src += numRead;
|
---|
| 2226 | } else {
|
---|
| 2227 | src++;
|
---|
| 2228 | }
|
---|
| 2229 | c = *src;
|
---|
| 2230 | } while ((src != lastChar) && (c != '$') && (c != '[')
|
---|
| 2231 | && (c != termChar));
|
---|
| 2232 |
|
---|
| 2233 | if ((numParts == 0) && !hasBackslash
|
---|
| 2234 | && ((src == lastChar) && (c == termChar))) {
|
---|
| 2235 | /*
|
---|
| 2236 | * The quoted string is "simple": just a sequence of
|
---|
| 2237 | * characters without backslashes terminated by termChar or
|
---|
| 2238 | * a null character. Just return if we are not to compile
|
---|
| 2239 | * simple words.
|
---|
| 2240 | */
|
---|
| 2241 |
|
---|
| 2242 | simpleWord = 1;
|
---|
| 2243 | if (!envPtr->pushSimpleWords) {
|
---|
| 2244 | if ((src == lastChar) && (termChar != '\0')) {
|
---|
| 2245 | char buf[40];
|
---|
| 2246 | sprintf(buf, "missing %c", termChar);
|
---|
| 2247 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 2248 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), buf, -1);
|
---|
| 2249 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 2250 | } else {
|
---|
| 2251 | src++;
|
---|
| 2252 | }
|
---|
| 2253 | envPtr->wordIsSimple = 1;
|
---|
| 2254 | envPtr->numSimpleWordChars = (src - string - 1);
|
---|
| 2255 | envPtr->termOffset = (src - string);
|
---|
| 2256 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = savePushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 2257 | return result;
|
---|
| 2258 | }
|
---|
| 2259 | }
|
---|
| 2260 |
|
---|
| 2261 | /*
|
---|
| 2262 | * Create and push a string object for the char+ string_part
|
---|
| 2263 | * that starts at "start" and ends at the char just before
|
---|
| 2264 | * src. If backslashes were found, copy the string_part's
|
---|
| 2265 | * characters with substituted backslashes into a heap-allocated
|
---|
| 2266 | * buffer and use it to create the string object. Temporarily
|
---|
| 2267 | * replace the terminating character with a null character.
|
---|
| 2268 | */
|
---|
| 2269 |
|
---|
| 2270 | numChars = (src - start);
|
---|
| 2271 | savedChar = start[numChars];
|
---|
| 2272 | start[numChars] = '\0';
|
---|
| 2273 | if ((numChars > 0) && (hasBackslash)) {
|
---|
| 2274 | char *buffer = ckalloc((unsigned) numChars + 1);
|
---|
| 2275 | register char *dst = buffer;
|
---|
| 2276 | register char *p = start;
|
---|
| 2277 | while (p < src) {
|
---|
| 2278 | if (*p == '\\') {
|
---|
| 2279 | *dst++ = Tcl_Backslash(p, &numRead);
|
---|
| 2280 | p += numRead;
|
---|
| 2281 | } else {
|
---|
| 2282 | *dst++ = *p++;
|
---|
| 2283 | }
|
---|
| 2284 | }
|
---|
| 2285 | *dst = '\0';
|
---|
| 2286 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString(buffer, (dst - buffer),
|
---|
| 2287 | /*allocStrRep*/ 1, /*inHeap*/ 1, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2288 | } else {
|
---|
| 2289 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString(start, numChars,
|
---|
| 2290 | /*allocStrRep*/ 1, /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2291 | }
|
---|
| 2292 | start[numChars] = savedChar;
|
---|
| 2293 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2294 | maxDepth = TclMax((numParts + 1), maxDepth);
|
---|
| 2295 | }
|
---|
| 2296 | numParts++;
|
---|
| 2297 | }
|
---|
| 2298 |
|
---|
| 2299 | /*
|
---|
| 2300 | * End of the quoted string: src points at termChar or '\0'. If
|
---|
| 2301 | * necessary, concatenate the string_part objects on the stack.
|
---|
| 2302 | */
|
---|
| 2303 |
|
---|
| 2304 | if ((src == lastChar) && (termChar != '\0')) {
|
---|
| 2305 | char buf[40];
|
---|
| 2306 | sprintf(buf, "missing %c", termChar);
|
---|
| 2307 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 2308 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), buf, -1);
|
---|
| 2309 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 2310 | goto done;
|
---|
| 2311 | } else {
|
---|
| 2312 | src++;
|
---|
| 2313 | }
|
---|
| 2314 |
|
---|
| 2315 | if (numParts == 0) {
|
---|
| 2316 | /*
|
---|
| 2317 | * The quoted string was empty. Push an empty string object.
|
---|
| 2318 | */
|
---|
| 2319 |
|
---|
| 2320 | int objIndex = TclObjIndexForString("", 0, /*allocStrRep*/ 0,
|
---|
| 2321 | /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2322 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2323 | } else {
|
---|
| 2324 | /*
|
---|
| 2325 | * Emit any needed concat instructions.
|
---|
| 2326 | */
|
---|
| 2327 |
|
---|
| 2328 | while (numParts > 255) {
|
---|
| 2329 | TclEmitInstUInt1(INST_CONCAT1, 255, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2330 | numParts -= 254; /* concat pushes 1 obj, the result */
|
---|
| 2331 | }
|
---|
| 2332 | if (numParts > 1) {
|
---|
| 2333 | TclEmitInstUInt1(INST_CONCAT1, numParts, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2334 | }
|
---|
| 2335 | }
|
---|
| 2336 |
|
---|
| 2337 | done:
|
---|
| 2338 | if (simpleWord) {
|
---|
| 2339 | envPtr->wordIsSimple = 1;
|
---|
| 2340 | envPtr->numSimpleWordChars = (src - string - 1);
|
---|
| 2341 | } else {
|
---|
| 2342 | envPtr->wordIsSimple = 0;
|
---|
| 2343 | envPtr->numSimpleWordChars = 0;
|
---|
| 2344 | }
|
---|
| 2345 | envPtr->termOffset = (src - string);
|
---|
| 2346 | envPtr->maxStackDepth = maxDepth;
|
---|
| 2347 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = savePushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 2348 | return result;
|
---|
| 2349 | }
|
---|
| 2350 | |
---|
| 2351 |
|
---|
| 2352 | /*
|
---|
| 2353 | *--------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2354 | *
|
---|
| 2355 | * CompileBraces --
|
---|
| 2356 | *
|
---|
| 2357 | * This procedure compiles characters between matching curly braces.
|
---|
| 2358 | *
|
---|
| 2359 | * Ordinarily, callers set envPtr->pushSimpleWords to 1 and
|
---|
| 2360 | * CompileBraces always emits a push instruction to compute the word on
|
---|
| 2361 | * the Tcl evaluation stack at execution time. However, if a caller
|
---|
| 2362 | * sets envPtr->pushSimpleWords to 0, CompileBraces will _not_ compile
|
---|
| 2363 | * "simple" words: words that are just a sequence of characters without
|
---|
| 2364 | * backslash-newlines. It will leave their compilation up to the
|
---|
| 2365 | * caller.
|
---|
| 2366 | *
|
---|
| 2367 | * As an important special case, if the word is simple, this procedure
|
---|
| 2368 | * sets envPtr->wordIsSimple to 1 and envPtr->numSimpleWordChars to the
|
---|
| 2369 | * number of characters in the simple word. This allows the caller to
|
---|
| 2370 | * process these words specially.
|
---|
| 2371 | *
|
---|
| 2372 | * Results:
|
---|
| 2373 | * The return value is a standard Tcl result, which is TCL_OK unless
|
---|
| 2374 | * there was an error while parsing string. If an error occurs then
|
---|
| 2375 | * the interpreter's result contains a standard error message.
|
---|
| 2376 | *
|
---|
| 2377 | * envPtr->termOffset is filled in with the offset of the character in
|
---|
| 2378 | * "string" just after the last one successfully processed. This is
|
---|
| 2379 | * usually the character just after the matching close-brace.
|
---|
| 2380 | *
|
---|
| 2381 | * envPtr->wordIsSimple is set 1 if the word is simple: just a
|
---|
| 2382 | * sequence of characters without backslash-newlines. If so, the word's
|
---|
| 2383 | * characters are the envPtr->numSimpleWordChars characters starting
|
---|
| 2384 | * at string.
|
---|
| 2385 | *
|
---|
| 2386 | * envPtr->maxStackDepth is updated with the maximum number of stack
|
---|
| 2387 | * elements needed to evaluate the word. This is not changed if
|
---|
| 2388 | * the word is simple and envPtr->pushSimpleWords was 0 (false).
|
---|
| 2389 | *
|
---|
| 2390 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 2391 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to push the braced string
|
---|
| 2392 | * at runtime.
|
---|
| 2393 | *
|
---|
| 2394 | *--------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2395 | */
|
---|
| 2396 |
|
---|
| 2397 | static int
|
---|
| 2398 | CompileBraces(interp, string, lastChar, flags, envPtr)
|
---|
| 2399 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter to use for nested command
|
---|
| 2400 | * evaluations and error messages. */
|
---|
| 2401 | char *string; /* Character just after opening bracket. */
|
---|
| 2402 | char *lastChar; /* Pointer to terminating character of
|
---|
| 2403 | * string. */
|
---|
| 2404 | int flags; /* Flags to control compilation (same
|
---|
| 2405 | * values passed to Tcl_Eval). */
|
---|
| 2406 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Holds the resulting instructions. */
|
---|
| 2407 | {
|
---|
| 2408 | register char *src = string; /* Points to current source char. */
|
---|
| 2409 | register char c; /* The current char. */
|
---|
| 2410 | int simpleWord = 0; /* Set 1 if a simple braced string word. */
|
---|
| 2411 | int level = 1; /* {} nesting level. Initially 1 since {
|
---|
| 2412 | * was parsed before we were called. */
|
---|
| 2413 | int hasBackslashNewline = 0; /* Nonzero if '\' found. */
|
---|
| 2414 | char *last; /* Points just before terminating '}'. */
|
---|
| 2415 | int numChars; /* Number of chars in braced string. */
|
---|
| 2416 | char savedChar; /* Holds the character from string
|
---|
| 2417 | * termporarily replaced by a null
|
---|
| 2418 | * char during braced string processing. */
|
---|
| 2419 | int objIndex; /* The object array index for a pushed
|
---|
| 2420 | * object holding a braced string. */
|
---|
| 2421 | int numRead;
|
---|
| 2422 | int result = TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 2423 |
|
---|
| 2424 | /*
|
---|
| 2425 | * Check for any backslash-newlines, since we must treat
|
---|
| 2426 | * backslash-newlines specially (they must be replaced by spaces).
|
---|
| 2427 | */
|
---|
| 2428 |
|
---|
| 2429 | while (1) {
|
---|
| 2430 | c = *src;
|
---|
| 2431 | if (src == lastChar) {
|
---|
| 2432 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 2433 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 2434 | "missing close-brace", -1);
|
---|
| 2435 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 2436 | goto done;
|
---|
| 2437 | }
|
---|
| 2438 | if (CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar) != TCL_NORMAL) {
|
---|
| 2439 | if (c == '{') {
|
---|
| 2440 | level++;
|
---|
| 2441 | } else if (c == '}') {
|
---|
| 2442 | --level;
|
---|
| 2443 | if (level == 0) {
|
---|
| 2444 | src++;
|
---|
| 2445 | last = (src - 2); /* point just before terminating } */
|
---|
| 2446 | break;
|
---|
| 2447 | }
|
---|
| 2448 | } else if (c == '\\') {
|
---|
| 2449 | if (*(src+1) == '\n') {
|
---|
| 2450 | hasBackslashNewline = 1;
|
---|
| 2451 | }
|
---|
| 2452 | (void) Tcl_Backslash(src, &numRead);
|
---|
| 2453 | src += numRead - 1;
|
---|
| 2454 | }
|
---|
| 2455 | }
|
---|
| 2456 | src++;
|
---|
| 2457 | }
|
---|
| 2458 |
|
---|
| 2459 | if (!hasBackslashNewline) {
|
---|
| 2460 | /*
|
---|
| 2461 | * The braced word is "simple": just a sequence of characters
|
---|
| 2462 | * without backslash-newlines. Just return if we are not to compile
|
---|
| 2463 | * simple words.
|
---|
| 2464 | */
|
---|
| 2465 |
|
---|
| 2466 | simpleWord = 1;
|
---|
| 2467 | if (!envPtr->pushSimpleWords) {
|
---|
| 2468 | envPtr->wordIsSimple = 1;
|
---|
| 2469 | envPtr->numSimpleWordChars = (src - string - 1);
|
---|
| 2470 | envPtr->termOffset = (src - string);
|
---|
| 2471 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 2472 | }
|
---|
| 2473 | }
|
---|
| 2474 |
|
---|
| 2475 | /*
|
---|
| 2476 | * Create and push a string object for the braced string. This starts at
|
---|
| 2477 | * "string" and ends just after "last" (which points to the final
|
---|
| 2478 | * character before the terminating '}'). If backslash-newlines were
|
---|
| 2479 | * found, we copy characters one at a time into a heap-allocated buffer
|
---|
| 2480 | * and do backslash-newline substitutions.
|
---|
| 2481 | */
|
---|
| 2482 |
|
---|
| 2483 | numChars = (last - string + 1);
|
---|
| 2484 | savedChar = string[numChars];
|
---|
| 2485 | string[numChars] = '\0';
|
---|
| 2486 | if ((numChars > 0) && (hasBackslashNewline)) {
|
---|
| 2487 | char *buffer = ckalloc((unsigned) numChars + 1);
|
---|
| 2488 | register char *dst = buffer;
|
---|
| 2489 | register char *p = string;
|
---|
| 2490 | while (p <= last) {
|
---|
| 2491 | c = *dst++ = *p++;
|
---|
| 2492 | if (c == '\\') {
|
---|
| 2493 | if (*p == '\n') {
|
---|
| 2494 | dst[-1] = Tcl_Backslash(p-1, &numRead);
|
---|
| 2495 | p += numRead - 1;
|
---|
| 2496 | } else {
|
---|
| 2497 | (void) Tcl_Backslash(p-1, &numRead);
|
---|
| 2498 | while (numRead > 1) {
|
---|
| 2499 | *dst++ = *p++;
|
---|
| 2500 | numRead--;
|
---|
| 2501 | }
|
---|
| 2502 | }
|
---|
| 2503 | }
|
---|
| 2504 | }
|
---|
| 2505 | *dst = '\0';
|
---|
| 2506 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString(buffer, (dst - buffer),
|
---|
| 2507 | /*allocStrRep*/ 1, /*inHeap*/ 1, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2508 | } else {
|
---|
| 2509 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString(string, numChars, /*allocStrRep*/ 1,
|
---|
| 2510 | /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2511 | }
|
---|
| 2512 | string[numChars] = savedChar;
|
---|
| 2513 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2514 |
|
---|
| 2515 | done:
|
---|
| 2516 | if (simpleWord) {
|
---|
| 2517 | envPtr->wordIsSimple = 1;
|
---|
| 2518 | envPtr->numSimpleWordChars = (src - string - 1);
|
---|
| 2519 | } else {
|
---|
| 2520 | envPtr->wordIsSimple = 0;
|
---|
| 2521 | envPtr->numSimpleWordChars = 0;
|
---|
| 2522 | }
|
---|
| 2523 | envPtr->termOffset = (src - string);
|
---|
| 2524 | envPtr->maxStackDepth = 1;
|
---|
| 2525 | return result;
|
---|
| 2526 | }
|
---|
| 2527 | |
---|
| 2528 |
|
---|
| 2529 | /*
|
---|
| 2530 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2531 | *
|
---|
| 2532 | * TclCompileDollarVar --
|
---|
| 2533 | *
|
---|
| 2534 | * Given a string starting with a $ sign, parse a variable name
|
---|
| 2535 | * and compile instructions to push its value. If the variable
|
---|
| 2536 | * reference is just a '$' (i.e. the '$' isn't followed by anything
|
---|
| 2537 | * that could possibly be a variable name), just push a string object
|
---|
| 2538 | * containing '$'.
|
---|
| 2539 | *
|
---|
| 2540 | * Results:
|
---|
| 2541 | * The return value is a standard Tcl result. If an error occurs
|
---|
| 2542 | * then an error message is left in the interpreter's result.
|
---|
| 2543 | *
|
---|
| 2544 | * envPtr->termOffset is filled in with the offset of the character in
|
---|
| 2545 | * "string" just after the last one in the variable reference.
|
---|
| 2546 | *
|
---|
| 2547 | * envPtr->wordIsSimple is set 0 (false) because the word is not
|
---|
| 2548 | * simple: it is not just a sequence of characters without backslashes.
|
---|
| 2549 | * For the same reason, envPtr->numSimpleWordChars is set 0.
|
---|
| 2550 | *
|
---|
| 2551 | * envPtr->maxStackDepth is updated with the maximum number of stack
|
---|
| 2552 | * elements needed to execute the string's commands.
|
---|
| 2553 | *
|
---|
| 2554 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 2555 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to look up the variable and
|
---|
| 2556 | * push its value at runtime.
|
---|
| 2557 | *
|
---|
| 2558 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2559 | */
|
---|
| 2560 |
|
---|
| 2561 | int
|
---|
| 2562 | TclCompileDollarVar(interp, string, lastChar, flags, envPtr)
|
---|
| 2563 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter to use for nested command
|
---|
| 2564 | * evaluations and error messages. */
|
---|
| 2565 | char *string; /* First char (i.e. $) of var reference. */
|
---|
| 2566 | char *lastChar; /* Pointer to terminating character of
|
---|
| 2567 | * string. */
|
---|
| 2568 | int flags; /* Flags to control compilation (same
|
---|
| 2569 | * values passed to Tcl_Eval). */
|
---|
| 2570 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Holds the resulting instructions. */
|
---|
| 2571 | {
|
---|
| 2572 | register char *src = string; /* Points to current source char. */
|
---|
| 2573 | register char c; /* The current char. */
|
---|
| 2574 | char *name; /* Start of 1st part of variable name. */
|
---|
| 2575 | int nameChars; /* Count of chars in name. */
|
---|
| 2576 | int nameHasNsSeparators = 0; /* Set 1 if name contains "::"s. */
|
---|
| 2577 | char savedChar; /* Holds the character from string
|
---|
| 2578 | * termporarily replaced by a null
|
---|
| 2579 | * char during name processing. */
|
---|
| 2580 | int objIndex; /* The object array index for a pushed
|
---|
| 2581 | * object holding a name part. */
|
---|
| 2582 | int isArrayRef = 0; /* 1 if reference to array element. */
|
---|
| 2583 | int localIndex = -1; /* Frame index of local if found. */
|
---|
| 2584 | int maxDepth = 0; /* Maximum number of stack elements needed
|
---|
| 2585 | * to push the variable. */
|
---|
| 2586 | int savePushSimpleWords = envPtr->pushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 2587 | int result = TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 2588 |
|
---|
| 2589 | /*
|
---|
| 2590 | * var_reference: '$' '{' braced_name '}' |
|
---|
| 2591 | * '$' name ['(' index_string ')']
|
---|
| 2592 | *
|
---|
| 2593 | * There are three cases:
|
---|
| 2594 | * 1. The $ sign is followed by an open curly brace. Then the variable
|
---|
| 2595 | * name is everything up to the next close curly brace, and the
|
---|
| 2596 | * variable is a scalar variable.
|
---|
| 2597 | * 2. The $ sign is not followed by an open curly brace. Then the
|
---|
| 2598 | * variable name is everything up to the next character that isn't
|
---|
| 2599 | * a letter, digit, underscore, or a "::" namespace separator. If the
|
---|
| 2600 | * following character is an open parenthesis, then the information
|
---|
| 2601 | * between parentheses is the array element name, which can include
|
---|
| 2602 | * any of the substitutions permissible between quotes.
|
---|
| 2603 | * 3. The $ sign is followed by something that isn't a letter, digit,
|
---|
| 2604 | * underscore, or a "::" namespace separator: in this case,
|
---|
| 2605 | * there is no variable name, and "$" is pushed.
|
---|
| 2606 | */
|
---|
| 2607 |
|
---|
| 2608 | src++; /* advance over the '$'. */
|
---|
| 2609 |
|
---|
| 2610 | /*
|
---|
| 2611 | * Collect the first part of the variable's name into "name" and
|
---|
| 2612 | * determine if it is an array reference and if it contains any
|
---|
| 2613 | * namespace separator (::'s).
|
---|
| 2614 | */
|
---|
| 2615 |
|
---|
| 2616 | if (*src == '{') {
|
---|
| 2617 | /*
|
---|
| 2618 | * A scalar name in braces.
|
---|
| 2619 | */
|
---|
| 2620 |
|
---|
| 2621 | char *p;
|
---|
| 2622 |
|
---|
| 2623 | src++;
|
---|
| 2624 | name = src;
|
---|
| 2625 | c = *src;
|
---|
| 2626 | while (c != '}') {
|
---|
| 2627 | if (src == lastChar) {
|
---|
| 2628 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 2629 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 2630 | "missing close-brace for variable name", -1);
|
---|
| 2631 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 2632 | goto done;
|
---|
| 2633 | }
|
---|
| 2634 | src++;
|
---|
| 2635 | c = *src;
|
---|
| 2636 | }
|
---|
| 2637 | nameChars = (src - name);
|
---|
| 2638 | for (p = name; p < src; p++) {
|
---|
| 2639 | if ((*p == ':') && (*(p+1) == ':')) {
|
---|
| 2640 | nameHasNsSeparators = 1;
|
---|
| 2641 | break;
|
---|
| 2642 | }
|
---|
| 2643 | }
|
---|
| 2644 | src++; /* advance over the '}'. */
|
---|
| 2645 | } else {
|
---|
| 2646 | /*
|
---|
| 2647 | * Scalar name or array reference not in braces.
|
---|
| 2648 | */
|
---|
| 2649 |
|
---|
| 2650 | name = src;
|
---|
| 2651 | c = *src;
|
---|
| 2652 | while (isalnum(UCHAR(c)) || (c == '_') || (c == ':')) {
|
---|
| 2653 | if (c == ':') {
|
---|
| 2654 | if (*(src+1) == ':') {
|
---|
| 2655 | nameHasNsSeparators = 1;
|
---|
| 2656 | src += 2;
|
---|
| 2657 | while (*src == ':') {
|
---|
| 2658 | src++;
|
---|
| 2659 | }
|
---|
| 2660 | c = *src;
|
---|
| 2661 | } else {
|
---|
| 2662 | break; /* : by itself */
|
---|
| 2663 | }
|
---|
| 2664 | } else {
|
---|
| 2665 | src++;
|
---|
| 2666 | c = *src;
|
---|
| 2667 | }
|
---|
| 2668 | }
|
---|
| 2669 | if (src == name) {
|
---|
| 2670 | /*
|
---|
| 2671 | * A '$' by itself, not a name reference. Push a "$" string.
|
---|
| 2672 | */
|
---|
| 2673 |
|
---|
| 2674 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString("$", 1, /*allocStrRep*/ 1,
|
---|
| 2675 | /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2676 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2677 | maxDepth = 1;
|
---|
| 2678 | goto done;
|
---|
| 2679 | }
|
---|
| 2680 | nameChars = (src - name);
|
---|
| 2681 | isArrayRef = (c == '(');
|
---|
| 2682 | }
|
---|
| 2683 |
|
---|
| 2684 | /*
|
---|
| 2685 | * Now emit instructions to load the variable. First either push the
|
---|
| 2686 | * name of the scalar or array, or determine its index in the array of
|
---|
| 2687 | * local variables in a procedure frame. Push the name if we are not
|
---|
| 2688 | * compiling a procedure body or if the name has namespace
|
---|
| 2689 | * qualifiers ("::"s).
|
---|
| 2690 | */
|
---|
| 2691 |
|
---|
| 2692 | if (!isArrayRef) { /* scalar reference */
|
---|
| 2693 | if ((envPtr->procPtr == NULL) || nameHasNsSeparators) {
|
---|
| 2694 | savedChar = name[nameChars];
|
---|
| 2695 | name[nameChars] = '\0';
|
---|
| 2696 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString(name, nameChars,
|
---|
| 2697 | /*allocStrRep*/ 1, /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2698 | name[nameChars] = savedChar;
|
---|
| 2699 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2700 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_LOAD_SCALAR_STK, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2701 | maxDepth = 1;
|
---|
| 2702 | } else {
|
---|
| 2703 | localIndex = LookupCompiledLocal(name, nameChars,
|
---|
| 2704 | /*createIfNew*/ 0, /*flagsIfCreated*/ 0,
|
---|
| 2705 | envPtr->procPtr);
|
---|
| 2706 | if (localIndex >= 0) {
|
---|
| 2707 | if (localIndex <= 255) {
|
---|
| 2708 | TclEmitInstUInt1(INST_LOAD_SCALAR1, localIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2709 | } else {
|
---|
| 2710 | TclEmitInstUInt4(INST_LOAD_SCALAR4, localIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2711 | }
|
---|
| 2712 | maxDepth = 0;
|
---|
| 2713 | } else {
|
---|
| 2714 | savedChar = name[nameChars];
|
---|
| 2715 | name[nameChars] = '\0';
|
---|
| 2716 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString(name, nameChars,
|
---|
| 2717 | /*allocStrRep*/ 1, /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2718 | name[nameChars] = savedChar;
|
---|
| 2719 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2720 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_LOAD_SCALAR_STK, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2721 | maxDepth = 1;
|
---|
| 2722 | }
|
---|
| 2723 | }
|
---|
| 2724 | } else { /* array reference */
|
---|
| 2725 | if ((envPtr->procPtr == NULL) || nameHasNsSeparators) {
|
---|
| 2726 | savedChar = name[nameChars];
|
---|
| 2727 | name[nameChars] = '\0';
|
---|
| 2728 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString(name, nameChars,
|
---|
| 2729 | /*allocStrRep*/ 1, /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2730 | name[nameChars] = savedChar;
|
---|
| 2731 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2732 | maxDepth = 1;
|
---|
| 2733 | } else {
|
---|
| 2734 | localIndex = LookupCompiledLocal(name, nameChars,
|
---|
| 2735 | /*createIfNew*/ 0, /*flagsIfCreated*/ 0,
|
---|
| 2736 | envPtr->procPtr);
|
---|
| 2737 | if (localIndex < 0) {
|
---|
| 2738 | savedChar = name[nameChars];
|
---|
| 2739 | name[nameChars] = '\0';
|
---|
| 2740 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString(name, nameChars,
|
---|
| 2741 | /*allocStrRep*/ 1, /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2742 | name[nameChars] = savedChar;
|
---|
| 2743 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2744 | maxDepth = 1;
|
---|
| 2745 | }
|
---|
| 2746 | }
|
---|
| 2747 |
|
---|
| 2748 | /*
|
---|
| 2749 | * Parse and push the array element. Perform substitutions on it,
|
---|
| 2750 | * just as is done for quoted strings.
|
---|
| 2751 | */
|
---|
| 2752 |
|
---|
| 2753 | src++;
|
---|
| 2754 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = 1;
|
---|
| 2755 | result = TclCompileQuotes(interp, src, lastChar, ')', flags,
|
---|
| 2756 | envPtr);
|
---|
| 2757 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 2758 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 2759 | char msg[200];
|
---|
| 2760 | sprintf(msg, "\n (parsing index for array \"%.*s\")",
|
---|
| 2761 | (nameChars > 100? 100 : nameChars), name);
|
---|
| 2762 | Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(interp, msg, -1);
|
---|
| 2763 | goto done;
|
---|
| 2764 | }
|
---|
| 2765 | maxDepth += envPtr->maxStackDepth;
|
---|
| 2766 |
|
---|
| 2767 | /*
|
---|
| 2768 | * Now emit the appropriate load instruction for the array element.
|
---|
| 2769 | */
|
---|
| 2770 |
|
---|
| 2771 | if (localIndex < 0) { /* a global or an unknown local */
|
---|
| 2772 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_LOAD_ARRAY_STK, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2773 | } else {
|
---|
| 2774 | if (localIndex <= 255) {
|
---|
| 2775 | TclEmitInstUInt1(INST_LOAD_ARRAY1, localIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2776 | } else {
|
---|
| 2777 | TclEmitInstUInt4(INST_LOAD_ARRAY4, localIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2778 | }
|
---|
| 2779 | }
|
---|
| 2780 | }
|
---|
| 2781 |
|
---|
| 2782 | done:
|
---|
| 2783 | envPtr->termOffset = (src - string);
|
---|
| 2784 | envPtr->wordIsSimple = 0;
|
---|
| 2785 | envPtr->numSimpleWordChars = 0;
|
---|
| 2786 | envPtr->maxStackDepth = maxDepth;
|
---|
| 2787 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = savePushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 2788 | return result;
|
---|
| 2789 | }
|
---|
| 2790 | |
---|
| 2791 |
|
---|
| 2792 | /*
|
---|
| 2793 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2794 | *
|
---|
| 2795 | * IsLocalScalar --
|
---|
| 2796 | *
|
---|
| 2797 | * Checks to see if a variable name refers to a local scalar.
|
---|
| 2798 | *
|
---|
| 2799 | * Results:
|
---|
| 2800 | * Returns 1 if the variable is a local scalar.
|
---|
| 2801 | *
|
---|
| 2802 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 2803 | * None.
|
---|
| 2804 | *
|
---|
| 2805 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2806 | */
|
---|
| 2807 |
|
---|
| 2808 | static int
|
---|
| 2809 | IsLocalScalar(varName, length)
|
---|
| 2810 | char *varName; /* The name to check. */
|
---|
| 2811 | int length; /* The number of characters in the string. */
|
---|
| 2812 | {
|
---|
| 2813 | char *p;
|
---|
| 2814 | char *lastChar = varName + (length - 1);
|
---|
| 2815 |
|
---|
| 2816 | for (p = varName; p <= lastChar; p++) {
|
---|
| 2817 | if ((CHAR_TYPE(p, lastChar) != TCL_NORMAL) &&
|
---|
| 2818 | (CHAR_TYPE(p, lastChar) != TCL_COMMAND_END)) {
|
---|
| 2819 | /*
|
---|
| 2820 | * TCL_COMMAND_END is returned for the last character
|
---|
| 2821 | * of the string. By this point we know it isn't
|
---|
| 2822 | * an array or namespace reference.
|
---|
| 2823 | */
|
---|
| 2824 |
|
---|
| 2825 | return 0;
|
---|
| 2826 | }
|
---|
| 2827 | if (*p == '(') {
|
---|
| 2828 | if (*lastChar == ')') { /* we have an array element */
|
---|
| 2829 | return 0;
|
---|
| 2830 | }
|
---|
| 2831 | } else if (*p == ':') {
|
---|
| 2832 | if ((p != lastChar) && *(p+1) == ':') { /* qualified name */
|
---|
| 2833 | return 0;
|
---|
| 2834 | }
|
---|
| 2835 | }
|
---|
| 2836 | }
|
---|
| 2837 |
|
---|
| 2838 | return 1;
|
---|
| 2839 | }
|
---|
| 2840 | |
---|
| 2841 |
|
---|
| 2842 | /*
|
---|
| 2843 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2844 | *
|
---|
| 2845 | * TclCompileBreakCmd --
|
---|
| 2846 | *
|
---|
| 2847 | * Procedure called to compile the "break" command.
|
---|
| 2848 | *
|
---|
| 2849 | * Results:
|
---|
| 2850 | * The return value is a standard Tcl result, which is TCL_OK unless
|
---|
| 2851 | * there was an error while parsing string. If an error occurs then
|
---|
| 2852 | * the interpreter's result contains a standard error message.
|
---|
| 2853 | *
|
---|
| 2854 | * envPtr->termOffset is filled in with the offset of the character in
|
---|
| 2855 | * "string" just after the last one successfully processed.
|
---|
| 2856 | *
|
---|
| 2857 | * envPtr->maxStackDepth is updated with the maximum number of stack
|
---|
| 2858 | * elements needed to execute the command.
|
---|
| 2859 | *
|
---|
| 2860 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 2861 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to evaluate the "break" command
|
---|
| 2862 | * at runtime.
|
---|
| 2863 | *
|
---|
| 2864 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2865 | */
|
---|
| 2866 |
|
---|
| 2867 | int
|
---|
| 2868 | TclCompileBreakCmd(interp, string, lastChar, flags, envPtr)
|
---|
| 2869 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
|
---|
| 2870 | char *string; /* The source string to compile. */
|
---|
| 2871 | char *lastChar; /* Pointer to terminating character of
|
---|
| 2872 | * string. */
|
---|
| 2873 | int flags; /* Flags to control compilation (same as
|
---|
| 2874 | * passed to Tcl_Eval). */
|
---|
| 2875 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Holds resulting instructions. */
|
---|
| 2876 | {
|
---|
| 2877 | register char *src = string;/* Points to current source char. */
|
---|
| 2878 | register int type; /* Current char's CHAR_TYPE type. */
|
---|
| 2879 | int result = TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 2880 |
|
---|
| 2881 | /*
|
---|
| 2882 | * There should be no argument after the "break".
|
---|
| 2883 | */
|
---|
| 2884 |
|
---|
| 2885 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 2886 | if (type != TCL_COMMAND_END) {
|
---|
| 2887 | AdvanceToNextWord(src, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2888 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 2889 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 2890 | if (type != TCL_COMMAND_END) {
|
---|
| 2891 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 2892 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 2893 | "wrong # args: should be \"break\"", -1);
|
---|
| 2894 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 2895 | goto done;
|
---|
| 2896 | }
|
---|
| 2897 | }
|
---|
| 2898 |
|
---|
| 2899 | /*
|
---|
| 2900 | * Emit a break instruction.
|
---|
| 2901 | */
|
---|
| 2902 |
|
---|
| 2903 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_BREAK, envPtr);
|
---|
| 2904 |
|
---|
| 2905 | done:
|
---|
| 2906 | envPtr->termOffset = (src - string);
|
---|
| 2907 | envPtr->maxStackDepth = 0;
|
---|
| 2908 | return result;
|
---|
| 2909 | }
|
---|
| 2910 | |
---|
| 2911 |
|
---|
| 2912 | /*
|
---|
| 2913 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2914 | *
|
---|
| 2915 | * TclCompileCatchCmd --
|
---|
| 2916 | *
|
---|
| 2917 | * Procedure called to compile the "catch" command.
|
---|
| 2918 | *
|
---|
| 2919 | * Results:
|
---|
| 2920 | * The return value is a standard Tcl result, which is TCL_OK if
|
---|
| 2921 | * compilation was successful. If an error occurs then the
|
---|
| 2922 | * interpreter's result contains a standard error message and TCL_ERROR
|
---|
| 2923 | * is returned. If compilation failed because the command is too
|
---|
| 2924 | * complex for TclCompileCatchCmd, TCL_OUT_LINE_COMPILE is returned
|
---|
| 2925 | * indicating that the catch command should be compiled "out of line"
|
---|
| 2926 | * by emitting code to invoke its command procedure at runtime.
|
---|
| 2927 | *
|
---|
| 2928 | * envPtr->termOffset is filled in with the offset of the character in
|
---|
| 2929 | * "string" just after the last one successfully processed.
|
---|
| 2930 | *
|
---|
| 2931 | * envPtr->maxStackDepth is updated with the maximum number of stack
|
---|
| 2932 | * elements needed to execute the command.
|
---|
| 2933 | *
|
---|
| 2934 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 2935 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to evaluate the "catch" command
|
---|
| 2936 | * at runtime.
|
---|
| 2937 | *
|
---|
| 2938 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2939 | */
|
---|
| 2940 |
|
---|
| 2941 | int
|
---|
| 2942 | TclCompileCatchCmd(interp, string, lastChar, flags, envPtr)
|
---|
| 2943 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
|
---|
| 2944 | char *string; /* The source string to compile. */
|
---|
| 2945 | char *lastChar; /* Pointer to terminating character of
|
---|
| 2946 | * string. */
|
---|
| 2947 | int flags; /* Flags to control compilation (same as
|
---|
| 2948 | * passed to Tcl_Eval). */
|
---|
| 2949 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Holds resulting instructions. */
|
---|
| 2950 | {
|
---|
| 2951 | Proc *procPtr = envPtr->procPtr;
|
---|
| 2952 | /* Points to structure describing procedure
|
---|
| 2953 | * containing the catch cmd, else NULL. */
|
---|
| 2954 | int maxDepth = 0; /* Maximum number of stack elements needed
|
---|
| 2955 | * to execute cmd. */
|
---|
| 2956 | ArgInfo argInfo; /* Structure holding information about the
|
---|
| 2957 | * start and end of each argument word. */
|
---|
| 2958 | int range = -1; /* If we compile the catch command, the
|
---|
| 2959 | * index for its catch range record in the
|
---|
| 2960 | * ExceptionRange array. -1 if we are not
|
---|
| 2961 | * compiling the command. */
|
---|
| 2962 | char *name; /* If a var name appears for a scalar local
|
---|
| 2963 | * to a procedure, this points to the name's
|
---|
| 2964 | * 1st char and nameChars is its length. */
|
---|
| 2965 | int nameChars; /* Length of the variable name, if any. */
|
---|
| 2966 | int localIndex = -1; /* Index of the variable in the current
|
---|
| 2967 | * procedure's array of local variables.
|
---|
| 2968 | * Otherwise -1 if not in a procedure or
|
---|
| 2969 | * the variable wasn't found. */
|
---|
| 2970 | char savedChar; /* Holds the character from string
|
---|
| 2971 | * termporarily replaced by a null character
|
---|
| 2972 | * during processing of words. */
|
---|
| 2973 | JumpFixup jumpFixup; /* Used to emit the jump after the "no
|
---|
| 2974 | * errors" epilogue code. */
|
---|
| 2975 | int numWords, objIndex, jumpDist, result;
|
---|
| 2976 | char *bodyStart, *bodyEnd;
|
---|
| 2977 | Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
|
---|
| 2978 | int savePushSimpleWords = envPtr->pushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 2979 |
|
---|
| 2980 | /*
|
---|
| 2981 | * Scan the words of the command and record the start and finish of
|
---|
| 2982 | * each argument word.
|
---|
| 2983 | */
|
---|
| 2984 |
|
---|
| 2985 | InitArgInfo(&argInfo);
|
---|
| 2986 | result = CollectArgInfo(interp, string, lastChar, flags, &argInfo);
|
---|
| 2987 | numWords = argInfo.numArgs; /* i.e., the # after the command name */
|
---|
| 2988 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 2989 | goto done;
|
---|
| 2990 | }
|
---|
| 2991 | if ((numWords != 1) && (numWords != 2)) {
|
---|
| 2992 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 2993 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 2994 | "wrong # args: should be \"catch command ?varName?\"", -1);
|
---|
| 2995 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 2996 | goto done;
|
---|
| 2997 | }
|
---|
| 2998 |
|
---|
| 2999 | /*
|
---|
| 3000 | * If a variable was specified and the catch command is at global level
|
---|
| 3001 | * (not in a procedure), don't compile it inline: the payoff is
|
---|
| 3002 | * too small.
|
---|
| 3003 | */
|
---|
| 3004 |
|
---|
| 3005 | if ((numWords == 2) && (procPtr == NULL)) {
|
---|
| 3006 | result = TCL_OUT_LINE_COMPILE;
|
---|
| 3007 | goto done;
|
---|
| 3008 | }
|
---|
| 3009 |
|
---|
| 3010 | /*
|
---|
| 3011 | * Make sure the variable name, if any, has no substitutions and just
|
---|
| 3012 | * refers to a local scaler.
|
---|
| 3013 | */
|
---|
| 3014 |
|
---|
| 3015 | if (numWords == 2) {
|
---|
| 3016 | char *firstChar = argInfo.startArray[1];
|
---|
| 3017 | char *lastChar = argInfo.endArray[1];
|
---|
| 3018 |
|
---|
| 3019 | if (*firstChar == '{') {
|
---|
| 3020 | if (*lastChar != '}') {
|
---|
| 3021 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 3022 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 3023 | "extra characters after close-brace", -1);
|
---|
| 3024 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3025 | goto done;
|
---|
| 3026 | }
|
---|
| 3027 | firstChar++;
|
---|
| 3028 | lastChar--;
|
---|
| 3029 | }
|
---|
| 3030 |
|
---|
| 3031 | nameChars = (lastChar - firstChar + 1);
|
---|
| 3032 | if (!IsLocalScalar(firstChar, nameChars)) {
|
---|
| 3033 | result = TCL_OUT_LINE_COMPILE;
|
---|
| 3034 | goto done;
|
---|
| 3035 | }
|
---|
| 3036 |
|
---|
| 3037 | name = firstChar;
|
---|
| 3038 | localIndex = LookupCompiledLocal(name, nameChars,
|
---|
| 3039 | /*createIfNew*/ 1, /*flagsIfCreated*/ VAR_SCALAR,
|
---|
| 3040 | procPtr);
|
---|
| 3041 | }
|
---|
| 3042 |
|
---|
| 3043 | /*
|
---|
| 3044 | *==== At this point we believe we can compile the catch command ====
|
---|
| 3045 | */
|
---|
| 3046 |
|
---|
| 3047 | /*
|
---|
| 3048 | * Create and initialize a ExceptionRange record to hold information
|
---|
| 3049 | * about this catch command.
|
---|
| 3050 | */
|
---|
| 3051 |
|
---|
| 3052 | envPtr->excRangeDepth++;
|
---|
| 3053 | envPtr->maxExcRangeDepth =
|
---|
| 3054 | TclMax(envPtr->excRangeDepth, envPtr->maxExcRangeDepth);
|
---|
| 3055 | range = CreateExceptionRange(CATCH_EXCEPTION_RANGE, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3056 |
|
---|
| 3057 | /*
|
---|
| 3058 | * Emit the instruction to mark the start of the catch command.
|
---|
| 3059 | */
|
---|
| 3060 |
|
---|
| 3061 | TclEmitInstUInt4(INST_BEGIN_CATCH4, range, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3062 |
|
---|
| 3063 | /*
|
---|
| 3064 | * Inline compile the catch's body word: the command it controls. Also
|
---|
| 3065 | * register the body's starting PC offset and byte length in the
|
---|
| 3066 | * ExceptionRange record.
|
---|
| 3067 | */
|
---|
| 3068 |
|
---|
| 3069 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].codeOffset = TclCurrCodeOffset();
|
---|
| 3070 |
|
---|
| 3071 | bodyStart = argInfo.startArray[0];
|
---|
| 3072 | bodyEnd = argInfo.endArray[0];
|
---|
| 3073 | savedChar = *(bodyEnd+1);
|
---|
| 3074 | *(bodyEnd+1) = '\0';
|
---|
| 3075 | result = CompileCmdWordInline(interp, bodyStart, (bodyEnd+1),
|
---|
| 3076 | flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3077 | *(bodyEnd+1) = savedChar;
|
---|
| 3078 |
|
---|
| 3079 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3080 | if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
|
---|
| 3081 | char msg[60];
|
---|
| 3082 | sprintf(msg, "\n (\"catch\" body line %d)",
|
---|
| 3083 | interp->errorLine);
|
---|
| 3084 | Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(interp, msg, -1);
|
---|
| 3085 | }
|
---|
| 3086 | goto done;
|
---|
| 3087 | }
|
---|
| 3088 | maxDepth = TclMax(envPtr->maxStackDepth, maxDepth);
|
---|
| 3089 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].numCodeBytes =
|
---|
| 3090 | TclCurrCodeOffset() - envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].codeOffset;
|
---|
| 3091 |
|
---|
| 3092 | /*
|
---|
| 3093 | * Now emit the "no errors" epilogue code for the catch. First, if a
|
---|
| 3094 | * variable was specified, store the body's result into the
|
---|
| 3095 | * variable; otherwise, just discard the body's result. Then push
|
---|
| 3096 | * a "0" object as the catch command's "no error" TCL_OK result,
|
---|
| 3097 | * and jump around the "error case" epilogue code.
|
---|
| 3098 | */
|
---|
| 3099 |
|
---|
| 3100 | if (localIndex != -1) {
|
---|
| 3101 | if (localIndex <= 255) {
|
---|
| 3102 | TclEmitInstUInt1(INST_STORE_SCALAR1, localIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3103 | } else {
|
---|
| 3104 | TclEmitInstUInt4(INST_STORE_SCALAR4, localIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3105 | }
|
---|
| 3106 | }
|
---|
| 3107 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3108 |
|
---|
| 3109 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString("0", 1, /*allocStrRep*/ 0, /*inHeap*/ 0,
|
---|
| 3110 | envPtr);
|
---|
| 3111 | objPtr = envPtr->objArrayPtr[objIndex];
|
---|
| 3112 |
|
---|
| 3113 | Tcl_InvalidateStringRep(objPtr);
|
---|
| 3114 | objPtr->internalRep.longValue = 0;
|
---|
| 3115 | objPtr->typePtr = &tclIntType;
|
---|
| 3116 |
|
---|
| 3117 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3118 | if (maxDepth == 0) {
|
---|
| 3119 | maxDepth = 1; /* since we just pushed one object */
|
---|
| 3120 | }
|
---|
| 3121 |
|
---|
| 3122 | TclEmitForwardJump(envPtr, TCL_UNCONDITIONAL_JUMP, &jumpFixup);
|
---|
| 3123 |
|
---|
| 3124 | /*
|
---|
| 3125 | * Now emit the "error case" epilogue code. First, if a variable was
|
---|
| 3126 | * specified, emit instructions to push the interpreter's object result
|
---|
| 3127 | * and store it into the variable. Then emit an instruction to push the
|
---|
| 3128 | * nonzero error result. Note that the initial PC offset here is the
|
---|
| 3129 | * catch's error target.
|
---|
| 3130 | */
|
---|
| 3131 |
|
---|
| 3132 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].catchOffset = TclCurrCodeOffset();
|
---|
| 3133 | if (localIndex != -1) {
|
---|
| 3134 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_PUSH_RESULT, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3135 | if (localIndex <= 255) {
|
---|
| 3136 | TclEmitInstUInt1(INST_STORE_SCALAR1, localIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3137 | } else {
|
---|
| 3138 | TclEmitInstUInt4(INST_STORE_SCALAR4, localIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3139 | }
|
---|
| 3140 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3141 | }
|
---|
| 3142 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_PUSH_RETURN_CODE, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3143 |
|
---|
| 3144 | /*
|
---|
| 3145 | * Now that we know the target of the jump after the "no errors"
|
---|
| 3146 | * epilogue, update it with the correct distance. This is less
|
---|
| 3147 | * than 127 bytes.
|
---|
| 3148 | */
|
---|
| 3149 |
|
---|
| 3150 | jumpDist = (TclCurrCodeOffset() - jumpFixup.codeOffset);
|
---|
| 3151 | if (TclFixupForwardJump(envPtr, &jumpFixup, jumpDist, 127)) {
|
---|
| 3152 | panic("TclCompileCatchCmd: bad jump distance %d\n", jumpDist);
|
---|
| 3153 | }
|
---|
| 3154 |
|
---|
| 3155 | /*
|
---|
| 3156 | * Emit the instruction to mark the end of the catch command.
|
---|
| 3157 | */
|
---|
| 3158 |
|
---|
| 3159 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_END_CATCH, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3160 |
|
---|
| 3161 | done:
|
---|
| 3162 | if (numWords == 0) {
|
---|
| 3163 | envPtr->termOffset = 0;
|
---|
| 3164 | } else {
|
---|
| 3165 | envPtr->termOffset = (argInfo.endArray[numWords-1] + 1 - string);
|
---|
| 3166 | }
|
---|
| 3167 | if (range != -1) { /* we compiled the catch command */
|
---|
| 3168 | envPtr->excRangeDepth--;
|
---|
| 3169 | }
|
---|
| 3170 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = savePushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 3171 | envPtr->maxStackDepth = maxDepth;
|
---|
| 3172 | FreeArgInfo(&argInfo);
|
---|
| 3173 | return result;
|
---|
| 3174 | }
|
---|
| 3175 | |
---|
| 3176 |
|
---|
| 3177 | /*
|
---|
| 3178 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3179 | *
|
---|
| 3180 | * TclCompileContinueCmd --
|
---|
| 3181 | *
|
---|
| 3182 | * Procedure called to compile the "continue" command.
|
---|
| 3183 | *
|
---|
| 3184 | * Results:
|
---|
| 3185 | * The return value is a standard Tcl result, which is TCL_OK unless
|
---|
| 3186 | * there was an error while parsing string. If an error occurs then
|
---|
| 3187 | * the interpreter's result contains a standard error message.
|
---|
| 3188 | *
|
---|
| 3189 | * envPtr->termOffset is filled in with the offset of the character in
|
---|
| 3190 | * "string" just after the last one successfully processed.
|
---|
| 3191 | *
|
---|
| 3192 | * envPtr->maxStackDepth is updated with the maximum number of stack
|
---|
| 3193 | * elements needed to execute the command.
|
---|
| 3194 | *
|
---|
| 3195 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 3196 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to evaluate the "continue" command
|
---|
| 3197 | * at runtime.
|
---|
| 3198 | *
|
---|
| 3199 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3200 | */
|
---|
| 3201 |
|
---|
| 3202 | int
|
---|
| 3203 | TclCompileContinueCmd(interp, string, lastChar, flags, envPtr)
|
---|
| 3204 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
|
---|
| 3205 | char *string; /* The source string to compile. */
|
---|
| 3206 | char *lastChar; /* Pointer to terminating character of
|
---|
| 3207 | * string. */
|
---|
| 3208 | int flags; /* Flags to control compilation (same as
|
---|
| 3209 | * passed to Tcl_Eval). */
|
---|
| 3210 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Holds resulting instructions. */
|
---|
| 3211 | {
|
---|
| 3212 | register char *src = string;/* Points to current source char. */
|
---|
| 3213 | register int type; /* Current char's CHAR_TYPE type. */
|
---|
| 3214 | int result = TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3215 |
|
---|
| 3216 | /*
|
---|
| 3217 | * There should be no argument after the "continue".
|
---|
| 3218 | */
|
---|
| 3219 |
|
---|
| 3220 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 3221 | if (type != TCL_COMMAND_END) {
|
---|
| 3222 | AdvanceToNextWord(src, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3223 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 3224 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 3225 | if (type != TCL_COMMAND_END) {
|
---|
| 3226 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 3227 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 3228 | "wrong # args: should be \"continue\"", -1);
|
---|
| 3229 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3230 | goto done;
|
---|
| 3231 | }
|
---|
| 3232 | }
|
---|
| 3233 |
|
---|
| 3234 | /*
|
---|
| 3235 | * Emit a continue instruction.
|
---|
| 3236 | */
|
---|
| 3237 |
|
---|
| 3238 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_CONTINUE, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3239 |
|
---|
| 3240 | done:
|
---|
| 3241 | envPtr->termOffset = (src - string);
|
---|
| 3242 | envPtr->maxStackDepth = 0;
|
---|
| 3243 | return result;
|
---|
| 3244 | }
|
---|
| 3245 | |
---|
| 3246 |
|
---|
| 3247 | /*
|
---|
| 3248 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3249 | *
|
---|
| 3250 | * TclCompileExprCmd --
|
---|
| 3251 | *
|
---|
| 3252 | * Procedure called to compile the "expr" command.
|
---|
| 3253 | *
|
---|
| 3254 | * Results:
|
---|
| 3255 | * The return value is a standard Tcl result, which is TCL_OK
|
---|
| 3256 | * unless there was an error while parsing string. If an error occurs
|
---|
| 3257 | * then the interpreter's result contains a standard error message.
|
---|
| 3258 | *
|
---|
| 3259 | * envPtr->termOffset is filled in with the offset of the character in
|
---|
| 3260 | * "string" just after the last one successfully processed.
|
---|
| 3261 | *
|
---|
| 3262 | * envPtr->maxStackDepth is updated with the maximum number of stack
|
---|
| 3263 | * elements needed to execute the "expr" command.
|
---|
| 3264 | *
|
---|
| 3265 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 3266 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to evaluate the "expr" command
|
---|
| 3267 | * at runtime.
|
---|
| 3268 | *
|
---|
| 3269 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3270 | */
|
---|
| 3271 |
|
---|
| 3272 | int
|
---|
| 3273 | TclCompileExprCmd(interp, string, lastChar, flags, envPtr)
|
---|
| 3274 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
|
---|
| 3275 | char *string; /* The source string to compile. */
|
---|
| 3276 | char *lastChar; /* Pointer to terminating character of
|
---|
| 3277 | * string. */
|
---|
| 3278 | int flags; /* Flags to control compilation (same as
|
---|
| 3279 | * passed to Tcl_Eval). */
|
---|
| 3280 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Holds resulting instructions. */
|
---|
| 3281 | {
|
---|
| 3282 | int maxDepth = 0; /* Maximum number of stack elements needed
|
---|
| 3283 | * to execute cmd. */
|
---|
| 3284 | ArgInfo argInfo; /* Structure holding information about the
|
---|
| 3285 | * start and end of each argument word. */
|
---|
| 3286 | Tcl_DString buffer; /* Holds the concatenated expr command
|
---|
| 3287 | * argument words. */
|
---|
| 3288 | int firstWord; /* 1 if processing the first word; 0 if
|
---|
| 3289 | * processing subsequent words. */
|
---|
| 3290 | char *first, *last; /* Points to the first and last significant
|
---|
| 3291 | * chars of the concatenated expression. */
|
---|
| 3292 | int inlineCode; /* 1 if inline "optimistic" code is
|
---|
| 3293 | * emitted for the expression; else 0. */
|
---|
| 3294 | int range = -1; /* If we inline compile the concatenated
|
---|
| 3295 | * expression, the index for its catch range
|
---|
| 3296 | * record in the ExceptionRange array.
|
---|
| 3297 | * Initialized to avoid compile warning. */
|
---|
| 3298 | JumpFixup jumpFixup; /* Used to emit the "success" jump after
|
---|
| 3299 | * the inline concat. expression's code. */
|
---|
| 3300 | char savedChar; /* Holds the character termporarily replaced
|
---|
| 3301 | * by a null character during compilation
|
---|
| 3302 | * of the concatenated expression. */
|
---|
| 3303 | int numWords, objIndex, i, result;
|
---|
| 3304 | char *wordStart, *wordEnd, *p;
|
---|
| 3305 | char c;
|
---|
| 3306 | int savePushSimpleWords = envPtr->pushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 3307 | int saveExprIsJustVarRef = envPtr->exprIsJustVarRef;
|
---|
| 3308 | int saveExprIsComparison = envPtr->exprIsComparison;
|
---|
| 3309 |
|
---|
| 3310 | /*
|
---|
| 3311 | * Scan the words of the command and record the start and finish of
|
---|
| 3312 | * each argument word.
|
---|
| 3313 | */
|
---|
| 3314 |
|
---|
| 3315 | InitArgInfo(&argInfo);
|
---|
| 3316 | result = CollectArgInfo(interp, string, lastChar, flags, &argInfo);
|
---|
| 3317 | numWords = argInfo.numArgs; /* i.e., the # after the command name */
|
---|
| 3318 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3319 | goto done;
|
---|
| 3320 | }
|
---|
| 3321 | if (numWords == 0) {
|
---|
| 3322 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 3323 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 3324 | "wrong # args: should be \"expr arg ?arg ...?\"", -1);
|
---|
| 3325 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3326 | goto done;
|
---|
| 3327 | }
|
---|
| 3328 |
|
---|
| 3329 | /*
|
---|
| 3330 | * If there is a single argument word and it is enclosed in {}s, we may
|
---|
| 3331 | * strip them off and safely compile the expr command into an inline
|
---|
| 3332 | * sequence of instructions using TclCompileExpr. We know these
|
---|
| 3333 | * instructions will have the right Tcl7.x expression semantics.
|
---|
| 3334 | *
|
---|
| 3335 | * Otherwise, if the word is not enclosed in {}s, or there are multiple
|
---|
| 3336 | * words, we may need to call the expr command (Tcl_ExprObjCmd) at
|
---|
| 3337 | * runtime. This recompiles the expression each time (typically) and so
|
---|
| 3338 | * is slow. However, there are some circumstances where we can still
|
---|
| 3339 | * compile inline instructions "optimistically" and check, during their
|
---|
| 3340 | * execution, for double substitutions (these appear as nonnumeric
|
---|
| 3341 | * operands). We check for any backslash or command substitutions. If
|
---|
| 3342 | * none appear, and only variable substitutions are found, we generate
|
---|
| 3343 | * inline instructions. If there is a compilation error, we must emit
|
---|
| 3344 | * instructions that return the error at runtime, since this is when
|
---|
| 3345 | * scripts in Tcl7.x would "see" the error.
|
---|
| 3346 | *
|
---|
| 3347 | * For now, if there are multiple words, or the single argument word is
|
---|
| 3348 | * not in {}s, we concatenate the argument words and strip off any
|
---|
| 3349 | * enclosing {}s or ""s. We call the expr command at runtime if
|
---|
| 3350 | * either command or backslash substitutions appear (but not if
|
---|
| 3351 | * only variable substitutions appear).
|
---|
| 3352 | */
|
---|
| 3353 |
|
---|
| 3354 | if (numWords == 1) {
|
---|
| 3355 | wordStart = argInfo.startArray[0]; /* start of 1st arg word */
|
---|
| 3356 | wordEnd = argInfo.endArray[0]; /* last char of 1st arg word */
|
---|
| 3357 | if ((*wordStart == '{') && (*wordEnd == '}')) {
|
---|
| 3358 | /*
|
---|
| 3359 | * Simple case: a single argument word in {}'s.
|
---|
| 3360 | */
|
---|
| 3361 |
|
---|
| 3362 | *wordEnd = '\0';
|
---|
| 3363 | result = TclCompileExpr(interp, (wordStart + 1), wordEnd,
|
---|
| 3364 | flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3365 | *wordEnd = '}';
|
---|
| 3366 |
|
---|
| 3367 | envPtr->termOffset = (wordEnd + 1) - string;
|
---|
| 3368 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = savePushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 3369 | FreeArgInfo(&argInfo);
|
---|
| 3370 | return result;
|
---|
| 3371 | }
|
---|
| 3372 | }
|
---|
| 3373 |
|
---|
| 3374 | /*
|
---|
| 3375 | * There are multiple words or no braces around the single word.
|
---|
| 3376 | * Concatenate the expression's argument words while stripping off
|
---|
| 3377 | * any enclosing {}s or ""s.
|
---|
| 3378 | */
|
---|
| 3379 |
|
---|
| 3380 | Tcl_DStringInit(&buffer);
|
---|
| 3381 | firstWord = 1;
|
---|
| 3382 | for (i = 0; i < numWords; i++) {
|
---|
| 3383 | wordStart = argInfo.startArray[i];
|
---|
| 3384 | wordEnd = argInfo.endArray[i];
|
---|
| 3385 | if (((*wordStart == '{') && (*wordEnd == '}'))
|
---|
| 3386 | || ((*wordStart == '"') && (*wordEnd == '"'))) {
|
---|
| 3387 | wordStart++;
|
---|
| 3388 | wordEnd--;
|
---|
| 3389 | }
|
---|
| 3390 | if (!firstWord) {
|
---|
| 3391 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&buffer, " ", 1);
|
---|
| 3392 | }
|
---|
| 3393 | firstWord = 0;
|
---|
| 3394 | if (wordEnd >= wordStart) {
|
---|
| 3395 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&buffer, wordStart, (wordEnd-wordStart+1));
|
---|
| 3396 | }
|
---|
| 3397 | }
|
---|
| 3398 |
|
---|
| 3399 | /*
|
---|
| 3400 | * Scan the concatenated expression's characters looking for any
|
---|
| 3401 | * '['s or '\'s or '$'s. If any are found, just call the expr cmd
|
---|
| 3402 | * at runtime.
|
---|
| 3403 | */
|
---|
| 3404 |
|
---|
| 3405 | inlineCode = 1;
|
---|
| 3406 | first = Tcl_DStringValue(&buffer);
|
---|
| 3407 | last = first + (Tcl_DStringLength(&buffer) - 1);
|
---|
| 3408 | for (p = first; p <= last; p++) {
|
---|
| 3409 | c = *p;
|
---|
| 3410 | if ((c == '[') || (c == '\\') || (c == '$')) {
|
---|
| 3411 | inlineCode = 0;
|
---|
| 3412 | break;
|
---|
| 3413 | }
|
---|
| 3414 | }
|
---|
| 3415 |
|
---|
| 3416 | if (inlineCode) {
|
---|
| 3417 | /*
|
---|
| 3418 | * Inline compile the concatenated expression inside a "catch"
|
---|
| 3419 | * so that a runtime error will back off to a (slow) call on expr.
|
---|
| 3420 | */
|
---|
| 3421 |
|
---|
| 3422 | int startCodeOffset = (envPtr->codeNext - envPtr->codeStart);
|
---|
| 3423 | int startRangeNext = envPtr->excRangeArrayNext;
|
---|
| 3424 |
|
---|
| 3425 | /*
|
---|
| 3426 | * Create a ExceptionRange record to hold information about the
|
---|
| 3427 | * "catch" range for the expression's inline code. Also emit the
|
---|
| 3428 | * instruction to mark the start of the range.
|
---|
| 3429 | */
|
---|
| 3430 |
|
---|
| 3431 | envPtr->excRangeDepth++;
|
---|
| 3432 | envPtr->maxExcRangeDepth =
|
---|
| 3433 | TclMax(envPtr->excRangeDepth, envPtr->maxExcRangeDepth);
|
---|
| 3434 | range = CreateExceptionRange(CATCH_EXCEPTION_RANGE, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3435 | TclEmitInstUInt4(INST_BEGIN_CATCH4, range, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3436 |
|
---|
| 3437 | /*
|
---|
| 3438 | * Inline compile the concatenated expression.
|
---|
| 3439 | */
|
---|
| 3440 |
|
---|
| 3441 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].codeOffset = TclCurrCodeOffset();
|
---|
| 3442 | savedChar = *(last + 1);
|
---|
| 3443 | *(last + 1) = '\0';
|
---|
| 3444 | result = TclCompileExpr(interp, first, last + 1, flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3445 | *(last + 1) = savedChar;
|
---|
| 3446 |
|
---|
| 3447 | maxDepth = envPtr->maxStackDepth;
|
---|
| 3448 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].numCodeBytes =
|
---|
| 3449 | TclCurrCodeOffset() - envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].codeOffset;
|
---|
| 3450 |
|
---|
| 3451 | if ((result != TCL_OK) || (envPtr->exprIsJustVarRef)
|
---|
| 3452 | || (envPtr->exprIsComparison)) {
|
---|
| 3453 | /*
|
---|
| 3454 | * We must call the expr command at runtime. Either there was a
|
---|
| 3455 | * compilation error or the inline code might fail to give the
|
---|
| 3456 | * correct 2 level substitution semantics.
|
---|
| 3457 | *
|
---|
| 3458 | * The latter can happen if the expression consisted of just a
|
---|
| 3459 | * single variable reference or if the top-level operator in the
|
---|
| 3460 | * expr is a comparison (which might operate on strings). In the
|
---|
| 3461 | * latter case, the expression's code might execute (apparently)
|
---|
| 3462 | * successfully but produce the wrong result. We depend on its
|
---|
| 3463 | * execution failing if a second level of substitutions is
|
---|
| 3464 | * required. This causes the "catch" code we generate around the
|
---|
| 3465 | * inline code to back off to a call on the expr command at
|
---|
| 3466 | * runtime, and this always gives the right 2 level substitution
|
---|
| 3467 | * semantics.
|
---|
| 3468 | *
|
---|
| 3469 | * We delete the inline code by backing up the code pc and catch
|
---|
| 3470 | * index. Note that if there was a compilation error, we can't
|
---|
| 3471 | * report the error yet since the expression might be valid
|
---|
| 3472 | * after the second round of substitutions.
|
---|
| 3473 | */
|
---|
| 3474 |
|
---|
| 3475 | envPtr->codeNext = (envPtr->codeStart + startCodeOffset);
|
---|
| 3476 | envPtr->excRangeArrayNext = startRangeNext;
|
---|
| 3477 | inlineCode = 0;
|
---|
| 3478 | } else {
|
---|
| 3479 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_END_CATCH, envPtr); /* for ok case */
|
---|
| 3480 | TclEmitForwardJump(envPtr, TCL_UNCONDITIONAL_JUMP, &jumpFixup);
|
---|
| 3481 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].catchOffset = TclCurrCodeOffset();
|
---|
| 3482 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_END_CATCH, envPtr); /* for error case */
|
---|
| 3483 | }
|
---|
| 3484 | }
|
---|
| 3485 |
|
---|
| 3486 | /*
|
---|
| 3487 | * Emit code for the (slow) call on the expr command at runtime.
|
---|
| 3488 | * Generate code to concatenate the (already substituted once)
|
---|
| 3489 | * expression words with a space between each word.
|
---|
| 3490 | */
|
---|
| 3491 |
|
---|
| 3492 | for (i = 0; i < numWords; i++) {
|
---|
| 3493 | wordStart = argInfo.startArray[i];
|
---|
| 3494 | wordEnd = argInfo.endArray[i];
|
---|
| 3495 | savedChar = *(wordEnd + 1);
|
---|
| 3496 | *(wordEnd + 1) = '\0';
|
---|
| 3497 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = 1;
|
---|
| 3498 | result = CompileWord(interp, wordStart, wordEnd+1, flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3499 | *(wordEnd + 1) = savedChar;
|
---|
| 3500 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3501 | break;
|
---|
| 3502 | }
|
---|
| 3503 | if (i != (numWords - 1)) {
|
---|
| 3504 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString(" ", 1, /*allocStrRep*/ 1,
|
---|
| 3505 | /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3506 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3507 | maxDepth = TclMax((envPtr->maxStackDepth + 1), maxDepth);
|
---|
| 3508 | } else {
|
---|
| 3509 | maxDepth = TclMax(envPtr->maxStackDepth, maxDepth);
|
---|
| 3510 | }
|
---|
| 3511 | }
|
---|
| 3512 | if (result == TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3513 | int concatItems = 2*numWords - 1;
|
---|
| 3514 | while (concatItems > 255) {
|
---|
| 3515 | TclEmitInstUInt1(INST_CONCAT1, 255, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3516 | concatItems -= 254; /* concat pushes 1 obj, the result */
|
---|
| 3517 | }
|
---|
| 3518 | if (concatItems > 1) {
|
---|
| 3519 | TclEmitInstUInt1(INST_CONCAT1, concatItems, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3520 | }
|
---|
| 3521 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_EXPR_STK, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3522 | }
|
---|
| 3523 |
|
---|
| 3524 | /*
|
---|
| 3525 | * If emitting inline code, update the target of the jump after
|
---|
| 3526 | * that inline code.
|
---|
| 3527 | */
|
---|
| 3528 |
|
---|
| 3529 | if (inlineCode) {
|
---|
| 3530 | int jumpDist = (TclCurrCodeOffset() - jumpFixup.codeOffset);
|
---|
| 3531 | if (TclFixupForwardJump(envPtr, &jumpFixup, jumpDist, 127)) {
|
---|
| 3532 | /*
|
---|
| 3533 | * Update the inline expression code's catch ExceptionRange
|
---|
| 3534 | * target since it, being after the jump, also moved down.
|
---|
| 3535 | */
|
---|
| 3536 |
|
---|
| 3537 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].catchOffset += 3;
|
---|
| 3538 | }
|
---|
| 3539 | }
|
---|
| 3540 | Tcl_DStringFree(&buffer);
|
---|
| 3541 |
|
---|
| 3542 | done:
|
---|
| 3543 | if (numWords == 0) {
|
---|
| 3544 | envPtr->termOffset = 0;
|
---|
| 3545 | } else {
|
---|
| 3546 | envPtr->termOffset = (argInfo.endArray[numWords-1] + 1 - string);
|
---|
| 3547 | }
|
---|
| 3548 | if (range != -1) { /* we inline compiled the expr */
|
---|
| 3549 | envPtr->excRangeDepth--;
|
---|
| 3550 | }
|
---|
| 3551 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = savePushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 3552 | envPtr->exprIsJustVarRef = saveExprIsJustVarRef;
|
---|
| 3553 | envPtr->exprIsComparison = saveExprIsComparison;
|
---|
| 3554 | envPtr->maxStackDepth = maxDepth;
|
---|
| 3555 | FreeArgInfo(&argInfo);
|
---|
| 3556 | return result;
|
---|
| 3557 | }
|
---|
| 3558 | |
---|
| 3559 |
|
---|
| 3560 | /*
|
---|
| 3561 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3562 | *
|
---|
| 3563 | * TclCompileForCmd --
|
---|
| 3564 | *
|
---|
| 3565 | * Procedure called to compile the "for" command.
|
---|
| 3566 | *
|
---|
| 3567 | * Results:
|
---|
| 3568 | * The return value is a standard Tcl result, which is TCL_OK unless
|
---|
| 3569 | * there was an error while parsing string. If an error occurs then
|
---|
| 3570 | * the interpreter's result contains a standard error message.
|
---|
| 3571 | *
|
---|
| 3572 | * envPtr->termOffset is filled in with the offset of the character in
|
---|
| 3573 | * "string" just after the last one successfully processed.
|
---|
| 3574 | *
|
---|
| 3575 | * envPtr->maxStackDepth is updated with the maximum number of stack
|
---|
| 3576 | * elements needed to execute the command.
|
---|
| 3577 | *
|
---|
| 3578 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 3579 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to evaluate the "for" command
|
---|
| 3580 | * at runtime.
|
---|
| 3581 | *
|
---|
| 3582 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3583 | */
|
---|
| 3584 |
|
---|
| 3585 | int
|
---|
| 3586 | TclCompileForCmd(interp, string, lastChar, flags, envPtr)
|
---|
| 3587 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
|
---|
| 3588 | char *string; /* The source string to compile. */
|
---|
| 3589 | char *lastChar; /* Pointer to terminating character of
|
---|
| 3590 | * string. */
|
---|
| 3591 | int flags; /* Flags to control compilation (same as
|
---|
| 3592 | * passed to Tcl_Eval). */
|
---|
| 3593 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Holds resulting instructions. */
|
---|
| 3594 | {
|
---|
| 3595 | int maxDepth = 0; /* Maximum number of stack elements needed
|
---|
| 3596 | * to execute cmd. */
|
---|
| 3597 | ArgInfo argInfo; /* Structure holding information about the
|
---|
| 3598 | * start and end of each argument word. */
|
---|
| 3599 | int range1 = -1, range2; /* Indexes in the ExceptionRange array of
|
---|
| 3600 | * the loop ranges for this loop: one for
|
---|
| 3601 | * its body and one for its "next" cmd. */
|
---|
| 3602 | JumpFixup jumpFalseFixup; /* Used to update or replace the ifFalse
|
---|
| 3603 | * jump after the "for" test when its target
|
---|
| 3604 | * PC is determined. */
|
---|
| 3605 | int jumpBackDist, jumpBackOffset, testCodeOffset, jumpDist, objIndex;
|
---|
| 3606 | unsigned char *jumpPc;
|
---|
| 3607 | int savePushSimpleWords = envPtr->pushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 3608 | int numWords, result;
|
---|
| 3609 |
|
---|
| 3610 | /*
|
---|
| 3611 | * Scan the words of the command and record the start and finish of
|
---|
| 3612 | * each argument word.
|
---|
| 3613 | */
|
---|
| 3614 |
|
---|
| 3615 | InitArgInfo(&argInfo);
|
---|
| 3616 | result = CollectArgInfo(interp, string, lastChar, flags, &argInfo);
|
---|
| 3617 | numWords = argInfo.numArgs; /* i.e., the # after the command name */
|
---|
| 3618 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3619 | goto done;
|
---|
| 3620 | }
|
---|
| 3621 | if (numWords != 4) {
|
---|
| 3622 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 3623 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 3624 | "wrong # args: should be \"for start test next command\"", -1);
|
---|
| 3625 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3626 | goto done;
|
---|
| 3627 | }
|
---|
| 3628 |
|
---|
| 3629 | /*
|
---|
| 3630 | * If the test expression is not enclosed in braces, don't compile
|
---|
| 3631 | * the for inline. As a result of Tcl's two level substitution
|
---|
| 3632 | * semantics for expressions, the expression might have a constant
|
---|
| 3633 | * value that results in the loop never executing, or executing forever.
|
---|
| 3634 | * Consider "set x 0; for {} "$x > 5" {incr x} {}": the loop body
|
---|
| 3635 | * should never be executed.
|
---|
| 3636 | * NOTE: This is an overly aggressive test, since there are legitimate
|
---|
| 3637 | * literals that could be compiled but aren't in braces. However, until
|
---|
| 3638 | * the parser is integrated in 8.1, this is the simplest implementation.
|
---|
| 3639 | */
|
---|
| 3640 |
|
---|
| 3641 | if (*(argInfo.startArray[1]) != '{') {
|
---|
| 3642 | result = TCL_OUT_LINE_COMPILE;
|
---|
| 3643 | goto done;
|
---|
| 3644 | }
|
---|
| 3645 |
|
---|
| 3646 | /*
|
---|
| 3647 | * Create a ExceptionRange record for the for loop's body. This is used
|
---|
| 3648 | * to implement break and continue commands inside the body.
|
---|
| 3649 | * Then create a second ExceptionRange record for the "next" command in
|
---|
| 3650 | * order to implement break (but not continue) inside it. The second,
|
---|
| 3651 | * "next" ExceptionRange will always have a -1 continueOffset.
|
---|
| 3652 | */
|
---|
| 3653 |
|
---|
| 3654 | envPtr->excRangeDepth++;
|
---|
| 3655 | envPtr->maxExcRangeDepth =
|
---|
| 3656 | TclMax(envPtr->excRangeDepth, envPtr->maxExcRangeDepth);
|
---|
| 3657 | range1 = CreateExceptionRange(LOOP_EXCEPTION_RANGE, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3658 | range2 = CreateExceptionRange(LOOP_EXCEPTION_RANGE, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3659 |
|
---|
| 3660 | /*
|
---|
| 3661 | * Compile inline the next word: the initial command.
|
---|
| 3662 | */
|
---|
| 3663 |
|
---|
| 3664 | result = CompileCmdWordInline(interp, argInfo.startArray[0],
|
---|
| 3665 | (argInfo.endArray[0] + 1), flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3666 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3667 | if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
|
---|
| 3668 | Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(interp, "\n (\"for\" initial command)", -1);
|
---|
| 3669 | }
|
---|
| 3670 | goto done;
|
---|
| 3671 | }
|
---|
| 3672 | maxDepth = envPtr->maxStackDepth;
|
---|
| 3673 |
|
---|
| 3674 | /*
|
---|
| 3675 | * Discard the start command's result.
|
---|
| 3676 | */
|
---|
| 3677 |
|
---|
| 3678 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3679 |
|
---|
| 3680 | /*
|
---|
| 3681 | * Compile the next word: the test expression.
|
---|
| 3682 | */
|
---|
| 3683 |
|
---|
| 3684 | testCodeOffset = TclCurrCodeOffset();
|
---|
| 3685 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = 1; /* process words normally */
|
---|
| 3686 | result = CompileExprWord(interp, argInfo.startArray[1],
|
---|
| 3687 | (argInfo.endArray[1] + 1), flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3688 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3689 | if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
|
---|
| 3690 | Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(interp, "\n (\"for\" test expression)", -1);
|
---|
| 3691 | }
|
---|
| 3692 | goto done;
|
---|
| 3693 | }
|
---|
| 3694 | maxDepth = TclMax(envPtr->maxStackDepth, maxDepth);
|
---|
| 3695 |
|
---|
| 3696 | /*
|
---|
| 3697 | * Emit the jump that terminates the for command if the test was
|
---|
| 3698 | * false. We emit a one byte (relative) jump here, and replace it later
|
---|
| 3699 | * with a four byte jump if the jump target is > 127 bytes away.
|
---|
| 3700 | */
|
---|
| 3701 |
|
---|
| 3702 | TclEmitForwardJump(envPtr, TCL_FALSE_JUMP, &jumpFalseFixup);
|
---|
| 3703 |
|
---|
| 3704 | /*
|
---|
| 3705 | * Compile the loop body word inline. Also register the loop body's
|
---|
| 3706 | * starting PC offset and byte length in the its ExceptionRange record.
|
---|
| 3707 | */
|
---|
| 3708 |
|
---|
| 3709 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range1].codeOffset = TclCurrCodeOffset();
|
---|
| 3710 | result = CompileCmdWordInline(interp, argInfo.startArray[3],
|
---|
| 3711 | (argInfo.endArray[3] + 1), flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3712 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3713 | if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
|
---|
| 3714 | char msg[60];
|
---|
| 3715 | sprintf(msg, "\n (\"for\" body line %d)", interp->errorLine);
|
---|
| 3716 | Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(interp, msg, -1);
|
---|
| 3717 | }
|
---|
| 3718 | goto done;
|
---|
| 3719 | }
|
---|
| 3720 | maxDepth = TclMax(envPtr->maxStackDepth, maxDepth);
|
---|
| 3721 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range1].numCodeBytes =
|
---|
| 3722 | (TclCurrCodeOffset() - envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range1].codeOffset);
|
---|
| 3723 |
|
---|
| 3724 | /*
|
---|
| 3725 | * Discard the loop body's result.
|
---|
| 3726 | */
|
---|
| 3727 |
|
---|
| 3728 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3729 |
|
---|
| 3730 | /*
|
---|
| 3731 | * Finally, compile the "next" subcommand word inline.
|
---|
| 3732 | */
|
---|
| 3733 |
|
---|
| 3734 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range1].continueOffset = TclCurrCodeOffset();
|
---|
| 3735 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range2].codeOffset = TclCurrCodeOffset();
|
---|
| 3736 | result = CompileCmdWordInline(interp, argInfo.startArray[2],
|
---|
| 3737 | (argInfo.endArray[2] + 1), flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3738 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3739 | if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
|
---|
| 3740 | Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(interp, "\n (\"for\" loop-end command)", -1);
|
---|
| 3741 | }
|
---|
| 3742 | goto done;
|
---|
| 3743 | }
|
---|
| 3744 | maxDepth = TclMax(envPtr->maxStackDepth, maxDepth);
|
---|
| 3745 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range2].numCodeBytes =
|
---|
| 3746 | TclCurrCodeOffset() - envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range2].codeOffset;
|
---|
| 3747 |
|
---|
| 3748 | /*
|
---|
| 3749 | * Discard the "next" subcommand's result.
|
---|
| 3750 | */
|
---|
| 3751 |
|
---|
| 3752 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3753 |
|
---|
| 3754 | /*
|
---|
| 3755 | * Emit the unconditional jump back to the test at the top of the for
|
---|
| 3756 | * loop. We generate a four byte jump if the distance to the test is
|
---|
| 3757 | * greater than 120 bytes. This is conservative, and ensures that we
|
---|
| 3758 | * won't have to replace this unconditional jump if we later need to
|
---|
| 3759 | * replace the ifFalse jump with a four-byte jump.
|
---|
| 3760 | */
|
---|
| 3761 |
|
---|
| 3762 | jumpBackOffset = TclCurrCodeOffset();
|
---|
| 3763 | jumpBackDist = (jumpBackOffset - testCodeOffset);
|
---|
| 3764 | if (jumpBackDist > 120) {
|
---|
| 3765 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_JUMP4, /*offset*/ -jumpBackDist, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3766 | } else {
|
---|
| 3767 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_JUMP1, /*offset*/ -jumpBackDist, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3768 | }
|
---|
| 3769 |
|
---|
| 3770 | /*
|
---|
| 3771 | * Now that we know the target of the jumpFalse after the test, update
|
---|
| 3772 | * it with the correct distance. If the distance is too great (more
|
---|
| 3773 | * than 127 bytes), replace that jump with a four byte instruction and
|
---|
| 3774 | * move the instructions after the jump down.
|
---|
| 3775 | */
|
---|
| 3776 |
|
---|
| 3777 | jumpDist = (TclCurrCodeOffset() - jumpFalseFixup.codeOffset);
|
---|
| 3778 | if (TclFixupForwardJump(envPtr, &jumpFalseFixup, jumpDist, 127)) {
|
---|
| 3779 | /*
|
---|
| 3780 | * Update the loop body's ExceptionRange record since it moved down:
|
---|
| 3781 | * i.e., increment both its start and continue PC offsets. Also,
|
---|
| 3782 | * update the "next" command's start PC offset in its ExceptionRange
|
---|
| 3783 | * record since it also moved down.
|
---|
| 3784 | */
|
---|
| 3785 |
|
---|
| 3786 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range1].codeOffset += 3;
|
---|
| 3787 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range1].continueOffset += 3;
|
---|
| 3788 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range2].codeOffset += 3;
|
---|
| 3789 |
|
---|
| 3790 | /*
|
---|
| 3791 | * Update the distance for the unconditional jump back to the test
|
---|
| 3792 | * at the top of the loop since it moved down 3 bytes too.
|
---|
| 3793 | */
|
---|
| 3794 |
|
---|
| 3795 | jumpBackOffset += 3;
|
---|
| 3796 | jumpPc = (envPtr->codeStart + jumpBackOffset);
|
---|
| 3797 | if (jumpBackDist > 120) {
|
---|
| 3798 | jumpBackDist += 3;
|
---|
| 3799 | TclUpdateInstInt4AtPc(INST_JUMP4, /*offset*/ -jumpBackDist,
|
---|
| 3800 | jumpPc);
|
---|
| 3801 | } else {
|
---|
| 3802 | jumpBackDist += 3;
|
---|
| 3803 | TclUpdateInstInt1AtPc(INST_JUMP1, /*offset*/ -jumpBackDist,
|
---|
| 3804 | jumpPc);
|
---|
| 3805 | }
|
---|
| 3806 | }
|
---|
| 3807 |
|
---|
| 3808 | /*
|
---|
| 3809 | * The current PC offset (after the loop's body and "next" subcommand)
|
---|
| 3810 | * is the loop's break target.
|
---|
| 3811 | */
|
---|
| 3812 |
|
---|
| 3813 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range1].breakOffset =
|
---|
| 3814 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range2].breakOffset = TclCurrCodeOffset();
|
---|
| 3815 |
|
---|
| 3816 | /*
|
---|
| 3817 | * Push an empty string object as the for command's result.
|
---|
| 3818 | */
|
---|
| 3819 |
|
---|
| 3820 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString("", 0, /*allocStrRep*/ 0, /*inHeap*/ 0,
|
---|
| 3821 | envPtr);
|
---|
| 3822 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 3823 | if (maxDepth == 0) {
|
---|
| 3824 | maxDepth = 1;
|
---|
| 3825 | }
|
---|
| 3826 |
|
---|
| 3827 | done:
|
---|
| 3828 | if (numWords == 0) {
|
---|
| 3829 | envPtr->termOffset = 0;
|
---|
| 3830 | } else {
|
---|
| 3831 | envPtr->termOffset = (argInfo.endArray[numWords-1] + 1 - string);
|
---|
| 3832 | }
|
---|
| 3833 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = savePushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 3834 | envPtr->maxStackDepth = maxDepth;
|
---|
| 3835 | if (range1 != -1) {
|
---|
| 3836 | envPtr->excRangeDepth--;
|
---|
| 3837 | }
|
---|
| 3838 | FreeArgInfo(&argInfo);
|
---|
| 3839 | return result;
|
---|
| 3840 | }
|
---|
| 3841 | |
---|
| 3842 |
|
---|
| 3843 | /*
|
---|
| 3844 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3845 | *
|
---|
| 3846 | * TclCompileForeachCmd --
|
---|
| 3847 | *
|
---|
| 3848 | * Procedure called to compile the "foreach" command.
|
---|
| 3849 | *
|
---|
| 3850 | * Results:
|
---|
| 3851 | * The return value is a standard Tcl result, which is TCL_OK if
|
---|
| 3852 | * compilation was successful. If an error occurs then the
|
---|
| 3853 | * interpreter's result contains a standard error message and TCL_ERROR
|
---|
| 3854 | * is returned. If complation failed because the command is too complex
|
---|
| 3855 | * for TclCompileForeachCmd, TCL_OUT_LINE_COMPILE is returned
|
---|
| 3856 | * indicating that the foreach command should be compiled "out of line"
|
---|
| 3857 | * by emitting code to invoke its command procedure at runtime.
|
---|
| 3858 | *
|
---|
| 3859 | * envPtr->termOffset is filled in with the offset of the character in
|
---|
| 3860 | * "string" just after the last one successfully processed.
|
---|
| 3861 | *
|
---|
| 3862 | * envPtr->maxStackDepth is updated with the maximum number of stack
|
---|
| 3863 | * elements needed to execute the "while" command.
|
---|
| 3864 | *
|
---|
| 3865 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 3866 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to evaluate the "foreach" command
|
---|
| 3867 | * at runtime.
|
---|
| 3868 | *
|
---|
| 3869 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3870 | */
|
---|
| 3871 |
|
---|
| 3872 | int
|
---|
| 3873 | TclCompileForeachCmd(interp, string, lastChar, flags, envPtr)
|
---|
| 3874 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
|
---|
| 3875 | char *string; /* The source string to compile. */
|
---|
| 3876 | char *lastChar; /* Pointer to terminating character of
|
---|
| 3877 | * string. */
|
---|
| 3878 | int flags; /* Flags to control compilation (same as
|
---|
| 3879 | * passed to Tcl_Eval). */
|
---|
| 3880 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Holds resulting instructions. */
|
---|
| 3881 | {
|
---|
| 3882 | Proc *procPtr = envPtr->procPtr;
|
---|
| 3883 | /* Points to structure describing procedure
|
---|
| 3884 | * containing foreach command, else NULL. */
|
---|
| 3885 | int maxDepth = 0; /* Maximum number of stack elements needed
|
---|
| 3886 | * to execute cmd. */
|
---|
| 3887 | ArgInfo argInfo; /* Structure holding information about the
|
---|
| 3888 | * start and end of each argument word. */
|
---|
| 3889 | int numLists = 0; /* Count of variable (and value) lists. */
|
---|
| 3890 | int range = -1; /* Index in the ExceptionRange array of the
|
---|
| 3891 | * ExceptionRange record for this loop. */
|
---|
| 3892 | ForeachInfo *infoPtr; /* Points to the structure describing this
|
---|
| 3893 | * foreach command. Stored in a AuxData
|
---|
| 3894 | * record in the ByteCode. */
|
---|
| 3895 | JumpFixup jumpFalseFixup; /* Used to update or replace the ifFalse
|
---|
| 3896 | * jump after test when its target PC is
|
---|
| 3897 | * determined. */
|
---|
| 3898 | char savedChar; /* Holds the char from string termporarily
|
---|
| 3899 | * replaced by a null character during
|
---|
| 3900 | * processing of argument words. */
|
---|
| 3901 | int firstListTmp = -1; /* If we decide to compile this foreach
|
---|
| 3902 | * command, this is the index or "slot
|
---|
| 3903 | * number" for the first temp var allocated
|
---|
| 3904 | * in the proc frame that holds a pointer to
|
---|
| 3905 | * a value list. Initialized to avoid a
|
---|
| 3906 | * compiler warning. */
|
---|
| 3907 | int loopIterNumTmp; /* If we decide to compile this foreach
|
---|
| 3908 | * command, the index for the temp var that
|
---|
| 3909 | * holds the current iteration count. */
|
---|
| 3910 | char *varListStart, *varListEnd, *valueListStart, *bodyStart, *bodyEnd;
|
---|
| 3911 | unsigned char *jumpPc;
|
---|
| 3912 | int jumpDist, jumpBackDist, jumpBackOffset;
|
---|
| 3913 | int numWords, numVars, infoIndex, tmpIndex, objIndex, i, j, result;
|
---|
| 3914 | int savePushSimpleWords = envPtr->pushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 3915 |
|
---|
| 3916 | /*
|
---|
| 3917 | * We parse the variable list argument words and create two arrays:
|
---|
| 3918 | * varcList[i] gives the number of variables in the i-th var list
|
---|
| 3919 | * varvList[i] points to an array of the names in the i-th var list
|
---|
| 3920 | * These are initially allocated on the stack, and are allocated on
|
---|
| 3921 | * the heap if necessary.
|
---|
| 3922 | */
|
---|
| 3923 |
|
---|
| 3924 | #define STATIC_VAR_LIST_SIZE 4
|
---|
| 3925 | int varcListStaticSpace[STATIC_VAR_LIST_SIZE];
|
---|
| 3926 | char **varvListStaticSpace[STATIC_VAR_LIST_SIZE];
|
---|
| 3927 |
|
---|
| 3928 | int *varcList = varcListStaticSpace;
|
---|
| 3929 | char ***varvList = varvListStaticSpace;
|
---|
| 3930 |
|
---|
| 3931 | /*
|
---|
| 3932 | * If the foreach command is at global level (not in a procedure),
|
---|
| 3933 | * don't compile it inline: the payoff is too small.
|
---|
| 3934 | */
|
---|
| 3935 |
|
---|
| 3936 | if (procPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
| 3937 | return TCL_OUT_LINE_COMPILE;
|
---|
| 3938 | }
|
---|
| 3939 |
|
---|
| 3940 | /*
|
---|
| 3941 | * Scan the words of the command and record the start and finish of
|
---|
| 3942 | * each argument word.
|
---|
| 3943 | */
|
---|
| 3944 |
|
---|
| 3945 | InitArgInfo(&argInfo);
|
---|
| 3946 | result = CollectArgInfo(interp, string, lastChar, flags, &argInfo);
|
---|
| 3947 | numWords = argInfo.numArgs;
|
---|
| 3948 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3949 | goto done;
|
---|
| 3950 | }
|
---|
| 3951 | if ((numWords < 3) || (numWords%2 != 1)) {
|
---|
| 3952 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 3953 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 3954 | "wrong # args: should be \"foreach varList list ?varList list ...? command\"", -1);
|
---|
| 3955 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3956 | goto done;
|
---|
| 3957 | }
|
---|
| 3958 |
|
---|
| 3959 | /*
|
---|
| 3960 | * Initialize the varcList and varvList arrays; allocate heap storage,
|
---|
| 3961 | * if necessary, for them. Also make sure the variable names
|
---|
| 3962 | * have no substitutions: that they're just "var" or "var(elem)"
|
---|
| 3963 | */
|
---|
| 3964 |
|
---|
| 3965 | numLists = (numWords - 1)/2;
|
---|
| 3966 | if (numLists > STATIC_VAR_LIST_SIZE) {
|
---|
| 3967 | varcList = (int *) ckalloc(numLists * sizeof(int));
|
---|
| 3968 | varvList = (char ***) ckalloc(numLists * sizeof(char **));
|
---|
| 3969 | }
|
---|
| 3970 | for (i = 0; i < numLists; i++) {
|
---|
| 3971 | varcList[i] = 0;
|
---|
| 3972 | varvList[i] = (char **) NULL;
|
---|
| 3973 | }
|
---|
| 3974 | for (i = 0; i < numLists; i++) {
|
---|
| 3975 | /*
|
---|
| 3976 | * Break each variable list into its component variables. If the
|
---|
| 3977 | * lists is enclosed in {}s or ""s, strip them off first.
|
---|
| 3978 | */
|
---|
| 3979 |
|
---|
| 3980 | varListStart = argInfo.startArray[i*2];
|
---|
| 3981 | varListEnd = argInfo.endArray[i*2];
|
---|
| 3982 | if ((*varListStart == '{') || (*varListStart == '"')) {
|
---|
| 3983 | if ((*varListEnd != '}') && (*varListEnd != '"')) {
|
---|
| 3984 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 3985 | if (*varListStart == '"') {
|
---|
| 3986 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 3987 | "extra characters after close-quote", -1);
|
---|
| 3988 | } else {
|
---|
| 3989 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 3990 | "extra characters after close-brace", -1);
|
---|
| 3991 | }
|
---|
| 3992 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3993 | goto done;
|
---|
| 3994 | }
|
---|
| 3995 | varListStart++;
|
---|
| 3996 | varListEnd--;
|
---|
| 3997 | }
|
---|
| 3998 |
|
---|
| 3999 | /*
|
---|
| 4000 | * NOTE: THIS NEEDS TO BE CONVERTED TO AN OBJECT LIST.
|
---|
| 4001 | */
|
---|
| 4002 |
|
---|
| 4003 | savedChar = *(varListEnd+1);
|
---|
| 4004 | *(varListEnd+1) = '\0';
|
---|
| 4005 | result = Tcl_SplitList(interp, varListStart,
|
---|
| 4006 | &varcList[i], &varvList[i]);
|
---|
| 4007 | *(varListEnd+1) = savedChar;
|
---|
| 4008 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 4009 | goto done;
|
---|
| 4010 | }
|
---|
| 4011 |
|
---|
| 4012 | /*
|
---|
| 4013 | * Check that each variable name has no substitutions and that
|
---|
| 4014 | * it is a local scalar name.
|
---|
| 4015 | */
|
---|
| 4016 |
|
---|
| 4017 | numVars = varcList[i];
|
---|
| 4018 | for (j = 0; j < numVars; j++) {
|
---|
| 4019 | char *varName = varvList[i][j];
|
---|
| 4020 | if (!IsLocalScalar(varName, (int) strlen(varName))) {
|
---|
| 4021 | result = TCL_OUT_LINE_COMPILE;
|
---|
| 4022 | goto done;
|
---|
| 4023 | }
|
---|
| 4024 | }
|
---|
| 4025 | }
|
---|
| 4026 |
|
---|
| 4027 | /*
|
---|
| 4028 | *==== At this point we believe we can compile the foreach command ====
|
---|
| 4029 | */
|
---|
| 4030 |
|
---|
| 4031 | /*
|
---|
| 4032 | * Create and initialize a ExceptionRange record to hold information
|
---|
| 4033 | * about this loop. This is used to implement break and continue.
|
---|
| 4034 | */
|
---|
| 4035 |
|
---|
| 4036 | envPtr->excRangeDepth++;
|
---|
| 4037 | envPtr->maxExcRangeDepth =
|
---|
| 4038 | TclMax(envPtr->excRangeDepth, envPtr->maxExcRangeDepth);
|
---|
| 4039 | range = CreateExceptionRange(LOOP_EXCEPTION_RANGE, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4040 |
|
---|
| 4041 | /*
|
---|
| 4042 | * Reserve (numLists + 1) temporary variables:
|
---|
| 4043 | * - numLists temps for each value list
|
---|
| 4044 | * - a temp for the "next value" index into each value list
|
---|
| 4045 | * At this time we don't try to reuse temporaries; if there are two
|
---|
| 4046 | * nonoverlapping foreach loops, they don't share any temps.
|
---|
| 4047 | */
|
---|
| 4048 |
|
---|
| 4049 | for (i = 0; i < numLists; i++) {
|
---|
| 4050 | tmpIndex = LookupCompiledLocal(NULL, /*nameChars*/ 0,
|
---|
| 4051 | /*createIfNew*/ 1, /*flagsIfCreated*/ VAR_SCALAR, procPtr);
|
---|
| 4052 | if (i == 0) {
|
---|
| 4053 | firstListTmp = tmpIndex;
|
---|
| 4054 | }
|
---|
| 4055 | }
|
---|
| 4056 | loopIterNumTmp = LookupCompiledLocal(NULL, /*nameChars*/ 0,
|
---|
| 4057 | /*createIfNew*/ 1, /*flagsIfCreated*/ VAR_SCALAR, procPtr);
|
---|
| 4058 |
|
---|
| 4059 | /*
|
---|
| 4060 | * Create and initialize the ForeachInfo and ForeachVarList data
|
---|
| 4061 | * structures describing this command. Then create a AuxData record
|
---|
| 4062 | * pointing to the ForeachInfo structure in the compilation environment.
|
---|
| 4063 | */
|
---|
| 4064 |
|
---|
| 4065 | infoPtr = (ForeachInfo *) ckalloc((unsigned)
|
---|
| 4066 | (sizeof(ForeachInfo) + (numLists * sizeof(ForeachVarList *))));
|
---|
| 4067 | infoPtr->numLists = numLists;
|
---|
| 4068 | infoPtr->firstListTmp = firstListTmp;
|
---|
| 4069 | infoPtr->loopIterNumTmp = loopIterNumTmp;
|
---|
| 4070 | for (i = 0; i < numLists; i++) {
|
---|
| 4071 | ForeachVarList *varListPtr;
|
---|
| 4072 | numVars = varcList[i];
|
---|
| 4073 | varListPtr = (ForeachVarList *) ckalloc((unsigned)
|
---|
| 4074 | sizeof(ForeachVarList) + numVars*sizeof(int));
|
---|
| 4075 | varListPtr->numVars = numVars;
|
---|
| 4076 | for (j = 0; j < numVars; j++) {
|
---|
| 4077 | char *varName = varvList[i][j];
|
---|
| 4078 | int nameChars = strlen(varName);
|
---|
| 4079 | varListPtr->varIndexes[j] = LookupCompiledLocal(varName,
|
---|
| 4080 | nameChars, /*createIfNew*/ 1,
|
---|
| 4081 | /*flagsIfCreated*/ VAR_SCALAR, procPtr);
|
---|
| 4082 | }
|
---|
| 4083 | infoPtr->varLists[i] = varListPtr;
|
---|
| 4084 | }
|
---|
| 4085 | infoIndex = TclCreateAuxData((ClientData) infoPtr,
|
---|
| 4086 | &tclForeachInfoType, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4087 |
|
---|
| 4088 | /*
|
---|
| 4089 | * Emit code to store each value list into the associated temporary.
|
---|
| 4090 | */
|
---|
| 4091 |
|
---|
| 4092 | for (i = 0; i < numLists; i++) {
|
---|
| 4093 | valueListStart = argInfo.startArray[2*i + 1];
|
---|
| 4094 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = 1;
|
---|
| 4095 | result = CompileWord(interp, valueListStart, lastChar, flags,
|
---|
| 4096 | envPtr);
|
---|
| 4097 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 4098 | goto done;
|
---|
| 4099 | }
|
---|
| 4100 | maxDepth = TclMax(envPtr->maxStackDepth, maxDepth);
|
---|
| 4101 |
|
---|
| 4102 | tmpIndex = (firstListTmp + i);
|
---|
| 4103 | if (tmpIndex <= 255) {
|
---|
| 4104 | TclEmitInstUInt1(INST_STORE_SCALAR1, tmpIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4105 | } else {
|
---|
| 4106 | TclEmitInstUInt4(INST_STORE_SCALAR4, tmpIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4107 | }
|
---|
| 4108 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4109 | }
|
---|
| 4110 |
|
---|
| 4111 | /*
|
---|
| 4112 | * Emit the instruction to initialize the foreach loop's index temp var.
|
---|
| 4113 | */
|
---|
| 4114 |
|
---|
| 4115 | TclEmitInstUInt4(INST_FOREACH_START4, infoIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4116 |
|
---|
| 4117 | /*
|
---|
| 4118 | * Emit the top of loop code that assigns each loop variable and checks
|
---|
| 4119 | * whether to terminate the loop.
|
---|
| 4120 | */
|
---|
| 4121 |
|
---|
| 4122 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].continueOffset = TclCurrCodeOffset();
|
---|
| 4123 | TclEmitInstUInt4(INST_FOREACH_STEP4, infoIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4124 |
|
---|
| 4125 | /*
|
---|
| 4126 | * Emit the ifFalse jump that terminates the foreach if all value lists
|
---|
| 4127 | * are exhausted. We emit a one byte (relative) jump here, and replace
|
---|
| 4128 | * it later with a four byte jump if the jump target is more than
|
---|
| 4129 | * 127 bytes away.
|
---|
| 4130 | */
|
---|
| 4131 |
|
---|
| 4132 | TclEmitForwardJump(envPtr, TCL_FALSE_JUMP, &jumpFalseFixup);
|
---|
| 4133 |
|
---|
| 4134 | /*
|
---|
| 4135 | * Compile the loop body word inline. Also register the loop body's
|
---|
| 4136 | * starting PC offset and byte length in the ExceptionRange record.
|
---|
| 4137 | */
|
---|
| 4138 |
|
---|
| 4139 | bodyStart = argInfo.startArray[numWords - 1];
|
---|
| 4140 | bodyEnd = argInfo.endArray[numWords - 1];
|
---|
| 4141 | savedChar = *(bodyEnd+1);
|
---|
| 4142 | *(bodyEnd+1) = '\0';
|
---|
| 4143 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].codeOffset = TclCurrCodeOffset();
|
---|
| 4144 | result = CompileCmdWordInline(interp, bodyStart, bodyEnd+1, flags,
|
---|
| 4145 | envPtr);
|
---|
| 4146 | *(bodyEnd+1) = savedChar;
|
---|
| 4147 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 4148 | if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
|
---|
| 4149 | char msg[60];
|
---|
| 4150 | sprintf(msg, "\n (\"foreach\" body line %d)",
|
---|
| 4151 | interp->errorLine);
|
---|
| 4152 | Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(interp, msg, -1);
|
---|
| 4153 | }
|
---|
| 4154 | goto done;
|
---|
| 4155 | }
|
---|
| 4156 | maxDepth = TclMax(envPtr->maxStackDepth, maxDepth);
|
---|
| 4157 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].numCodeBytes =
|
---|
| 4158 | TclCurrCodeOffset() - envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].codeOffset;
|
---|
| 4159 |
|
---|
| 4160 | /*
|
---|
| 4161 | * Discard the loop body's result.
|
---|
| 4162 | */
|
---|
| 4163 |
|
---|
| 4164 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4165 |
|
---|
| 4166 | /*
|
---|
| 4167 | * Emit the unconditional jump back to the test at the top of the
|
---|
| 4168 | * loop. We generate a four byte jump if the distance to the to of
|
---|
| 4169 | * the foreach is greater than 120 bytes. This is conservative and
|
---|
| 4170 | * ensures that we won't have to replace this unconditional jump if
|
---|
| 4171 | * we later need to replace the ifFalse jump with a four-byte jump.
|
---|
| 4172 | */
|
---|
| 4173 |
|
---|
| 4174 | jumpBackOffset = TclCurrCodeOffset();
|
---|
| 4175 | jumpBackDist =
|
---|
| 4176 | (jumpBackOffset - envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].continueOffset);
|
---|
| 4177 | if (jumpBackDist > 120) {
|
---|
| 4178 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_JUMP4, /*offset*/ -jumpBackDist, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4179 | } else {
|
---|
| 4180 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_JUMP1, /*offset*/ -jumpBackDist, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4181 | }
|
---|
| 4182 |
|
---|
| 4183 | /*
|
---|
| 4184 | * Now that we know the target of the jumpFalse after the foreach_step
|
---|
| 4185 | * test, update it with the correct distance. If the distance is too
|
---|
| 4186 | * great (more than 127 bytes), replace that jump with a four byte
|
---|
| 4187 | * instruction and move the instructions after the jump down.
|
---|
| 4188 | */
|
---|
| 4189 |
|
---|
| 4190 | jumpDist = (TclCurrCodeOffset() - jumpFalseFixup.codeOffset);
|
---|
| 4191 | if (TclFixupForwardJump(envPtr, &jumpFalseFixup, jumpDist, 127)) {
|
---|
| 4192 | /*
|
---|
| 4193 | * Update the loop body's starting PC offset since it moved down.
|
---|
| 4194 | */
|
---|
| 4195 |
|
---|
| 4196 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].codeOffset += 3;
|
---|
| 4197 |
|
---|
| 4198 | /*
|
---|
| 4199 | * Update the distance for the unconditional jump back to the test
|
---|
| 4200 | * at the top of the loop since it moved down 3 bytes too.
|
---|
| 4201 | */
|
---|
| 4202 |
|
---|
| 4203 | jumpBackOffset += 3;
|
---|
| 4204 | jumpPc = (envPtr->codeStart + jumpBackOffset);
|
---|
| 4205 | if (jumpBackDist > 120) {
|
---|
| 4206 | jumpBackDist += 3;
|
---|
| 4207 | TclUpdateInstInt4AtPc(INST_JUMP4, /*offset*/ -jumpBackDist,
|
---|
| 4208 | jumpPc);
|
---|
| 4209 | } else {
|
---|
| 4210 | jumpBackDist += 3;
|
---|
| 4211 | TclUpdateInstInt1AtPc(INST_JUMP1, /*offset*/ -jumpBackDist,
|
---|
| 4212 | jumpPc);
|
---|
| 4213 | }
|
---|
| 4214 | }
|
---|
| 4215 |
|
---|
| 4216 | /*
|
---|
| 4217 | * The current PC offset (after the loop's body) is the loop's
|
---|
| 4218 | * break target.
|
---|
| 4219 | */
|
---|
| 4220 |
|
---|
| 4221 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].breakOffset = TclCurrCodeOffset();
|
---|
| 4222 |
|
---|
| 4223 | /*
|
---|
| 4224 | * Push an empty string object as the foreach command's result.
|
---|
| 4225 | */
|
---|
| 4226 |
|
---|
| 4227 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString("", 0, /*allocStrRep*/ 0, /*inHeap*/ 0,
|
---|
| 4228 | envPtr);
|
---|
| 4229 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4230 | if (maxDepth == 0) {
|
---|
| 4231 | maxDepth = 1;
|
---|
| 4232 | }
|
---|
| 4233 |
|
---|
| 4234 | done:
|
---|
| 4235 | for (i = 0; i < numLists; i++) {
|
---|
| 4236 | if (varvList[i] != (char **) NULL) {
|
---|
| 4237 | ckfree((char *) varvList[i]);
|
---|
| 4238 | }
|
---|
| 4239 | }
|
---|
| 4240 | if (varcList != varcListStaticSpace) {
|
---|
| 4241 | ckfree((char *) varcList);
|
---|
| 4242 | ckfree((char *) varvList);
|
---|
| 4243 | }
|
---|
| 4244 | envPtr->termOffset = (argInfo.endArray[numWords-1] + 1 - string);
|
---|
| 4245 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = savePushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 4246 | envPtr->maxStackDepth = maxDepth;
|
---|
| 4247 | if (range != -1) {
|
---|
| 4248 | envPtr->excRangeDepth--;
|
---|
| 4249 | }
|
---|
| 4250 | FreeArgInfo(&argInfo);
|
---|
| 4251 | return result;
|
---|
| 4252 | }
|
---|
| 4253 | |
---|
| 4254 |
|
---|
| 4255 | /*
|
---|
| 4256 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 4257 | *
|
---|
| 4258 | * DupForeachInfo --
|
---|
| 4259 | *
|
---|
| 4260 | * This procedure duplicates a ForeachInfo structure created as
|
---|
| 4261 | * auxiliary data during the compilation of a foreach command.
|
---|
| 4262 | *
|
---|
| 4263 | * Results:
|
---|
| 4264 | * A pointer to a newly allocated copy of the existing ForeachInfo
|
---|
| 4265 | * structure is returned.
|
---|
| 4266 | *
|
---|
| 4267 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 4268 | * Storage for the copied ForeachInfo record is allocated. If the
|
---|
| 4269 | * original ForeachInfo structure pointed to any ForeachVarList
|
---|
| 4270 | * records, these structures are also copied and pointers to them
|
---|
| 4271 | * are stored in the new ForeachInfo record.
|
---|
| 4272 | *
|
---|
| 4273 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 4274 | */
|
---|
| 4275 |
|
---|
| 4276 | static ClientData
|
---|
| 4277 | DupForeachInfo(clientData)
|
---|
| 4278 | ClientData clientData; /* The foreach command's compilation
|
---|
| 4279 | * auxiliary data to duplicate. */
|
---|
| 4280 | {
|
---|
| 4281 | register ForeachInfo *srcPtr = (ForeachInfo *) clientData;
|
---|
| 4282 | ForeachInfo *dupPtr;
|
---|
| 4283 | register ForeachVarList *srcListPtr, *dupListPtr;
|
---|
| 4284 | int numLists = srcPtr->numLists;
|
---|
| 4285 | int numVars, i, j;
|
---|
| 4286 |
|
---|
| 4287 | dupPtr = (ForeachInfo *) ckalloc((unsigned)
|
---|
| 4288 | (sizeof(ForeachInfo) + (numLists * sizeof(ForeachVarList *))));
|
---|
| 4289 | dupPtr->numLists = numLists;
|
---|
| 4290 | dupPtr->firstListTmp = srcPtr->firstListTmp;
|
---|
| 4291 | dupPtr->loopIterNumTmp = srcPtr->loopIterNumTmp;
|
---|
| 4292 |
|
---|
| 4293 | for (i = 0; i < numLists; i++) {
|
---|
| 4294 | srcListPtr = srcPtr->varLists[i];
|
---|
| 4295 | numVars = srcListPtr->numVars;
|
---|
| 4296 | dupListPtr = (ForeachVarList *) ckalloc((unsigned)
|
---|
| 4297 | sizeof(ForeachVarList) + numVars*sizeof(int));
|
---|
| 4298 | dupListPtr->numVars = numVars;
|
---|
| 4299 | for (j = 0; j < numVars; j++) {
|
---|
| 4300 | dupListPtr->varIndexes[j] = srcListPtr->varIndexes[j];
|
---|
| 4301 | }
|
---|
| 4302 | dupPtr->varLists[i] = dupListPtr;
|
---|
| 4303 | }
|
---|
| 4304 | return (ClientData) dupPtr;
|
---|
| 4305 | }
|
---|
| 4306 | |
---|
| 4307 |
|
---|
| 4308 | /*
|
---|
| 4309 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 4310 | *
|
---|
| 4311 | * FreeForeachInfo --
|
---|
| 4312 | *
|
---|
| 4313 | * Procedure to free a ForeachInfo structure created as auxiliary data
|
---|
| 4314 | * during the compilation of a foreach command.
|
---|
| 4315 | *
|
---|
| 4316 | * Results:
|
---|
| 4317 | * None.
|
---|
| 4318 | *
|
---|
| 4319 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 4320 | * Storage for the ForeachInfo structure pointed to by the ClientData
|
---|
| 4321 | * argument is freed as is any ForeachVarList record pointed to by the
|
---|
| 4322 | * ForeachInfo structure.
|
---|
| 4323 | *
|
---|
| 4324 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 4325 | */
|
---|
| 4326 |
|
---|
| 4327 | static void
|
---|
| 4328 | FreeForeachInfo(clientData)
|
---|
| 4329 | ClientData clientData; /* The foreach command's compilation
|
---|
| 4330 | * auxiliary data to free. */
|
---|
| 4331 | {
|
---|
| 4332 | register ForeachInfo *infoPtr = (ForeachInfo *) clientData;
|
---|
| 4333 | register ForeachVarList *listPtr;
|
---|
| 4334 | int numLists = infoPtr->numLists;
|
---|
| 4335 | register int i;
|
---|
| 4336 |
|
---|
| 4337 | for (i = 0; i < numLists; i++) {
|
---|
| 4338 | listPtr = infoPtr->varLists[i];
|
---|
| 4339 | ckfree((char *) listPtr);
|
---|
| 4340 | }
|
---|
| 4341 | ckfree((char *) infoPtr);
|
---|
| 4342 | }
|
---|
| 4343 | |
---|
| 4344 |
|
---|
| 4345 | /*
|
---|
| 4346 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 4347 | *
|
---|
| 4348 | * TclCompileIfCmd --
|
---|
| 4349 | *
|
---|
| 4350 | * Procedure called to compile the "if" command.
|
---|
| 4351 | *
|
---|
| 4352 | * Results:
|
---|
| 4353 | * The return value is a standard Tcl result, which is TCL_OK unless
|
---|
| 4354 | * there was an error while parsing string. If an error occurs then
|
---|
| 4355 | * the interpreter's result contains a standard error message.
|
---|
| 4356 | *
|
---|
| 4357 | * envPtr->termOffset is filled in with the offset of the character in
|
---|
| 4358 | * "string" just after the last one successfully processed.
|
---|
| 4359 | *
|
---|
| 4360 | * envPtr->maxStackDepth is updated with the maximum number of stack
|
---|
| 4361 | * elements needed to execute the command.
|
---|
| 4362 | *
|
---|
| 4363 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 4364 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to evaluate the "if" command
|
---|
| 4365 | * at runtime.
|
---|
| 4366 | *
|
---|
| 4367 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 4368 | */
|
---|
| 4369 |
|
---|
| 4370 | int
|
---|
| 4371 | TclCompileIfCmd(interp, string, lastChar, flags, envPtr)
|
---|
| 4372 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
|
---|
| 4373 | char *string; /* The source string to compile. */
|
---|
| 4374 | char *lastChar; /* Pointer to terminating character of
|
---|
| 4375 | * string. */
|
---|
| 4376 | int flags; /* Flags to control compilation (same as
|
---|
| 4377 | * passed to Tcl_Eval). */
|
---|
| 4378 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Holds resulting instructions. */
|
---|
| 4379 | {
|
---|
| 4380 | register char *src = string;/* Points to current source char. */
|
---|
| 4381 | register int type; /* Current char's CHAR_TYPE type. */
|
---|
| 4382 | int maxDepth = 0; /* Maximum number of stack elements needed
|
---|
| 4383 | * to execute cmd. */
|
---|
| 4384 | JumpFixupArray jumpFalseFixupArray;
|
---|
| 4385 | /* Used to fix up the ifFalse jump after
|
---|
| 4386 | * each "if"/"elseif" test when its target
|
---|
| 4387 | * PC is determined. */
|
---|
| 4388 | JumpFixupArray jumpEndFixupArray;
|
---|
| 4389 | /* Used to fix up the unconditional jump
|
---|
| 4390 | * after each "then" command to the end of
|
---|
| 4391 | * the "if" when that PC is determined. */
|
---|
| 4392 | char *testSrcStart;
|
---|
| 4393 | int jumpDist, jumpFalseDist, jumpIndex, objIndex, j, result;
|
---|
| 4394 | unsigned char *ifFalsePc;
|
---|
| 4395 | unsigned char opCode;
|
---|
| 4396 | int savePushSimpleWords = envPtr->pushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 4397 |
|
---|
| 4398 | /*
|
---|
| 4399 | * Loop compiling "expr then body" clauses after an "if" or "elseif".
|
---|
| 4400 | */
|
---|
| 4401 |
|
---|
| 4402 | TclInitJumpFixupArray(&jumpFalseFixupArray);
|
---|
| 4403 | TclInitJumpFixupArray(&jumpEndFixupArray);
|
---|
| 4404 | while (1) {
|
---|
| 4405 | /*
|
---|
| 4406 | * At this point in the loop, we have an expression to test, either
|
---|
| 4407 | * the main expression or an expression following an "elseif".
|
---|
| 4408 | * The arguments after the expression must be "then" (optional) and
|
---|
| 4409 | * a script to execute if the expression is true.
|
---|
| 4410 | */
|
---|
| 4411 |
|
---|
| 4412 | AdvanceToNextWord(src, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4413 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 4414 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 4415 | if (type == TCL_COMMAND_END) {
|
---|
| 4416 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 4417 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 4418 | "wrong # args: no expression after \"if\" argument", -1);
|
---|
| 4419 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 4420 | goto done;
|
---|
| 4421 | }
|
---|
| 4422 |
|
---|
| 4423 | /*
|
---|
| 4424 | * Compile the "if"/"elseif" test expression.
|
---|
| 4425 | */
|
---|
| 4426 |
|
---|
| 4427 | testSrcStart = src;
|
---|
| 4428 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = 1;
|
---|
| 4429 | result = CompileExprWord(interp, src, lastChar, flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4430 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 4431 | if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
|
---|
| 4432 | Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(interp,
|
---|
| 4433 | "\n (\"if\" test expression)", -1);
|
---|
| 4434 | }
|
---|
| 4435 | goto done;
|
---|
| 4436 | }
|
---|
| 4437 | maxDepth = TclMax(envPtr->maxStackDepth, maxDepth);
|
---|
| 4438 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 4439 |
|
---|
| 4440 | /*
|
---|
| 4441 | * Emit the ifFalse jump around the "then" part if the test was
|
---|
| 4442 | * false. We emit a one byte (relative) jump here, and replace it
|
---|
| 4443 | * later with a four byte jump if the jump target is more than 127
|
---|
| 4444 | * bytes away.
|
---|
| 4445 | */
|
---|
| 4446 |
|
---|
| 4447 | if (jumpFalseFixupArray.next >= jumpFalseFixupArray.end) {
|
---|
| 4448 | TclExpandJumpFixupArray(&jumpFalseFixupArray);
|
---|
| 4449 | }
|
---|
| 4450 | jumpIndex = jumpFalseFixupArray.next;
|
---|
| 4451 | jumpFalseFixupArray.next++;
|
---|
| 4452 | TclEmitForwardJump(envPtr, TCL_FALSE_JUMP,
|
---|
| 4453 | &(jumpFalseFixupArray.fixup[jumpIndex]));
|
---|
| 4454 |
|
---|
| 4455 | /*
|
---|
| 4456 | * Skip over the optional "then" before the then clause.
|
---|
| 4457 | */
|
---|
| 4458 |
|
---|
| 4459 | AdvanceToNextWord(src, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4460 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 4461 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 4462 | if (type == TCL_COMMAND_END) {
|
---|
| 4463 | char buf[100];
|
---|
| 4464 | sprintf(buf, "wrong # args: no script following \"%.20s\" argument", testSrcStart);
|
---|
| 4465 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 4466 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), buf, -1);
|
---|
| 4467 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 4468 | goto done;
|
---|
| 4469 | }
|
---|
| 4470 | if ((*src == 't') && (strncmp(src, "then", 4) == 0)) {
|
---|
| 4471 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src+4, lastChar);
|
---|
| 4472 | if ((type == TCL_SPACE) || (type == TCL_COMMAND_END)) {
|
---|
| 4473 | src += 4;
|
---|
| 4474 | AdvanceToNextWord(src, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4475 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 4476 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 4477 | if (type == TCL_COMMAND_END) {
|
---|
| 4478 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 4479 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 4480 | "wrong # args: no script following \"then\" argument", -1);
|
---|
| 4481 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 4482 | goto done;
|
---|
| 4483 | }
|
---|
| 4484 | }
|
---|
| 4485 | }
|
---|
| 4486 |
|
---|
| 4487 | /*
|
---|
| 4488 | * Compile the "then" command word inline.
|
---|
| 4489 | */
|
---|
| 4490 |
|
---|
| 4491 | result = CompileCmdWordInline(interp, src, lastChar, flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4492 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 4493 | if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
|
---|
| 4494 | char msg[60];
|
---|
| 4495 | sprintf(msg, "\n (\"if\" then script line %d)",
|
---|
| 4496 | interp->errorLine);
|
---|
| 4497 | Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(interp, msg, -1);
|
---|
| 4498 | }
|
---|
| 4499 | goto done;
|
---|
| 4500 | }
|
---|
| 4501 | maxDepth = TclMax(envPtr->maxStackDepth, maxDepth);
|
---|
| 4502 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 4503 |
|
---|
| 4504 | /*
|
---|
| 4505 | * Emit an unconditional jump to the end of the "if" command. We
|
---|
| 4506 | * emit a one byte jump here, and replace it later with a four byte
|
---|
| 4507 | * jump if the jump target is more than 127 bytes away. Note that
|
---|
| 4508 | * both the jumpFalseFixupArray and the jumpEndFixupArray are
|
---|
| 4509 | * indexed by the same index, "jumpIndex".
|
---|
| 4510 | */
|
---|
| 4511 |
|
---|
| 4512 | if (jumpEndFixupArray.next >= jumpEndFixupArray.end) {
|
---|
| 4513 | TclExpandJumpFixupArray(&jumpEndFixupArray);
|
---|
| 4514 | }
|
---|
| 4515 | jumpEndFixupArray.next++;
|
---|
| 4516 | TclEmitForwardJump(envPtr, TCL_UNCONDITIONAL_JUMP,
|
---|
| 4517 | &(jumpEndFixupArray.fixup[jumpIndex]));
|
---|
| 4518 |
|
---|
| 4519 | /*
|
---|
| 4520 | * Now that we know the target of the jumpFalse after the if test,
|
---|
| 4521 | * update it with the correct distance. We generate a four byte
|
---|
| 4522 | * jump if the distance is greater than 120 bytes. This is
|
---|
| 4523 | * conservative, and ensures that we won't have to replace this
|
---|
| 4524 | * jump if we later also need to replace the preceeding
|
---|
| 4525 | * unconditional jump to the end of the "if" with a four-byte jump.
|
---|
| 4526 | */
|
---|
| 4527 |
|
---|
| 4528 | jumpDist = (TclCurrCodeOffset() - jumpFalseFixupArray.fixup[jumpIndex].codeOffset);
|
---|
| 4529 | if (TclFixupForwardJump(envPtr,
|
---|
| 4530 | &(jumpFalseFixupArray.fixup[jumpIndex]), jumpDist, 120)) {
|
---|
| 4531 | /*
|
---|
| 4532 | * Adjust the code offset for the unconditional jump at the end
|
---|
| 4533 | * of the last "then" clause.
|
---|
| 4534 | */
|
---|
| 4535 |
|
---|
| 4536 | jumpEndFixupArray.fixup[jumpIndex].codeOffset += 3;
|
---|
| 4537 | }
|
---|
| 4538 |
|
---|
| 4539 | /*
|
---|
| 4540 | * Check now for a "elseif" word. If we find one, keep looping.
|
---|
| 4541 | */
|
---|
| 4542 |
|
---|
| 4543 | AdvanceToNextWord(src, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4544 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 4545 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 4546 | if ((type != TCL_COMMAND_END)
|
---|
| 4547 | && ((*src == 'e') && (strncmp(src, "elseif", 6) == 0))) {
|
---|
| 4548 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src+6, lastChar);
|
---|
| 4549 | if ((type == TCL_SPACE) || (type == TCL_COMMAND_END)) {
|
---|
| 4550 | src += 6;
|
---|
| 4551 | AdvanceToNextWord(src, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4552 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 4553 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 4554 | if (type == TCL_COMMAND_END) {
|
---|
| 4555 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 4556 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 4557 | "wrong # args: no expression after \"elseif\" argument", -1);
|
---|
| 4558 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 4559 | goto done;
|
---|
| 4560 | }
|
---|
| 4561 | continue; /* continue the "expr then body" loop */
|
---|
| 4562 | }
|
---|
| 4563 | }
|
---|
| 4564 | break;
|
---|
| 4565 | } /* end of the "expr then body" loop */
|
---|
| 4566 |
|
---|
| 4567 | /*
|
---|
| 4568 | * No more "elseif expr then body" clauses. Check now for an "else"
|
---|
| 4569 | * clause. If there is another word, we are at its start.
|
---|
| 4570 | */
|
---|
| 4571 |
|
---|
| 4572 | if (type != TCL_COMMAND_END) {
|
---|
| 4573 | if ((*src == 'e') && (strncmp(src, "else", 4) == 0)) {
|
---|
| 4574 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src+4, lastChar);
|
---|
| 4575 | if ((type == TCL_SPACE) || (type == TCL_COMMAND_END)) {
|
---|
| 4576 | src += 4;
|
---|
| 4577 | AdvanceToNextWord(src, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4578 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 4579 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 4580 | if (type == TCL_COMMAND_END) {
|
---|
| 4581 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 4582 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 4583 | "wrong # args: no script following \"else\" argument", -1);
|
---|
| 4584 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 4585 | goto done;
|
---|
| 4586 | }
|
---|
| 4587 | }
|
---|
| 4588 | }
|
---|
| 4589 |
|
---|
| 4590 | /*
|
---|
| 4591 | * Compile the "else" command word inline.
|
---|
| 4592 | */
|
---|
| 4593 |
|
---|
| 4594 | result = CompileCmdWordInline(interp, src, lastChar, flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4595 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 4596 | if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
|
---|
| 4597 | char msg[60];
|
---|
| 4598 | sprintf(msg, "\n (\"if\" else script line %d)",
|
---|
| 4599 | interp->errorLine);
|
---|
| 4600 | Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(interp, msg, -1);
|
---|
| 4601 | }
|
---|
| 4602 | goto done;
|
---|
| 4603 | }
|
---|
| 4604 | maxDepth = TclMax(envPtr->maxStackDepth, maxDepth);
|
---|
| 4605 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 4606 |
|
---|
| 4607 | /*
|
---|
| 4608 | * Skip over white space until the end of the command.
|
---|
| 4609 | */
|
---|
| 4610 |
|
---|
| 4611 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 4612 | if (type != TCL_COMMAND_END) {
|
---|
| 4613 | AdvanceToNextWord(src, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4614 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 4615 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 4616 | if (type != TCL_COMMAND_END) {
|
---|
| 4617 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 4618 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 4619 | "wrong # args: extra words after \"else\" clause in \"if\" command", -1);
|
---|
| 4620 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 4621 | goto done;
|
---|
| 4622 | }
|
---|
| 4623 | }
|
---|
| 4624 | } else {
|
---|
| 4625 | /*
|
---|
| 4626 | * The "if" command has no "else" clause: push an empty string
|
---|
| 4627 | * object as its result.
|
---|
| 4628 | */
|
---|
| 4629 |
|
---|
| 4630 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString("", 0, /*allocStrRep*/ 0,
|
---|
| 4631 | /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4632 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4633 | maxDepth = TclMax(1, maxDepth);
|
---|
| 4634 | }
|
---|
| 4635 |
|
---|
| 4636 | /*
|
---|
| 4637 | * Now that we know the target of the unconditional jumps to the end of
|
---|
| 4638 | * the "if" command, update them with the correct distance. If the
|
---|
| 4639 | * distance is too great (> 127 bytes), replace the jump with a four
|
---|
| 4640 | * byte instruction and move instructions after the jump down.
|
---|
| 4641 | */
|
---|
| 4642 |
|
---|
| 4643 | for (j = jumpEndFixupArray.next; j > 0; j--) {
|
---|
| 4644 | jumpIndex = (j - 1); /* i.e. process the closest jump first */
|
---|
| 4645 | jumpDist = (TclCurrCodeOffset() - jumpEndFixupArray.fixup[jumpIndex].codeOffset);
|
---|
| 4646 | if (TclFixupForwardJump(envPtr,
|
---|
| 4647 | &(jumpEndFixupArray.fixup[jumpIndex]), jumpDist, 127)) {
|
---|
| 4648 | /*
|
---|
| 4649 | * Adjust the jump distance for the "ifFalse" jump that
|
---|
| 4650 | * immediately preceeds this jump. We've moved it's target
|
---|
| 4651 | * (just after this unconditional jump) three bytes down.
|
---|
| 4652 | */
|
---|
| 4653 |
|
---|
| 4654 | ifFalsePc = (envPtr->codeStart + jumpFalseFixupArray.fixup[jumpIndex].codeOffset);
|
---|
| 4655 | opCode = *ifFalsePc;
|
---|
| 4656 | if (opCode == INST_JUMP_FALSE1) {
|
---|
| 4657 | jumpFalseDist = TclGetInt1AtPtr(ifFalsePc + 1);
|
---|
| 4658 | jumpFalseDist += 3;
|
---|
| 4659 | TclStoreInt1AtPtr(jumpFalseDist, (ifFalsePc + 1));
|
---|
| 4660 | } else if (opCode == INST_JUMP_FALSE4) {
|
---|
| 4661 | jumpFalseDist = TclGetInt4AtPtr(ifFalsePc + 1);
|
---|
| 4662 | jumpFalseDist += 3;
|
---|
| 4663 | TclStoreInt4AtPtr(jumpFalseDist, (ifFalsePc + 1));
|
---|
| 4664 | } else {
|
---|
| 4665 | panic("TclCompileIfCmd: unexpected opcode updating ifFalse jump");
|
---|
| 4666 | }
|
---|
| 4667 | }
|
---|
| 4668 | }
|
---|
| 4669 |
|
---|
| 4670 | /*
|
---|
| 4671 | * Free the jumpFixupArray array if malloc'ed storage was used.
|
---|
| 4672 | */
|
---|
| 4673 |
|
---|
| 4674 | done:
|
---|
| 4675 | TclFreeJumpFixupArray(&jumpFalseFixupArray);
|
---|
| 4676 | TclFreeJumpFixupArray(&jumpEndFixupArray);
|
---|
| 4677 | envPtr->termOffset = (src - string);
|
---|
| 4678 | envPtr->maxStackDepth = maxDepth;
|
---|
| 4679 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = savePushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 4680 | return result;
|
---|
| 4681 | }
|
---|
| 4682 | |
---|
| 4683 |
|
---|
| 4684 | /*
|
---|
| 4685 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 4686 | *
|
---|
| 4687 | * TclCompileIncrCmd --
|
---|
| 4688 | *
|
---|
| 4689 | * Procedure called to compile the "incr" command.
|
---|
| 4690 | *
|
---|
| 4691 | * Results:
|
---|
| 4692 | * The return value is a standard Tcl result, which is TCL_OK unless
|
---|
| 4693 | * there was an error while parsing string. If an error occurs then
|
---|
| 4694 | * the interpreter's result contains a standard error message.
|
---|
| 4695 | *
|
---|
| 4696 | * envPtr->termOffset is filled in with the offset of the character in
|
---|
| 4697 | * "string" just after the last one successfully processed.
|
---|
| 4698 | *
|
---|
| 4699 | * envPtr->maxStackDepth is updated with the maximum number of stack
|
---|
| 4700 | * elements needed to execute the "incr" command.
|
---|
| 4701 | *
|
---|
| 4702 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 4703 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to evaluate the "incr" command
|
---|
| 4704 | * at runtime.
|
---|
| 4705 | *
|
---|
| 4706 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 4707 | */
|
---|
| 4708 |
|
---|
| 4709 | int
|
---|
| 4710 | TclCompileIncrCmd(interp, string, lastChar, flags, envPtr)
|
---|
| 4711 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
|
---|
| 4712 | char *string; /* The source string to compile. */
|
---|
| 4713 | char *lastChar; /* Pointer to terminating character of
|
---|
| 4714 | * string. */
|
---|
| 4715 | int flags; /* Flags to control compilation (same as
|
---|
| 4716 | * passed to Tcl_Eval). */
|
---|
| 4717 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Holds resulting instructions. */
|
---|
| 4718 | {
|
---|
| 4719 | Proc *procPtr = envPtr->procPtr;
|
---|
| 4720 | /* Points to structure describing procedure
|
---|
| 4721 | * containing incr command, else NULL. */
|
---|
| 4722 | register char *src = string;
|
---|
| 4723 | /* Points to current source char. */
|
---|
| 4724 | register int type; /* Current char's CHAR_TYPE type. */
|
---|
| 4725 | int simpleVarName; /* 1 if name is just sequence of chars with
|
---|
| 4726 | * an optional element name in parens. */
|
---|
| 4727 | char *name = NULL; /* If simpleVarName, points to first char of
|
---|
| 4728 | * variable name and nameChars is length.
|
---|
| 4729 | * Otherwise NULL. */
|
---|
| 4730 | char *elName = NULL; /* If simpleVarName, points to first char of
|
---|
| 4731 | * element name and elNameChars is length.
|
---|
| 4732 | * Otherwise NULL. */
|
---|
| 4733 | int nameChars = 0; /* Length of the var name. Initialized to
|
---|
| 4734 | * avoid a compiler warning. */
|
---|
| 4735 | int elNameChars = 0; /* Length of array's element name, if any.
|
---|
| 4736 | * Initialized to avoid a compiler
|
---|
| 4737 | * warning. */
|
---|
| 4738 | int incrementGiven; /* 1 if an increment amount was given. */
|
---|
| 4739 | int isImmIncrValue = 0; /* 1 if increment amount is a literal
|
---|
| 4740 | * integer in [-127..127]. */
|
---|
| 4741 | int immIncrValue = 0; /* if isImmIncrValue is 1, the immediate
|
---|
| 4742 | * integer value. */
|
---|
| 4743 | int maxDepth = 0; /* Maximum number of stack elements needed
|
---|
| 4744 | * to execute cmd. */
|
---|
| 4745 | int localIndex = -1; /* Index of the variable in the current
|
---|
| 4746 | * procedure's array of local variables.
|
---|
| 4747 | * Otherwise -1 if not in a procedure or
|
---|
| 4748 | * the variable wasn't found. */
|
---|
| 4749 | char savedChar; /* Holds the character from string
|
---|
| 4750 | * termporarily replaced by a null char
|
---|
| 4751 | * during name processing. */
|
---|
| 4752 | int objIndex; /* The object array index for a pushed
|
---|
| 4753 | * object holding a name part. */
|
---|
| 4754 | int savePushSimpleWords = envPtr->pushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 4755 | char *p;
|
---|
| 4756 | int i, result;
|
---|
| 4757 |
|
---|
| 4758 | /*
|
---|
| 4759 | * Parse the next word: the variable name. If it is "simple" (requires
|
---|
| 4760 | * no substitutions at runtime), divide it up into a simple "name" plus
|
---|
| 4761 | * an optional "elName". Otherwise, if not simple, just push the name.
|
---|
| 4762 | */
|
---|
| 4763 |
|
---|
| 4764 | AdvanceToNextWord(src, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4765 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 4766 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 4767 | if (type == TCL_COMMAND_END) {
|
---|
| 4768 | badArgs:
|
---|
| 4769 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 4770 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 4771 | "wrong # args: should be \"incr varName ?increment?\"", -1);
|
---|
| 4772 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 4773 | goto done;
|
---|
| 4774 | }
|
---|
| 4775 |
|
---|
| 4776 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = 0;
|
---|
| 4777 | result = CompileWord(interp, src, lastChar, flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4778 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 4779 | goto done;
|
---|
| 4780 | }
|
---|
| 4781 | simpleVarName = envPtr->wordIsSimple;
|
---|
| 4782 | if (simpleVarName) {
|
---|
| 4783 | name = src;
|
---|
| 4784 | nameChars = envPtr->numSimpleWordChars;
|
---|
| 4785 | if (type & (TCL_QUOTE | TCL_OPEN_BRACE)) {
|
---|
| 4786 | name++;
|
---|
| 4787 | }
|
---|
| 4788 | elName = NULL;
|
---|
| 4789 | elNameChars = 0;
|
---|
| 4790 | p = name;
|
---|
| 4791 | for (i = 0; i < nameChars; i++) {
|
---|
| 4792 | if (*p == '(') {
|
---|
| 4793 | char *openParen = p;
|
---|
| 4794 | p = (src + nameChars-1);
|
---|
| 4795 | if (*p == ')') { /* last char is ')' => array reference */
|
---|
| 4796 | nameChars = (openParen - name);
|
---|
| 4797 | elName = openParen+1;
|
---|
| 4798 | elNameChars = (p - elName);
|
---|
| 4799 | }
|
---|
| 4800 | break;
|
---|
| 4801 | }
|
---|
| 4802 | p++;
|
---|
| 4803 | }
|
---|
| 4804 | } else {
|
---|
| 4805 | maxDepth = envPtr->maxStackDepth;
|
---|
| 4806 | }
|
---|
| 4807 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 4808 |
|
---|
| 4809 | /*
|
---|
| 4810 | * See if there is a next word. If so, we are incrementing the variable
|
---|
| 4811 | * by that value (which must be an integer).
|
---|
| 4812 | */
|
---|
| 4813 |
|
---|
| 4814 | incrementGiven = 0;
|
---|
| 4815 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 4816 | if (type != TCL_COMMAND_END) {
|
---|
| 4817 | AdvanceToNextWord(src, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4818 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 4819 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 4820 | incrementGiven = (type != TCL_COMMAND_END);
|
---|
| 4821 | }
|
---|
| 4822 |
|
---|
| 4823 | /*
|
---|
| 4824 | * Non-simple names have already been pushed. If this is a simple
|
---|
| 4825 | * variable, either push its name (if a global or an unknown local
|
---|
| 4826 | * variable) or look up the variable's local frame index. If a local is
|
---|
| 4827 | * not found, push its name and do the lookup at runtime. If this is an
|
---|
| 4828 | * array reference, also push the array element.
|
---|
| 4829 | */
|
---|
| 4830 |
|
---|
| 4831 | if (simpleVarName) {
|
---|
| 4832 | if (procPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
| 4833 | savedChar = name[nameChars];
|
---|
| 4834 | name[nameChars] = '\0';
|
---|
| 4835 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString(name, nameChars,
|
---|
| 4836 | /*allocStrRep*/ 1, /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4837 | name[nameChars] = savedChar;
|
---|
| 4838 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4839 | maxDepth = 1;
|
---|
| 4840 | } else {
|
---|
| 4841 | localIndex = LookupCompiledLocal(name, nameChars,
|
---|
| 4842 | /*createIfNew*/ 0, /*flagsIfCreated*/ 0,
|
---|
| 4843 | envPtr->procPtr);
|
---|
| 4844 | if ((localIndex < 0) || (localIndex > 255)) {
|
---|
| 4845 | if (localIndex > 255) { /* we'll push the name */
|
---|
| 4846 | localIndex = -1;
|
---|
| 4847 | }
|
---|
| 4848 | savedChar = name[nameChars];
|
---|
| 4849 | name[nameChars] = '\0';
|
---|
| 4850 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString(name, nameChars,
|
---|
| 4851 | /*allocStrRep*/ 1, /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4852 | name[nameChars] = savedChar;
|
---|
| 4853 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4854 | maxDepth = 1;
|
---|
| 4855 | } else {
|
---|
| 4856 | maxDepth = 0;
|
---|
| 4857 | }
|
---|
| 4858 | }
|
---|
| 4859 |
|
---|
| 4860 | if (elName != NULL) {
|
---|
| 4861 | /*
|
---|
| 4862 | * Parse and push the array element's name. Perform
|
---|
| 4863 | * substitutions on it, just as is done for quoted strings.
|
---|
| 4864 | */
|
---|
| 4865 |
|
---|
| 4866 | savedChar = elName[elNameChars];
|
---|
| 4867 | elName[elNameChars] = '\0';
|
---|
| 4868 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = 1;
|
---|
| 4869 | result = TclCompileQuotes(interp, elName, elName+elNameChars,
|
---|
| 4870 | 0, flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4871 | elName[elNameChars] = savedChar;
|
---|
| 4872 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 4873 | char msg[200];
|
---|
| 4874 | sprintf(msg, "\n (parsing index for array \"%.*s\")",
|
---|
| 4875 | TclMin(nameChars, 100), name);
|
---|
| 4876 | Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(interp, msg, -1);
|
---|
| 4877 | goto done;
|
---|
| 4878 | }
|
---|
| 4879 | maxDepth += envPtr->maxStackDepth;
|
---|
| 4880 | }
|
---|
| 4881 | }
|
---|
| 4882 |
|
---|
| 4883 | /*
|
---|
| 4884 | * If an increment was given, push the new value.
|
---|
| 4885 | */
|
---|
| 4886 |
|
---|
| 4887 | if (incrementGiven) {
|
---|
| 4888 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 4889 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = 0;
|
---|
| 4890 | result = CompileWord(interp, src, lastChar, flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4891 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 4892 | if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
|
---|
| 4893 | Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(interp,
|
---|
| 4894 | "\n (increment expression)", -1);
|
---|
| 4895 | }
|
---|
| 4896 | goto done;
|
---|
| 4897 | }
|
---|
| 4898 | if (type & (TCL_QUOTE | TCL_OPEN_BRACE)) {
|
---|
| 4899 | src++;
|
---|
| 4900 | }
|
---|
| 4901 | if (envPtr->wordIsSimple) {
|
---|
| 4902 | /*
|
---|
| 4903 | * See if the word represents an integer whose formatted
|
---|
| 4904 | * representation is the same as the word (e.g., this is
|
---|
| 4905 | * true for 123 and -1 but not for 00005). If so, just
|
---|
| 4906 | * push an integer object.
|
---|
| 4907 | */
|
---|
| 4908 |
|
---|
| 4909 | int isCompilableInt = 0;
|
---|
| 4910 | int numChars = envPtr->numSimpleWordChars;
|
---|
| 4911 | char savedChar = src[numChars];
|
---|
| 4912 | char buf[40];
|
---|
| 4913 | Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
|
---|
| 4914 | long n;
|
---|
| 4915 |
|
---|
| 4916 | src[numChars] = '\0';
|
---|
| 4917 | if (TclLooksLikeInt(src)) {
|
---|
| 4918 | int code = TclGetLong(interp, src, &n);
|
---|
| 4919 | if (code == TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 4920 | if ((-127 <= n) && (n <= 127)) {
|
---|
| 4921 | isCompilableInt = 1;
|
---|
| 4922 | isImmIncrValue = 1;
|
---|
| 4923 | immIncrValue = n;
|
---|
| 4924 | } else {
|
---|
| 4925 | TclFormatInt(buf, n);
|
---|
| 4926 | if (strcmp(src, buf) == 0) {
|
---|
| 4927 | isCompilableInt = 1;
|
---|
| 4928 | isImmIncrValue = 0;
|
---|
| 4929 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString(src, numChars,
|
---|
| 4930 | /*allocStrRep*/ 0, /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4931 | objPtr = envPtr->objArrayPtr[objIndex];
|
---|
| 4932 |
|
---|
| 4933 | Tcl_InvalidateStringRep(objPtr);
|
---|
| 4934 | objPtr->internalRep.longValue = n;
|
---|
| 4935 | objPtr->typePtr = &tclIntType;
|
---|
| 4936 |
|
---|
| 4937 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4938 | maxDepth += 1;
|
---|
| 4939 | }
|
---|
| 4940 | }
|
---|
| 4941 | } else {
|
---|
| 4942 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 4943 | }
|
---|
| 4944 | }
|
---|
| 4945 | if (!isCompilableInt) {
|
---|
| 4946 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString(src, numChars,
|
---|
| 4947 | /*allocStrRep*/ 1, /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4948 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4949 | maxDepth += 1;
|
---|
| 4950 | }
|
---|
| 4951 | src[numChars] = savedChar;
|
---|
| 4952 | } else {
|
---|
| 4953 | maxDepth += envPtr->maxStackDepth;
|
---|
| 4954 | }
|
---|
| 4955 | if (type & (TCL_QUOTE | TCL_OPEN_BRACE)) {
|
---|
| 4956 | src += (envPtr->termOffset - 1); /* already advanced 1 above */
|
---|
| 4957 | } else {
|
---|
| 4958 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 4959 | }
|
---|
| 4960 | } else { /* no incr amount given so use 1 */
|
---|
| 4961 | isImmIncrValue = 1;
|
---|
| 4962 | immIncrValue = 1;
|
---|
| 4963 | }
|
---|
| 4964 |
|
---|
| 4965 | /*
|
---|
| 4966 | * Now emit instructions to increment the variable.
|
---|
| 4967 | */
|
---|
| 4968 |
|
---|
| 4969 | if (simpleVarName) {
|
---|
| 4970 | if (elName == NULL) { /* scalar */
|
---|
| 4971 | if (localIndex >= 0) {
|
---|
| 4972 | if (isImmIncrValue) {
|
---|
| 4973 | TclEmitInstUInt1(INST_INCR_SCALAR1_IMM, localIndex,
|
---|
| 4974 | envPtr);
|
---|
| 4975 | TclEmitInt1(immIncrValue, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4976 | } else {
|
---|
| 4977 | TclEmitInstUInt1(INST_INCR_SCALAR1, localIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4978 | }
|
---|
| 4979 | } else {
|
---|
| 4980 | if (isImmIncrValue) {
|
---|
| 4981 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_INCR_SCALAR_STK_IMM, immIncrValue,
|
---|
| 4982 | envPtr);
|
---|
| 4983 | } else {
|
---|
| 4984 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_INCR_SCALAR_STK, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4985 | }
|
---|
| 4986 | }
|
---|
| 4987 | } else { /* array */
|
---|
| 4988 | if (localIndex >= 0) {
|
---|
| 4989 | if (isImmIncrValue) {
|
---|
| 4990 | TclEmitInstUInt1(INST_INCR_ARRAY1_IMM, localIndex,
|
---|
| 4991 | envPtr);
|
---|
| 4992 | TclEmitInt1(immIncrValue, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4993 | } else {
|
---|
| 4994 | TclEmitInstUInt1(INST_INCR_ARRAY1, localIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 4995 | }
|
---|
| 4996 | } else {
|
---|
| 4997 | if (isImmIncrValue) {
|
---|
| 4998 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_INCR_ARRAY_STK_IMM, immIncrValue,
|
---|
| 4999 | envPtr);
|
---|
| 5000 | } else {
|
---|
| 5001 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_INCR_ARRAY_STK, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5002 | }
|
---|
| 5003 | }
|
---|
| 5004 | }
|
---|
| 5005 | } else { /* non-simple variable name */
|
---|
| 5006 | if (isImmIncrValue) {
|
---|
| 5007 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_INCR_STK_IMM, immIncrValue, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5008 | } else {
|
---|
| 5009 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_INCR_STK, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5010 | }
|
---|
| 5011 | }
|
---|
| 5012 |
|
---|
| 5013 | /*
|
---|
| 5014 | * Skip over white space until the end of the command.
|
---|
| 5015 | */
|
---|
| 5016 |
|
---|
| 5017 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 5018 | if (type != TCL_COMMAND_END) {
|
---|
| 5019 | AdvanceToNextWord(src, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5020 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 5021 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 5022 | if (type != TCL_COMMAND_END) {
|
---|
| 5023 | goto badArgs;
|
---|
| 5024 | }
|
---|
| 5025 | }
|
---|
| 5026 |
|
---|
| 5027 | done:
|
---|
| 5028 | envPtr->termOffset = (src - string);
|
---|
| 5029 | envPtr->maxStackDepth = maxDepth;
|
---|
| 5030 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = savePushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 5031 | return result;
|
---|
| 5032 | }
|
---|
| 5033 | |
---|
| 5034 |
|
---|
| 5035 | /*
|
---|
| 5036 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 5037 | *
|
---|
| 5038 | * TclCompileSetCmd --
|
---|
| 5039 | *
|
---|
| 5040 | * Procedure called to compile the "set" command.
|
---|
| 5041 | *
|
---|
| 5042 | * Results:
|
---|
| 5043 | * The return value is a standard Tcl result, which is normally TCL_OK
|
---|
| 5044 | * unless there was an error while parsing string. If an error occurs
|
---|
| 5045 | * then the interpreter's result contains a standard error message. If
|
---|
| 5046 | * complation fails because the set command requires a second level of
|
---|
| 5047 | * substitutions, TCL_OUT_LINE_COMPILE is returned indicating that the
|
---|
| 5048 | * set command should be compiled "out of line" by emitting code to
|
---|
| 5049 | * invoke its command procedure (Tcl_SetCmd) at runtime.
|
---|
| 5050 | *
|
---|
| 5051 | * envPtr->termOffset is filled in with the offset of the character in
|
---|
| 5052 | * "string" just after the last one successfully processed.
|
---|
| 5053 | *
|
---|
| 5054 | * envPtr->maxStackDepth is updated with the maximum number of stack
|
---|
| 5055 | * elements needed to execute the incr command.
|
---|
| 5056 | *
|
---|
| 5057 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 5058 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to evaluate the "set" command
|
---|
| 5059 | * at runtime.
|
---|
| 5060 | *
|
---|
| 5061 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 5062 | */
|
---|
| 5063 |
|
---|
| 5064 | int
|
---|
| 5065 | TclCompileSetCmd(interp, string, lastChar, flags, envPtr)
|
---|
| 5066 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
|
---|
| 5067 | char *string; /* The source string to compile. */
|
---|
| 5068 | char *lastChar; /* Pointer to terminating character of
|
---|
| 5069 | * string. */
|
---|
| 5070 | int flags; /* Flags to control compilation (same as
|
---|
| 5071 | * passed to Tcl_Eval). */
|
---|
| 5072 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Holds resulting instructions. */
|
---|
| 5073 | {
|
---|
| 5074 | Proc *procPtr = envPtr->procPtr;
|
---|
| 5075 | /* Points to structure describing procedure
|
---|
| 5076 | * containing the set command, else NULL. */
|
---|
| 5077 | ArgInfo argInfo; /* Structure holding information about the
|
---|
| 5078 | * start and end of each argument word. */
|
---|
| 5079 | int simpleVarName; /* 1 if name is just sequence of chars with
|
---|
| 5080 | * an optional element name in parens. */
|
---|
| 5081 | char *elName = NULL; /* If simpleVarName, points to first char of
|
---|
| 5082 | * element name and elNameChars is length.
|
---|
| 5083 | * Otherwise NULL. */
|
---|
| 5084 | int isAssignment; /* 1 if assigning value to var, else 0. */
|
---|
| 5085 | int maxDepth = 0; /* Maximum number of stack elements needed
|
---|
| 5086 | * to execute cmd. */
|
---|
| 5087 | int localIndex = -1; /* Index of the variable in the current
|
---|
| 5088 | * procedure's array of local variables.
|
---|
| 5089 | * Otherwise -1 if not in a procedure, the
|
---|
| 5090 | * name contains "::"s, or the variable
|
---|
| 5091 | * wasn't found. */
|
---|
| 5092 | char savedChar; /* Holds the character from string
|
---|
| 5093 | * termporarily replaced by a null char
|
---|
| 5094 | * during name processing. */
|
---|
| 5095 | int objIndex = -1; /* The object array index for a pushed
|
---|
| 5096 | * object holding a name part. Initialized
|
---|
| 5097 | * to avoid a compiler warning. */
|
---|
| 5098 | char *wordStart, *p;
|
---|
| 5099 | int numWords, isCompilableInt, i, result;
|
---|
| 5100 | Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
|
---|
| 5101 | int savePushSimpleWords = envPtr->pushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 5102 |
|
---|
| 5103 | /*
|
---|
| 5104 | * Scan the words of the command and record the start and finish of
|
---|
| 5105 | * each argument word.
|
---|
| 5106 | */
|
---|
| 5107 |
|
---|
| 5108 | InitArgInfo(&argInfo);
|
---|
| 5109 | result = CollectArgInfo(interp, string, lastChar, flags, &argInfo);
|
---|
| 5110 | numWords = argInfo.numArgs; /* i.e., the # after the command name */
|
---|
| 5111 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 5112 | goto done;
|
---|
| 5113 | }
|
---|
| 5114 | if ((numWords < 1) || (numWords > 2)) {
|
---|
| 5115 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 5116 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 5117 | "wrong # args: should be \"set varName ?newValue?\"", -1);
|
---|
| 5118 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 5119 | goto done;
|
---|
| 5120 | }
|
---|
| 5121 | isAssignment = (numWords == 2);
|
---|
| 5122 |
|
---|
| 5123 | /*
|
---|
| 5124 | * Parse the next word: the variable name. If the name is enclosed in
|
---|
| 5125 | * quotes or braces, we return TCL_OUT_LINE_COMPILE and call the set
|
---|
| 5126 | * command procedure at runtime since this makes sure that a second
|
---|
| 5127 | * round of substitutions is done properly.
|
---|
| 5128 | */
|
---|
| 5129 |
|
---|
| 5130 | wordStart = argInfo.startArray[0]; /* start of 1st arg word: varname */
|
---|
| 5131 | if ((*wordStart == '{') || (*wordStart == '"')) {
|
---|
| 5132 | result = TCL_OUT_LINE_COMPILE;
|
---|
| 5133 | goto done;
|
---|
| 5134 | }
|
---|
| 5135 |
|
---|
| 5136 | /*
|
---|
| 5137 | * Check whether the name is "simple": requires no substitutions at
|
---|
| 5138 | * runtime.
|
---|
| 5139 | */
|
---|
| 5140 |
|
---|
| 5141 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = 0;
|
---|
| 5142 | result = CompileWord(interp, wordStart, argInfo.endArray[0] + 1,
|
---|
| 5143 | flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5144 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 5145 | goto done;
|
---|
| 5146 | }
|
---|
| 5147 | simpleVarName = envPtr->wordIsSimple;
|
---|
| 5148 |
|
---|
| 5149 | if (!simpleVarName) {
|
---|
| 5150 | /*
|
---|
| 5151 | * The name isn't simple. CompileWord already pushed it.
|
---|
| 5152 | */
|
---|
| 5153 |
|
---|
| 5154 | maxDepth = envPtr->maxStackDepth;
|
---|
| 5155 | } else {
|
---|
| 5156 | char *name; /* If simpleVarName, points to first char of
|
---|
| 5157 | * variable name and nameChars is length.
|
---|
| 5158 | * Otherwise NULL. */
|
---|
| 5159 | int nameChars; /* Length of the var name. */
|
---|
| 5160 | int nameHasNsSeparators = 0;
|
---|
| 5161 | /* Set 1 if name contains "::"s. */
|
---|
| 5162 | int elNameChars; /* Length of array's element name if any. */
|
---|
| 5163 |
|
---|
| 5164 | /*
|
---|
| 5165 | * A simple name. First divide it up into "name" plus "elName"
|
---|
| 5166 | * for an array element name, if any.
|
---|
| 5167 | */
|
---|
| 5168 |
|
---|
| 5169 | name = wordStart;
|
---|
| 5170 | nameChars = envPtr->numSimpleWordChars;
|
---|
| 5171 | elName = NULL;
|
---|
| 5172 | elNameChars = 0;
|
---|
| 5173 |
|
---|
| 5174 | p = name;
|
---|
| 5175 | for (i = 0; i < nameChars; i++) {
|
---|
| 5176 | if (*p == '(') {
|
---|
| 5177 | char *openParen = p;
|
---|
| 5178 | p = (name + nameChars-1);
|
---|
| 5179 | if (*p == ')') { /* last char is ')' => array reference */
|
---|
| 5180 | nameChars = (openParen - name);
|
---|
| 5181 | elName = openParen+1;
|
---|
| 5182 | elNameChars = (p - elName);
|
---|
| 5183 | }
|
---|
| 5184 | break;
|
---|
| 5185 | }
|
---|
| 5186 | p++;
|
---|
| 5187 | }
|
---|
| 5188 |
|
---|
| 5189 | /*
|
---|
| 5190 | * Determine if name has any namespace separators (::'s).
|
---|
| 5191 | */
|
---|
| 5192 |
|
---|
| 5193 | p = name;
|
---|
| 5194 | for (i = 0; i < nameChars; i++) {
|
---|
| 5195 | if ((*p == ':') && ((i+1) < nameChars) && (*(p+1) == ':')) {
|
---|
| 5196 | nameHasNsSeparators = 1;
|
---|
| 5197 | break;
|
---|
| 5198 | }
|
---|
| 5199 | p++;
|
---|
| 5200 | }
|
---|
| 5201 |
|
---|
| 5202 | /*
|
---|
| 5203 | * Now either push the name or determine its index in the array of
|
---|
| 5204 | * local variables in a procedure frame. Note that if we are
|
---|
| 5205 | * compiling a procedure the variable must be local unless its
|
---|
| 5206 | * name has namespace separators ("::"s). Note also that global
|
---|
| 5207 | * variables are implemented by a local variable that "points" to
|
---|
| 5208 | * the real global. There are two cases:
|
---|
| 5209 | * 1) We are not compiling a procedure body. Push the global
|
---|
| 5210 | * variable's name and do the lookup at runtime.
|
---|
| 5211 | * 2) We are compiling a procedure and the name has "::"s.
|
---|
| 5212 | * Push the namespace variable's name and do the lookup at
|
---|
| 5213 | * runtime.
|
---|
| 5214 | * 3) We are compiling a procedure and the name has no "::"s.
|
---|
| 5215 | * If the variable has already been allocated an local index,
|
---|
| 5216 | * just look it up. If the variable is unknown and we are
|
---|
| 5217 | * doing an assignment, allocate a new index. Otherwise,
|
---|
| 5218 | * push the name and try to do the lookup at runtime.
|
---|
| 5219 | */
|
---|
| 5220 |
|
---|
| 5221 | if ((procPtr == NULL) || nameHasNsSeparators) {
|
---|
| 5222 | savedChar = name[nameChars];
|
---|
| 5223 | name[nameChars] = '\0';
|
---|
| 5224 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString(name, nameChars,
|
---|
| 5225 | /*allocStrRep*/ 1, /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5226 | name[nameChars] = savedChar;
|
---|
| 5227 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5228 | maxDepth = 1;
|
---|
| 5229 | } else {
|
---|
| 5230 | localIndex = LookupCompiledLocal(name, nameChars,
|
---|
| 5231 | /*createIfNew*/ isAssignment,
|
---|
| 5232 | /*flagsIfCreated*/
|
---|
| 5233 | ((elName == NULL)? VAR_SCALAR : VAR_ARRAY),
|
---|
| 5234 | envPtr->procPtr);
|
---|
| 5235 | if (localIndex >= 0) {
|
---|
| 5236 | maxDepth = 0;
|
---|
| 5237 | } else {
|
---|
| 5238 | savedChar = name[nameChars];
|
---|
| 5239 | name[nameChars] = '\0';
|
---|
| 5240 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString(name, nameChars,
|
---|
| 5241 | /*allocStrRep*/ 1, /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5242 | name[nameChars] = savedChar;
|
---|
| 5243 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5244 | maxDepth = 1;
|
---|
| 5245 | }
|
---|
| 5246 | }
|
---|
| 5247 |
|
---|
| 5248 | /*
|
---|
| 5249 | * If we are dealing with a reference to an array element, push the
|
---|
| 5250 | * array element. Perform substitutions on it, just as is done
|
---|
| 5251 | * for quoted strings.
|
---|
| 5252 | */
|
---|
| 5253 |
|
---|
| 5254 | if (elName != NULL) {
|
---|
| 5255 | savedChar = elName[elNameChars];
|
---|
| 5256 | elName[elNameChars] = '\0';
|
---|
| 5257 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = 1;
|
---|
| 5258 | result = TclCompileQuotes(interp, elName, elName+elNameChars,
|
---|
| 5259 | 0, flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5260 | elName[elNameChars] = savedChar;
|
---|
| 5261 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 5262 | char msg[200];
|
---|
| 5263 | sprintf(msg, "\n (parsing index for array \"%.*s\")",
|
---|
| 5264 | TclMin(nameChars, 100), name);
|
---|
| 5265 | Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(interp, msg, -1);
|
---|
| 5266 | goto done;
|
---|
| 5267 | }
|
---|
| 5268 | maxDepth += envPtr->maxStackDepth;
|
---|
| 5269 | }
|
---|
| 5270 | }
|
---|
| 5271 |
|
---|
| 5272 | /*
|
---|
| 5273 | * If we are doing an assignment, push the new value.
|
---|
| 5274 | */
|
---|
| 5275 |
|
---|
| 5276 | if (isAssignment) {
|
---|
| 5277 | wordStart = argInfo.startArray[1]; /* start of 2nd arg word */
|
---|
| 5278 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = 0; /* we will handle simple words */
|
---|
| 5279 | result = CompileWord(interp, wordStart, argInfo.endArray[1] + 1,
|
---|
| 5280 | flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5281 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 5282 | goto done;
|
---|
| 5283 | }
|
---|
| 5284 | if (!envPtr->wordIsSimple) {
|
---|
| 5285 | /*
|
---|
| 5286 | * The value isn't simple. CompileWord already pushed it.
|
---|
| 5287 | */
|
---|
| 5288 |
|
---|
| 5289 | maxDepth += envPtr->maxStackDepth;
|
---|
| 5290 | } else {
|
---|
| 5291 | /*
|
---|
| 5292 | * The value is simple. See if the word represents an integer
|
---|
| 5293 | * whose formatted representation is the same as the word (e.g.,
|
---|
| 5294 | * this is true for 123 and -1 but not for 00005). If so, just
|
---|
| 5295 | * push an integer object.
|
---|
| 5296 | */
|
---|
| 5297 |
|
---|
| 5298 | char buf[40];
|
---|
| 5299 | long n;
|
---|
| 5300 |
|
---|
| 5301 | p = wordStart;
|
---|
| 5302 | if ((*wordStart == '"') || (*wordStart == '{')) {
|
---|
| 5303 | p++;
|
---|
| 5304 | }
|
---|
| 5305 | savedChar = p[envPtr->numSimpleWordChars];
|
---|
| 5306 | p[envPtr->numSimpleWordChars] = '\0';
|
---|
| 5307 | isCompilableInt = 0;
|
---|
| 5308 | if (TclLooksLikeInt(p)) {
|
---|
| 5309 | int code = TclGetLong(interp, p, &n);
|
---|
| 5310 | if (code == TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 5311 | TclFormatInt(buf, n);
|
---|
| 5312 | if (strcmp(p, buf) == 0) {
|
---|
| 5313 | isCompilableInt = 1;
|
---|
| 5314 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString(p,
|
---|
| 5315 | envPtr->numSimpleWordChars,
|
---|
| 5316 | /*allocStrRep*/ 0, /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5317 | objPtr = envPtr->objArrayPtr[objIndex];
|
---|
| 5318 |
|
---|
| 5319 | Tcl_InvalidateStringRep(objPtr);
|
---|
| 5320 | objPtr->internalRep.longValue = n;
|
---|
| 5321 | objPtr->typePtr = &tclIntType;
|
---|
| 5322 | }
|
---|
| 5323 | } else {
|
---|
| 5324 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 5325 | }
|
---|
| 5326 | }
|
---|
| 5327 | if (!isCompilableInt) {
|
---|
| 5328 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString(p,
|
---|
| 5329 | envPtr->numSimpleWordChars, /*allocStrRep*/ 1,
|
---|
| 5330 | /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5331 | }
|
---|
| 5332 | p[envPtr->numSimpleWordChars] = savedChar;
|
---|
| 5333 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5334 | maxDepth += 1;
|
---|
| 5335 | }
|
---|
| 5336 | }
|
---|
| 5337 |
|
---|
| 5338 | /*
|
---|
| 5339 | * Now emit instructions to set/retrieve the variable.
|
---|
| 5340 | */
|
---|
| 5341 |
|
---|
| 5342 | if (simpleVarName) {
|
---|
| 5343 | if (elName == NULL) { /* scalar */
|
---|
| 5344 | if (localIndex >= 0) {
|
---|
| 5345 | if (localIndex <= 255) {
|
---|
| 5346 | TclEmitInstUInt1((isAssignment?
|
---|
| 5347 | INST_STORE_SCALAR1 : INST_LOAD_SCALAR1),
|
---|
| 5348 | localIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5349 | } else {
|
---|
| 5350 | TclEmitInstUInt4((isAssignment?
|
---|
| 5351 | INST_STORE_SCALAR4 : INST_LOAD_SCALAR4),
|
---|
| 5352 | localIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5353 | }
|
---|
| 5354 | } else {
|
---|
| 5355 | TclEmitOpcode((isAssignment?
|
---|
| 5356 | INST_STORE_SCALAR_STK : INST_LOAD_SCALAR_STK),
|
---|
| 5357 | envPtr);
|
---|
| 5358 | }
|
---|
| 5359 | } else { /* array */
|
---|
| 5360 | if (localIndex >= 0) {
|
---|
| 5361 | if (localIndex <= 255) {
|
---|
| 5362 | TclEmitInstUInt1((isAssignment?
|
---|
| 5363 | INST_STORE_ARRAY1 : INST_LOAD_ARRAY1),
|
---|
| 5364 | localIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5365 | } else {
|
---|
| 5366 | TclEmitInstUInt4((isAssignment?
|
---|
| 5367 | INST_STORE_ARRAY4 : INST_LOAD_ARRAY4),
|
---|
| 5368 | localIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5369 | }
|
---|
| 5370 | } else {
|
---|
| 5371 | TclEmitOpcode((isAssignment?
|
---|
| 5372 | INST_STORE_ARRAY_STK : INST_LOAD_ARRAY_STK),
|
---|
| 5373 | envPtr);
|
---|
| 5374 | }
|
---|
| 5375 | }
|
---|
| 5376 | } else { /* non-simple variable name */
|
---|
| 5377 | TclEmitOpcode((isAssignment? INST_STORE_STK : INST_LOAD_STK), envPtr);
|
---|
| 5378 | }
|
---|
| 5379 |
|
---|
| 5380 | done:
|
---|
| 5381 | if (numWords == 0) {
|
---|
| 5382 | envPtr->termOffset = 0;
|
---|
| 5383 | } else {
|
---|
| 5384 | envPtr->termOffset = (argInfo.endArray[numWords-1] + 1 - string);
|
---|
| 5385 | }
|
---|
| 5386 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = savePushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 5387 | envPtr->maxStackDepth = maxDepth;
|
---|
| 5388 | FreeArgInfo(&argInfo);
|
---|
| 5389 | return result;
|
---|
| 5390 | }
|
---|
| 5391 | |
---|
| 5392 |
|
---|
| 5393 | /*
|
---|
| 5394 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 5395 | *
|
---|
| 5396 | * TclCompileWhileCmd --
|
---|
| 5397 | *
|
---|
| 5398 | * Procedure called to compile the "while" command.
|
---|
| 5399 | *
|
---|
| 5400 | * Results:
|
---|
| 5401 | * The return value is a standard Tcl result, which is TCL_OK if
|
---|
| 5402 | * compilation was successful. If an error occurs then the
|
---|
| 5403 | * interpreter's result contains a standard error message and TCL_ERROR
|
---|
| 5404 | * is returned. If compilation failed because the command is too
|
---|
| 5405 | * complex for TclCompileWhileCmd, TCL_OUT_LINE_COMPILE is returned
|
---|
| 5406 | * indicating that the while command should be compiled "out of line"
|
---|
| 5407 | * by emitting code to invoke its command procedure at runtime.
|
---|
| 5408 | *
|
---|
| 5409 | * envPtr->termOffset is filled in with the offset of the character in
|
---|
| 5410 | * "string" just after the last one successfully processed.
|
---|
| 5411 | *
|
---|
| 5412 | * envPtr->maxStackDepth is updated with the maximum number of stack
|
---|
| 5413 | * elements needed to execute the "while" command.
|
---|
| 5414 | *
|
---|
| 5415 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 5416 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to evaluate the "while" command
|
---|
| 5417 | * at runtime.
|
---|
| 5418 | *
|
---|
| 5419 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 5420 | */
|
---|
| 5421 |
|
---|
| 5422 | int
|
---|
| 5423 | TclCompileWhileCmd(interp, string, lastChar, flags, envPtr)
|
---|
| 5424 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
|
---|
| 5425 | char *string; /* The source string to compile. */
|
---|
| 5426 | char *lastChar; /* Pointer to terminating character of
|
---|
| 5427 | * string. */
|
---|
| 5428 | int flags; /* Flags to control compilation (same as
|
---|
| 5429 | * passed to Tcl_Eval). */
|
---|
| 5430 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Holds resulting instructions. */
|
---|
| 5431 | {
|
---|
| 5432 | register char *src = string;/* Points to current source char. */
|
---|
| 5433 | register int type; /* Current char's CHAR_TYPE type. */
|
---|
| 5434 | int maxDepth = 0; /* Maximum number of stack elements needed
|
---|
| 5435 | * to execute cmd. */
|
---|
| 5436 | int range = -1; /* Index in the ExceptionRange array of the
|
---|
| 5437 | * ExceptionRange record for this loop. */
|
---|
| 5438 | JumpFixup jumpFalseFixup; /* Used to update or replace the ifFalse
|
---|
| 5439 | * jump after test when its target PC is
|
---|
| 5440 | * determined. */
|
---|
| 5441 | unsigned char *jumpPc;
|
---|
| 5442 | int jumpDist, jumpBackDist, jumpBackOffset, objIndex, result;
|
---|
| 5443 | int savePushSimpleWords = envPtr->pushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 5444 |
|
---|
| 5445 | AdvanceToNextWord(src, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5446 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 5447 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 5448 | if (type == TCL_COMMAND_END) {
|
---|
| 5449 | badArgs:
|
---|
| 5450 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 5451 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 5452 | "wrong # args: should be \"while test command\"", -1);
|
---|
| 5453 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 5454 | goto done;
|
---|
| 5455 | }
|
---|
| 5456 |
|
---|
| 5457 | /*
|
---|
| 5458 | * If the test expression is not enclosed in braces, don't compile
|
---|
| 5459 | * the while inline. As a result of Tcl's two level substitution
|
---|
| 5460 | * semantics for expressions, the expression might have a constant
|
---|
| 5461 | * value that results in the loop never executing, or executing forever.
|
---|
| 5462 | * Consider "set x 0; whie "$x > 5" {incr x}": the loop body
|
---|
| 5463 | * should never be executed.
|
---|
| 5464 | * NOTE: This is an overly aggressive test, since there are legitimate
|
---|
| 5465 | * literals that could be compiled but aren't in braces. However, until
|
---|
| 5466 | * the parser is integrated in 8.1, this is the simplest implementation.
|
---|
| 5467 | */
|
---|
| 5468 |
|
---|
| 5469 | if (*src != '{') {
|
---|
| 5470 | result = TCL_OUT_LINE_COMPILE;
|
---|
| 5471 | goto done;
|
---|
| 5472 | }
|
---|
| 5473 |
|
---|
| 5474 | /*
|
---|
| 5475 | * Create and initialize a ExceptionRange record to hold information
|
---|
| 5476 | * about this loop. This is used to implement break and continue.
|
---|
| 5477 | */
|
---|
| 5478 |
|
---|
| 5479 | envPtr->excRangeDepth++;
|
---|
| 5480 | envPtr->maxExcRangeDepth =
|
---|
| 5481 | TclMax(envPtr->excRangeDepth, envPtr->maxExcRangeDepth);
|
---|
| 5482 |
|
---|
| 5483 | range = CreateExceptionRange(LOOP_EXCEPTION_RANGE, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5484 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].continueOffset = TclCurrCodeOffset();
|
---|
| 5485 |
|
---|
| 5486 | /*
|
---|
| 5487 | * Compile the next word: the test expression.
|
---|
| 5488 | */
|
---|
| 5489 |
|
---|
| 5490 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = 1;
|
---|
| 5491 | result = CompileExprWord(interp, src, lastChar, flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5492 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 5493 | if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
|
---|
| 5494 | Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(interp,
|
---|
| 5495 | "\n (\"while\" test expression)", -1);
|
---|
| 5496 | }
|
---|
| 5497 | goto done;
|
---|
| 5498 | }
|
---|
| 5499 | maxDepth = envPtr->maxStackDepth;
|
---|
| 5500 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 5501 |
|
---|
| 5502 | /*
|
---|
| 5503 | * Emit the ifFalse jump that terminates the while if the test was
|
---|
| 5504 | * false. We emit a one byte (relative) jump here, and replace it
|
---|
| 5505 | * later with a four byte jump if the jump target is more than
|
---|
| 5506 | * 127 bytes away.
|
---|
| 5507 | */
|
---|
| 5508 |
|
---|
| 5509 | TclEmitForwardJump(envPtr, TCL_FALSE_JUMP, &jumpFalseFixup);
|
---|
| 5510 |
|
---|
| 5511 | /*
|
---|
| 5512 | * Compile the loop body word inline. Also register the loop body's
|
---|
| 5513 | * starting PC offset and byte length in the its ExceptionRange record.
|
---|
| 5514 | */
|
---|
| 5515 |
|
---|
| 5516 | AdvanceToNextWord(src, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5517 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 5518 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 5519 | if (type == TCL_COMMAND_END) {
|
---|
| 5520 | goto badArgs;
|
---|
| 5521 | }
|
---|
| 5522 |
|
---|
| 5523 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].codeOffset = TclCurrCodeOffset();
|
---|
| 5524 | result = CompileCmdWordInline(interp, src, lastChar,
|
---|
| 5525 | flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5526 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 5527 | if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
|
---|
| 5528 | char msg[60];
|
---|
| 5529 | sprintf(msg, "\n (\"while\" body line %d)", interp->errorLine);
|
---|
| 5530 | Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(interp, msg, -1);
|
---|
| 5531 | }
|
---|
| 5532 | goto done;
|
---|
| 5533 | }
|
---|
| 5534 | maxDepth = TclMax(envPtr->maxStackDepth, maxDepth);
|
---|
| 5535 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 5536 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].numCodeBytes =
|
---|
| 5537 | (TclCurrCodeOffset() - envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].codeOffset);
|
---|
| 5538 |
|
---|
| 5539 | /*
|
---|
| 5540 | * Discard the loop body's result.
|
---|
| 5541 | */
|
---|
| 5542 |
|
---|
| 5543 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5544 |
|
---|
| 5545 | /*
|
---|
| 5546 | * Emit the unconditional jump back to the test at the top of the
|
---|
| 5547 | * loop. We generate a four byte jump if the distance to the while's
|
---|
| 5548 | * test is greater than 120 bytes. This is conservative, and ensures
|
---|
| 5549 | * that we won't have to replace this unconditional jump if we later
|
---|
| 5550 | * need to replace the ifFalse jump with a four-byte jump.
|
---|
| 5551 | */
|
---|
| 5552 |
|
---|
| 5553 | jumpBackOffset = TclCurrCodeOffset();
|
---|
| 5554 | jumpBackDist =
|
---|
| 5555 | (jumpBackOffset - envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].continueOffset);
|
---|
| 5556 | if (jumpBackDist > 120) {
|
---|
| 5557 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_JUMP4, /*offset*/ -jumpBackDist, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5558 | } else {
|
---|
| 5559 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_JUMP1, /*offset*/ -jumpBackDist, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5560 | }
|
---|
| 5561 |
|
---|
| 5562 | /*
|
---|
| 5563 | * Now that we know the target of the jumpFalse after the test, update
|
---|
| 5564 | * it with the correct distance. If the distance is too great (more
|
---|
| 5565 | * than 127 bytes), replace that jump with a four byte instruction and
|
---|
| 5566 | * move the instructions after the jump down.
|
---|
| 5567 | */
|
---|
| 5568 |
|
---|
| 5569 | jumpDist = (TclCurrCodeOffset() - jumpFalseFixup.codeOffset);
|
---|
| 5570 | if (TclFixupForwardJump(envPtr, &jumpFalseFixup, jumpDist, 127)) {
|
---|
| 5571 | /*
|
---|
| 5572 | * Update the loop body's starting PC offset since it moved down.
|
---|
| 5573 | */
|
---|
| 5574 |
|
---|
| 5575 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].codeOffset += 3;
|
---|
| 5576 |
|
---|
| 5577 | /*
|
---|
| 5578 | * Update the distance for the unconditional jump back to the test
|
---|
| 5579 | * at the top of the loop since it moved down 3 bytes too.
|
---|
| 5580 | */
|
---|
| 5581 |
|
---|
| 5582 | jumpBackOffset += 3;
|
---|
| 5583 | jumpPc = (envPtr->codeStart + jumpBackOffset);
|
---|
| 5584 | if (jumpBackDist > 120) {
|
---|
| 5585 | jumpBackDist += 3;
|
---|
| 5586 | TclUpdateInstInt4AtPc(INST_JUMP4, /*offset*/ -jumpBackDist,
|
---|
| 5587 | jumpPc);
|
---|
| 5588 | } else {
|
---|
| 5589 | jumpBackDist += 3;
|
---|
| 5590 | TclUpdateInstInt1AtPc(INST_JUMP1, /*offset*/ -jumpBackDist,
|
---|
| 5591 | jumpPc);
|
---|
| 5592 | }
|
---|
| 5593 | }
|
---|
| 5594 |
|
---|
| 5595 | /*
|
---|
| 5596 | * The current PC offset (after the loop's body) is the loop's
|
---|
| 5597 | * break target.
|
---|
| 5598 | */
|
---|
| 5599 |
|
---|
| 5600 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].breakOffset = TclCurrCodeOffset();
|
---|
| 5601 |
|
---|
| 5602 | /*
|
---|
| 5603 | * Push an empty string object as the while command's result.
|
---|
| 5604 | */
|
---|
| 5605 |
|
---|
| 5606 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString("", 0, /*allocStrRep*/ 0, /*inHeap*/ 0,
|
---|
| 5607 | envPtr);
|
---|
| 5608 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5609 | if (maxDepth == 0) {
|
---|
| 5610 | maxDepth = 1;
|
---|
| 5611 | }
|
---|
| 5612 |
|
---|
| 5613 | /*
|
---|
| 5614 | * Skip over white space until the end of the command.
|
---|
| 5615 | */
|
---|
| 5616 |
|
---|
| 5617 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 5618 | if (type != TCL_COMMAND_END) {
|
---|
| 5619 | AdvanceToNextWord(src, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5620 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 5621 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 5622 | if (type != TCL_COMMAND_END) {
|
---|
| 5623 | goto badArgs;
|
---|
| 5624 | }
|
---|
| 5625 | }
|
---|
| 5626 |
|
---|
| 5627 | done:
|
---|
| 5628 | envPtr->termOffset = (src - string);
|
---|
| 5629 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = savePushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 5630 | envPtr->maxStackDepth = maxDepth;
|
---|
| 5631 | if (range != -1) {
|
---|
| 5632 | envPtr->excRangeDepth--;
|
---|
| 5633 | }
|
---|
| 5634 | return result;
|
---|
| 5635 | }
|
---|
| 5636 | |
---|
| 5637 |
|
---|
| 5638 | /*
|
---|
| 5639 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 5640 | *
|
---|
| 5641 | * CompileExprWord --
|
---|
| 5642 | *
|
---|
| 5643 | * Procedure that compiles a Tcl expression in a command word.
|
---|
| 5644 | *
|
---|
| 5645 | * Results:
|
---|
| 5646 | * The return value is a standard Tcl result, which is TCL_OK unless
|
---|
| 5647 | * there was an error while compiling string. If an error occurs then
|
---|
| 5648 | * the interpreter's result contains a standard error message.
|
---|
| 5649 | *
|
---|
| 5650 | * envPtr->termOffset is filled in with the offset of the character in
|
---|
| 5651 | * "string" just after the last one successfully processed.
|
---|
| 5652 | *
|
---|
| 5653 | * envPtr->maxStackDepth is updated with the maximum number of stack
|
---|
| 5654 | * elements needed to execute the "expr" word.
|
---|
| 5655 | *
|
---|
| 5656 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 5657 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to evaluate the expression word
|
---|
| 5658 | * at runtime.
|
---|
| 5659 | *
|
---|
| 5660 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 5661 | */
|
---|
| 5662 |
|
---|
| 5663 | static int
|
---|
| 5664 | CompileExprWord(interp, string, lastChar, flags, envPtr)
|
---|
| 5665 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
|
---|
| 5666 | char *string; /* The source string to compile. */
|
---|
| 5667 | char *lastChar; /* Pointer to terminating character of
|
---|
| 5668 | * string. */
|
---|
| 5669 | int flags; /* Flags to control compilation (same as
|
---|
| 5670 | * passed to Tcl_Eval). */
|
---|
| 5671 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Holds resulting instructions. */
|
---|
| 5672 | {
|
---|
| 5673 | register char *src = string;/* Points to current source char. */
|
---|
| 5674 | register int type; /* Current char's CHAR_TYPE type. */
|
---|
| 5675 | int maxDepth = 0; /* Maximum number of stack elements needed
|
---|
| 5676 | * to execute the expression. */
|
---|
| 5677 | int nestedCmd = (flags & TCL_BRACKET_TERM);
|
---|
| 5678 | /* 1 if script being compiled is a nested
|
---|
| 5679 | * command and is terminated by a ']';
|
---|
| 5680 | * otherwise 0. */
|
---|
| 5681 | char *first, *last; /* Points to the first and last significant
|
---|
| 5682 | * characters of the word. */
|
---|
| 5683 | char savedChar; /* Holds the character termporarily replaced
|
---|
| 5684 | * by a null character during compilation
|
---|
| 5685 | * of the expression. */
|
---|
| 5686 | int inlineCode; /* 1 if inline "optimistic" code is
|
---|
| 5687 | * emitted for the expression; else 0. */
|
---|
| 5688 | int range = -1; /* If we inline compile an un-{}'d
|
---|
| 5689 | * expression, the index for its catch range
|
---|
| 5690 | * record in the ExceptionRange array.
|
---|
| 5691 | * Initialized to enable proper cleanup. */
|
---|
| 5692 | JumpFixup jumpFixup; /* Used to emit the "success" jump after
|
---|
| 5693 | * the inline expression code. */
|
---|
| 5694 | char *p;
|
---|
| 5695 | char c;
|
---|
| 5696 | int savePushSimpleWords = envPtr->pushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 5697 | int saveExprIsJustVarRef = envPtr->exprIsJustVarRef;
|
---|
| 5698 | int saveExprIsComparison = envPtr->exprIsComparison;
|
---|
| 5699 | int numChars, result;
|
---|
| 5700 |
|
---|
| 5701 | /*
|
---|
| 5702 | * Skip over leading white space.
|
---|
| 5703 | */
|
---|
| 5704 |
|
---|
| 5705 | AdvanceToNextWord(src, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5706 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 5707 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 5708 | if (type == TCL_COMMAND_END) {
|
---|
| 5709 | badArgs:
|
---|
| 5710 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 5711 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 5712 | "malformed expression word", -1);
|
---|
| 5713 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 5714 | goto done;
|
---|
| 5715 | }
|
---|
| 5716 |
|
---|
| 5717 | /*
|
---|
| 5718 | * If the word is enclosed in {}s, we may strip them off and safely
|
---|
| 5719 | * compile the expression into an inline sequence of instructions using
|
---|
| 5720 | * TclCompileExpr. We know these instructions will have the right Tcl7.x
|
---|
| 5721 | * expression semantics.
|
---|
| 5722 | *
|
---|
| 5723 | * Otherwise, if the word is not enclosed in {}s, we may need to call
|
---|
| 5724 | * the expr command (Tcl_ExprObjCmd) at runtime. This recompiles the
|
---|
| 5725 | * expression each time (typically) and so is slow. However, there are
|
---|
| 5726 | * some circumstances where we can still compile inline instructions
|
---|
| 5727 | * "optimistically" and check, during their execution, for double
|
---|
| 5728 | * substitutions (these appear as nonnumeric operands). We check for any
|
---|
| 5729 | * backslash or command substitutions. If none appear, and only variable
|
---|
| 5730 | * substitutions are found, we generate inline instructions.
|
---|
| 5731 | *
|
---|
| 5732 | * For now, if the expression is not enclosed in {}s, we call the expr
|
---|
| 5733 | * command at runtime if either command or backslash substitutions
|
---|
| 5734 | * appear (but not if only variable substitutions appear).
|
---|
| 5735 | */
|
---|
| 5736 |
|
---|
| 5737 | if (*src == '{') {
|
---|
| 5738 | /*
|
---|
| 5739 | * Inline compile the expression inside {}s.
|
---|
| 5740 | */
|
---|
| 5741 |
|
---|
| 5742 | first = src+1;
|
---|
| 5743 | src = TclWordEnd(src, lastChar, nestedCmd, NULL);
|
---|
| 5744 | if (*src == 0) {
|
---|
| 5745 | goto badArgs;
|
---|
| 5746 | }
|
---|
| 5747 | if (*src != '}') {
|
---|
| 5748 | goto badArgs;
|
---|
| 5749 | }
|
---|
| 5750 | last = (src-1);
|
---|
| 5751 |
|
---|
| 5752 | numChars = (last - first + 1);
|
---|
| 5753 | savedChar = first[numChars];
|
---|
| 5754 | first[numChars] = '\0';
|
---|
| 5755 | result = TclCompileExpr(interp, first, first+numChars,
|
---|
| 5756 | flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5757 | first[numChars] = savedChar;
|
---|
| 5758 |
|
---|
| 5759 | src++;
|
---|
| 5760 | maxDepth = envPtr->maxStackDepth;
|
---|
| 5761 | } else {
|
---|
| 5762 | /*
|
---|
| 5763 | * No braces. If the expression is enclosed in '"'s, call the expr
|
---|
| 5764 | * cmd at runtime. Otherwise, scan the word's characters looking for
|
---|
| 5765 | * any '['s or (for now) '\'s. If any are found, just call expr cmd
|
---|
| 5766 | * at runtime.
|
---|
| 5767 | */
|
---|
| 5768 |
|
---|
| 5769 | first = src;
|
---|
| 5770 | last = TclWordEnd(first, lastChar, nestedCmd, NULL);
|
---|
| 5771 | if (*last == 0) { /* word doesn't end properly. */
|
---|
| 5772 | src = last;
|
---|
| 5773 | goto badArgs;
|
---|
| 5774 | }
|
---|
| 5775 |
|
---|
| 5776 | inlineCode = 1;
|
---|
| 5777 | if ((*first == '"') && (*last == '"')) {
|
---|
| 5778 | inlineCode = 0;
|
---|
| 5779 | } else {
|
---|
| 5780 | for (p = first; p <= last; p++) {
|
---|
| 5781 | c = *p;
|
---|
| 5782 | if ((c == '[') || (c == '\\')) {
|
---|
| 5783 | inlineCode = 0;
|
---|
| 5784 | break;
|
---|
| 5785 | }
|
---|
| 5786 | }
|
---|
| 5787 | }
|
---|
| 5788 |
|
---|
| 5789 | if (inlineCode) {
|
---|
| 5790 | /*
|
---|
| 5791 | * Inline compile the expression inside a "catch" so that a
|
---|
| 5792 | * runtime error will back off to make a (slow) call on expr.
|
---|
| 5793 | */
|
---|
| 5794 |
|
---|
| 5795 | int startCodeOffset = (envPtr->codeNext - envPtr->codeStart);
|
---|
| 5796 | int startRangeNext = envPtr->excRangeArrayNext;
|
---|
| 5797 |
|
---|
| 5798 | /*
|
---|
| 5799 | * Create a ExceptionRange record to hold information about
|
---|
| 5800 | * the "catch" range for the expression's inline code. Also
|
---|
| 5801 | * emit the instruction to mark the start of the range.
|
---|
| 5802 | */
|
---|
| 5803 |
|
---|
| 5804 | envPtr->excRangeDepth++;
|
---|
| 5805 | envPtr->maxExcRangeDepth =
|
---|
| 5806 | TclMax(envPtr->excRangeDepth, envPtr->maxExcRangeDepth);
|
---|
| 5807 | range = CreateExceptionRange(CATCH_EXCEPTION_RANGE, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5808 | TclEmitInstUInt4(INST_BEGIN_CATCH4, range, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5809 |
|
---|
| 5810 | /*
|
---|
| 5811 | * Inline compile the expression.
|
---|
| 5812 | */
|
---|
| 5813 |
|
---|
| 5814 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].codeOffset = TclCurrCodeOffset();
|
---|
| 5815 | numChars = (last - first + 1);
|
---|
| 5816 | savedChar = first[numChars];
|
---|
| 5817 | first[numChars] = '\0';
|
---|
| 5818 | result = TclCompileExpr(interp, first, first + numChars,
|
---|
| 5819 | flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5820 | first[numChars] = savedChar;
|
---|
| 5821 |
|
---|
| 5822 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].numCodeBytes =
|
---|
| 5823 | TclCurrCodeOffset() - envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].codeOffset;
|
---|
| 5824 |
|
---|
| 5825 | if ((result != TCL_OK) || (envPtr->exprIsJustVarRef)
|
---|
| 5826 | || (envPtr->exprIsComparison)) {
|
---|
| 5827 | /*
|
---|
| 5828 | * We must call the expr command at runtime. Either there
|
---|
| 5829 | * was a compilation error or the inline code might fail to
|
---|
| 5830 | * give the correct 2 level substitution semantics.
|
---|
| 5831 | *
|
---|
| 5832 | * The latter can happen if the expression consisted of just
|
---|
| 5833 | * a single variable reference or if the top-level operator
|
---|
| 5834 | * in the expr is a comparison (which might operate on
|
---|
| 5835 | * strings). In the latter case, the expression's code might
|
---|
| 5836 | * execute (apparently) successfully but produce the wrong
|
---|
| 5837 | * result. We depend on its execution failing if a second
|
---|
| 5838 | * level of substitutions is required. This causes the
|
---|
| 5839 | * "catch" code we generate around the inline code to back
|
---|
| 5840 | * off to a call on the expr command at runtime, and this
|
---|
| 5841 | * always gives the right 2 level substitution semantics.
|
---|
| 5842 | *
|
---|
| 5843 | * We delete the inline code by backing up the code pc and
|
---|
| 5844 | * catch index. Note that if there was a compilation error,
|
---|
| 5845 | * we can't report the error yet since the expression might
|
---|
| 5846 | * be valid after the second round of substitutions.
|
---|
| 5847 | */
|
---|
| 5848 |
|
---|
| 5849 | envPtr->codeNext = (envPtr->codeStart + startCodeOffset);
|
---|
| 5850 | envPtr->excRangeArrayNext = startRangeNext;
|
---|
| 5851 | inlineCode = 0;
|
---|
| 5852 | } else {
|
---|
| 5853 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_END_CATCH, envPtr); /* for ok case */
|
---|
| 5854 | TclEmitForwardJump(envPtr, TCL_UNCONDITIONAL_JUMP, &jumpFixup);
|
---|
| 5855 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].catchOffset = TclCurrCodeOffset();
|
---|
| 5856 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_END_CATCH, envPtr); /* for error case */
|
---|
| 5857 | }
|
---|
| 5858 | }
|
---|
| 5859 |
|
---|
| 5860 | /*
|
---|
| 5861 | * Arrange to call expr at runtime with the (already substituted
|
---|
| 5862 | * once) expression word on the stack.
|
---|
| 5863 | */
|
---|
| 5864 |
|
---|
| 5865 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = 1;
|
---|
| 5866 | result = CompileWord(interp, first, lastChar, flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5867 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 5868 | maxDepth = envPtr->maxStackDepth;
|
---|
| 5869 | if (result == TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 5870 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_EXPR_STK, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5871 | }
|
---|
| 5872 |
|
---|
| 5873 | /*
|
---|
| 5874 | * If emitting inline code for this non-{}'d expression, update
|
---|
| 5875 | * the target of the jump after that inline code.
|
---|
| 5876 | */
|
---|
| 5877 |
|
---|
| 5878 | if (inlineCode) {
|
---|
| 5879 | int jumpDist = (TclCurrCodeOffset() - jumpFixup.codeOffset);
|
---|
| 5880 | if (TclFixupForwardJump(envPtr, &jumpFixup, jumpDist, 127)) {
|
---|
| 5881 | /*
|
---|
| 5882 | * Update the inline expression code's catch ExceptionRange
|
---|
| 5883 | * target since it, being after the jump, also moved down.
|
---|
| 5884 | */
|
---|
| 5885 |
|
---|
| 5886 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[range].catchOffset += 3;
|
---|
| 5887 | }
|
---|
| 5888 | }
|
---|
| 5889 | } /* if expression isn't in {}s */
|
---|
| 5890 |
|
---|
| 5891 | done:
|
---|
| 5892 | if (range != -1) {
|
---|
| 5893 | envPtr->excRangeDepth--;
|
---|
| 5894 | }
|
---|
| 5895 | envPtr->termOffset = (src - string);
|
---|
| 5896 | envPtr->maxStackDepth = maxDepth;
|
---|
| 5897 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = savePushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 5898 | envPtr->exprIsJustVarRef = saveExprIsJustVarRef;
|
---|
| 5899 | envPtr->exprIsComparison = saveExprIsComparison;
|
---|
| 5900 | return result;
|
---|
| 5901 | }
|
---|
| 5902 | |
---|
| 5903 |
|
---|
| 5904 | /*
|
---|
| 5905 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 5906 | *
|
---|
| 5907 | * CompileCmdWordInline --
|
---|
| 5908 | *
|
---|
| 5909 | * Procedure that compiles a Tcl command word inline. If the word is
|
---|
| 5910 | * enclosed in quotes or braces, we call TclCompileString to compile it
|
---|
| 5911 | * after stripping them off. Otherwise, we normally push the word's
|
---|
| 5912 | * value and call eval at runtime, but if the word is just a sequence
|
---|
| 5913 | * of alphanumeric characters, we emit an invoke instruction
|
---|
| 5914 | * directly. This procedure assumes that string points to the start of
|
---|
| 5915 | * the word to compile.
|
---|
| 5916 | *
|
---|
| 5917 | * Results:
|
---|
| 5918 | * The return value is a standard Tcl result, which is TCL_OK unless
|
---|
| 5919 | * there was an error while compiling string. If an error occurs then
|
---|
| 5920 | * the interpreter's result contains a standard error message.
|
---|
| 5921 | *
|
---|
| 5922 | * envPtr->termOffset is filled in with the offset of the character in
|
---|
| 5923 | * "string" just after the last one successfully processed.
|
---|
| 5924 | *
|
---|
| 5925 | * envPtr->maxStackDepth is updated with the maximum number of stack
|
---|
| 5926 | * elements needed to execute the command.
|
---|
| 5927 | *
|
---|
| 5928 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 5929 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the command word
|
---|
| 5930 | * at runtime.
|
---|
| 5931 | *
|
---|
| 5932 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 5933 | */
|
---|
| 5934 |
|
---|
| 5935 | static int
|
---|
| 5936 | CompileCmdWordInline(interp, string, lastChar, flags, envPtr)
|
---|
| 5937 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
|
---|
| 5938 | char *string; /* The source string to compile. */
|
---|
| 5939 | char *lastChar; /* Pointer to terminating character of
|
---|
| 5940 | * string. */
|
---|
| 5941 | int flags; /* Flags to control compilation (same as
|
---|
| 5942 | * passed to Tcl_Eval). */
|
---|
| 5943 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Holds resulting instructions. */
|
---|
| 5944 | {
|
---|
| 5945 | Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
|
---|
| 5946 | register char *src = string;/* Points to current source char. */
|
---|
| 5947 | register int type; /* Current char's CHAR_TYPE type. */
|
---|
| 5948 | int maxDepth = 0; /* Maximum number of stack elements needed
|
---|
| 5949 | * to execute cmd. */
|
---|
| 5950 | char *termPtr; /* Points to char that terminated braced
|
---|
| 5951 | * string. */
|
---|
| 5952 | char savedChar; /* Holds the character termporarily replaced
|
---|
| 5953 | * by a null character during compilation
|
---|
| 5954 | * of the command. */
|
---|
| 5955 | int savePushSimpleWords = envPtr->pushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 5956 | int objIndex;
|
---|
| 5957 | int result = TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 5958 | register char c;
|
---|
| 5959 |
|
---|
| 5960 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 5961 | if (type & (TCL_QUOTE | TCL_OPEN_BRACE)) {
|
---|
| 5962 | src++;
|
---|
| 5963 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = 0;
|
---|
| 5964 | if (type == TCL_QUOTE) {
|
---|
| 5965 | result = TclCompileQuotes(interp, src, lastChar,
|
---|
| 5966 | '"', flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5967 | } else {
|
---|
| 5968 | result = CompileBraces(interp, src, lastChar, flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 5969 | }
|
---|
| 5970 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 5971 | goto done;
|
---|
| 5972 | }
|
---|
| 5973 |
|
---|
| 5974 | /*
|
---|
| 5975 | * Make sure the terminating character is the end of word.
|
---|
| 5976 | */
|
---|
| 5977 |
|
---|
| 5978 | termPtr = (src + envPtr->termOffset);
|
---|
| 5979 | c = *termPtr;
|
---|
| 5980 | if ((c == '\\') && (*(termPtr+1) == '\n')) {
|
---|
| 5981 | /*
|
---|
| 5982 | * Line is continued on next line; the backslash-newline turns
|
---|
| 5983 | * into space, which terminates the word.
|
---|
| 5984 | */
|
---|
| 5985 | } else {
|
---|
| 5986 | type = CHAR_TYPE(termPtr, lastChar);
|
---|
| 5987 | if ((type != TCL_SPACE) && (type != TCL_COMMAND_END)) {
|
---|
| 5988 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 5989 | if (*(src-1) == '"') {
|
---|
| 5990 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 5991 | "extra characters after close-quote", -1);
|
---|
| 5992 | } else {
|
---|
| 5993 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 5994 | "extra characters after close-brace", -1);
|
---|
| 5995 | }
|
---|
| 5996 | result = TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 5997 | goto done;
|
---|
| 5998 | }
|
---|
| 5999 | }
|
---|
| 6000 |
|
---|
| 6001 | if (envPtr->wordIsSimple) {
|
---|
| 6002 | /*
|
---|
| 6003 | * A simple word enclosed in "" or {}s. Call TclCompileString to
|
---|
| 6004 | * compile it inline. Add a null character after the end of the
|
---|
| 6005 | * quoted or braced string: i.e., at the " or }. Turn the
|
---|
| 6006 | * flag bit TCL_BRACKET_TERM off since the recursively
|
---|
| 6007 | * compiled subcommand is now terminated by a null character.
|
---|
| 6008 | */
|
---|
| 6009 | char *closeCharPos = (termPtr - 1);
|
---|
| 6010 |
|
---|
| 6011 | savedChar = *closeCharPos;
|
---|
| 6012 | *closeCharPos = '\0';
|
---|
| 6013 | result = TclCompileString(interp, src, closeCharPos,
|
---|
| 6014 | (flags & ~TCL_BRACKET_TERM), envPtr);
|
---|
| 6015 | *closeCharPos = savedChar;
|
---|
| 6016 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 6017 | goto done;
|
---|
| 6018 | }
|
---|
| 6019 | } else {
|
---|
| 6020 | /*
|
---|
| 6021 | * The braced string contained a backslash-newline. Call eval
|
---|
| 6022 | * at runtime.
|
---|
| 6023 | */
|
---|
| 6024 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_EVAL_STK, envPtr);
|
---|
| 6025 | }
|
---|
| 6026 | src = termPtr;
|
---|
| 6027 | maxDepth = envPtr->maxStackDepth;
|
---|
| 6028 | } else {
|
---|
| 6029 | /*
|
---|
| 6030 | * Not a braced or quoted string. We normally push the word's
|
---|
| 6031 | * value and call eval at runtime. However, if the word is just
|
---|
| 6032 | * a sequence of alphanumeric characters, we call its compile
|
---|
| 6033 | * procedure, if any, or otherwise just emit an invoke instruction.
|
---|
| 6034 | */
|
---|
| 6035 |
|
---|
| 6036 | char *p = src;
|
---|
| 6037 | c = *p;
|
---|
| 6038 | while (isalnum(UCHAR(c)) || (c == '_')) {
|
---|
| 6039 | p++;
|
---|
| 6040 | c = *p;
|
---|
| 6041 | }
|
---|
| 6042 | type = CHAR_TYPE(p, lastChar);
|
---|
| 6043 | if ((p > src) && (type == TCL_COMMAND_END)) {
|
---|
| 6044 | /*
|
---|
| 6045 | * Look for a compile procedure and call it. Otherwise emit an
|
---|
| 6046 | * invoke instruction to call the command at runtime.
|
---|
| 6047 | */
|
---|
| 6048 |
|
---|
| 6049 | Tcl_Command cmd;
|
---|
| 6050 | Command *cmdPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 6051 | int wasCompiled = 0;
|
---|
| 6052 |
|
---|
| 6053 | savedChar = *p;
|
---|
| 6054 | *p = '\0';
|
---|
| 6055 |
|
---|
| 6056 | cmd = Tcl_FindCommand(interp, src, (Tcl_Namespace *) NULL,
|
---|
| 6057 | /*flags*/ 0);
|
---|
| 6058 | if (cmd != (Tcl_Command) NULL) {
|
---|
| 6059 | cmdPtr = (Command *) cmd;
|
---|
| 6060 | }
|
---|
| 6061 | if (cmdPtr != NULL && cmdPtr->compileProc != NULL) {
|
---|
| 6062 | *p = savedChar;
|
---|
| 6063 | src = p;
|
---|
| 6064 | iPtr->flags &= ~(ERR_ALREADY_LOGGED | ERR_IN_PROGRESS
|
---|
| 6065 | | ERROR_CODE_SET);
|
---|
| 6066 | result = (*(cmdPtr->compileProc))(interp, src, lastChar, flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 6067 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 6068 | goto done;
|
---|
| 6069 | }
|
---|
| 6070 | wasCompiled = 1;
|
---|
| 6071 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 6072 | maxDepth = envPtr->maxStackDepth;
|
---|
| 6073 | }
|
---|
| 6074 | if (!wasCompiled) {
|
---|
| 6075 | objIndex = TclObjIndexForString(src, p-src,
|
---|
| 6076 | /*allocStrRep*/ 1, /*inHeap*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 6077 | *p = savedChar;
|
---|
| 6078 | TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr);
|
---|
| 6079 | TclEmitInstUInt1(INST_INVOKE_STK1, 1, envPtr);
|
---|
| 6080 | src = p;
|
---|
| 6081 | maxDepth = 1;
|
---|
| 6082 | }
|
---|
| 6083 | } else {
|
---|
| 6084 | /*
|
---|
| 6085 | * Push the word and call eval at runtime.
|
---|
| 6086 | */
|
---|
| 6087 |
|
---|
| 6088 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = 1;
|
---|
| 6089 | result = CompileWord(interp, src, lastChar, flags, envPtr);
|
---|
| 6090 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 6091 | goto done;
|
---|
| 6092 | }
|
---|
| 6093 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_EVAL_STK, envPtr);
|
---|
| 6094 | src += envPtr->termOffset;
|
---|
| 6095 | maxDepth = envPtr->maxStackDepth;
|
---|
| 6096 | }
|
---|
| 6097 | }
|
---|
| 6098 |
|
---|
| 6099 | done:
|
---|
| 6100 | envPtr->termOffset = (src - string);
|
---|
| 6101 | envPtr->maxStackDepth = maxDepth;
|
---|
| 6102 | envPtr->pushSimpleWords = savePushSimpleWords;
|
---|
| 6103 | return result;
|
---|
| 6104 | }
|
---|
| 6105 | |
---|
| 6106 |
|
---|
| 6107 | /*
|
---|
| 6108 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 6109 | *
|
---|
| 6110 | * LookupCompiledLocal --
|
---|
| 6111 | *
|
---|
| 6112 | * This procedure is called at compile time to look up and optionally
|
---|
| 6113 | * allocate an entry ("slot") for a variable in a procedure's array of
|
---|
| 6114 | * local variables. If the variable's name is NULL, a new temporary
|
---|
| 6115 | * variable is always created. (Such temporary variables can only be
|
---|
| 6116 | * referenced using their slot index.)
|
---|
| 6117 | *
|
---|
| 6118 | * Results:
|
---|
| 6119 | * If createIfNew is 0 (false) and the name is non-NULL, then if the
|
---|
| 6120 | * variable is found, the index of its entry in the procedure's array
|
---|
| 6121 | * of local variables is returned; otherwise -1 is returned.
|
---|
| 6122 | * If name is NULL, the index of a new temporary variable is returned.
|
---|
| 6123 | * Finally, if createIfNew is 1 and name is non-NULL, the index of a
|
---|
| 6124 | * new entry is returned.
|
---|
| 6125 | *
|
---|
| 6126 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 6127 | * Creates and registers a new local variable if createIfNew is 1 and
|
---|
| 6128 | * the variable is unknown, or if the name is NULL.
|
---|
| 6129 | *
|
---|
| 6130 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 6131 | */
|
---|
| 6132 |
|
---|
| 6133 | static int
|
---|
| 6134 | LookupCompiledLocal(name, nameChars, createIfNew, flagsIfCreated, procPtr)
|
---|
| 6135 | register char *name; /* Points to first character of the name of
|
---|
| 6136 | * a scalar or array variable. If NULL, a
|
---|
| 6137 | * temporary var should be created. */
|
---|
| 6138 | int nameChars; /* The length of the name excluding the
|
---|
| 6139 | * terminating null character. */
|
---|
| 6140 | int createIfNew; /* 1 to allocate a local frame entry for the
|
---|
| 6141 | * variable if it is new. */
|
---|
| 6142 | int flagsIfCreated; /* Flag bits for the compiled local if
|
---|
| 6143 | * created. Only VAR_SCALAR, VAR_ARRAY, and
|
---|
| 6144 | * VAR_LINK make sense. */
|
---|
| 6145 | register Proc *procPtr; /* Points to structure describing procedure
|
---|
| 6146 | * containing the variable reference. */
|
---|
| 6147 | {
|
---|
| 6148 | register CompiledLocal *localPtr;
|
---|
| 6149 | int localIndex = -1;
|
---|
| 6150 | register int i;
|
---|
| 6151 | int localCt;
|
---|
| 6152 |
|
---|
| 6153 | /*
|
---|
| 6154 | * If not creating a temporary, does a local variable of the specified
|
---|
| 6155 | * name already exist?
|
---|
| 6156 | */
|
---|
| 6157 |
|
---|
| 6158 | if (name != NULL) {
|
---|
| 6159 | localCt = procPtr->numCompiledLocals;
|
---|
| 6160 | localPtr = procPtr->firstLocalPtr;
|
---|
| 6161 | for (i = 0; i < localCt; i++) {
|
---|
| 6162 | if (!TclIsVarTemporary(localPtr)) {
|
---|
| 6163 | char *localName = localPtr->name;
|
---|
| 6164 | if ((name[0] == localName[0])
|
---|
| 6165 | && (nameChars == localPtr->nameLength)
|
---|
| 6166 | && (strncmp(name, localName, (unsigned) nameChars) == 0)) {
|
---|
| 6167 | return i;
|
---|
| 6168 | }
|
---|
| 6169 | }
|
---|
| 6170 | localPtr = localPtr->nextPtr;
|
---|
| 6171 | }
|
---|
| 6172 | }
|
---|
| 6173 |
|
---|
| 6174 | /*
|
---|
| 6175 | * Create a new variable if appropriate.
|
---|
| 6176 | */
|
---|
| 6177 |
|
---|
| 6178 | if (createIfNew || (name == NULL)) {
|
---|
| 6179 | localIndex = procPtr->numCompiledLocals;
|
---|
| 6180 | localPtr = (CompiledLocal *) ckalloc((unsigned)
|
---|
| 6181 | (sizeof(CompiledLocal) - sizeof(localPtr->name)
|
---|
| 6182 | + nameChars+1));
|
---|
| 6183 | if (procPtr->firstLocalPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
| 6184 | procPtr->firstLocalPtr = procPtr->lastLocalPtr = localPtr;
|
---|
| 6185 | } else {
|
---|
| 6186 | procPtr->lastLocalPtr->nextPtr = localPtr;
|
---|
| 6187 | procPtr->lastLocalPtr = localPtr;
|
---|
| 6188 | }
|
---|
| 6189 | localPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 6190 | localPtr->nameLength = nameChars;
|
---|
| 6191 | localPtr->frameIndex = localIndex;
|
---|
| 6192 | localPtr->flags = flagsIfCreated;
|
---|
| 6193 | if (name == NULL) {
|
---|
| 6194 | localPtr->flags |= VAR_TEMPORARY;
|
---|
| 6195 | }
|
---|
| 6196 | localPtr->defValuePtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 6197 | localPtr->resolveInfo = NULL;
|
---|
| 6198 |
|
---|
| 6199 | if (name != NULL) {
|
---|
| 6200 | memcpy((VOID *) localPtr->name, (VOID *) name, (size_t) nameChars);
|
---|
| 6201 | }
|
---|
| 6202 | localPtr->name[nameChars] = '\0';
|
---|
| 6203 | procPtr->numCompiledLocals++;
|
---|
| 6204 | }
|
---|
| 6205 | return localIndex;
|
---|
| 6206 | }
|
---|
| 6207 | |
---|
| 6208 |
|
---|
| 6209 | /*
|
---|
| 6210 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 6211 | *
|
---|
| 6212 | * TclInitCompiledLocals --
|
---|
| 6213 | *
|
---|
| 6214 | * This routine is invoked in order to initialize the compiled
|
---|
| 6215 | * locals table for a new call frame.
|
---|
| 6216 | *
|
---|
| 6217 | * Results:
|
---|
| 6218 | * None.
|
---|
| 6219 | *
|
---|
| 6220 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 6221 | * May invoke various name resolvers in order to determine which
|
---|
| 6222 | * variables are being referenced at runtime.
|
---|
| 6223 | *
|
---|
| 6224 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 6225 | */
|
---|
| 6226 |
|
---|
| 6227 | void
|
---|
| 6228 | TclInitCompiledLocals(interp, framePtr, nsPtr)
|
---|
| 6229 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
|
---|
| 6230 | CallFrame *framePtr; /* Call frame to initialize. */
|
---|
| 6231 | Namespace *nsPtr; /* Pointer to current namespace. */
|
---|
| 6232 | {
|
---|
| 6233 | register CompiledLocal *localPtr;
|
---|
| 6234 | Interp *iPtr = (Interp*) interp;
|
---|
| 6235 | Tcl_ResolvedVarInfo *vinfo, *resVarInfo;
|
---|
| 6236 | Var *varPtr = framePtr->compiledLocals;
|
---|
| 6237 | Var *resolvedVarPtr;
|
---|
| 6238 | ResolverScheme *resPtr;
|
---|
| 6239 | int result;
|
---|
| 6240 |
|
---|
| 6241 | /*
|
---|
| 6242 | * Initialize the array of local variables stored in the call frame.
|
---|
| 6243 | * Some variables may have special resolution rules. In that case,
|
---|
| 6244 | * we call their "resolver" procs to get our hands on the variable,
|
---|
| 6245 | * and we make the compiled local a link to the real variable.
|
---|
| 6246 | */
|
---|
| 6247 |
|
---|
| 6248 | for (localPtr = framePtr->procPtr->firstLocalPtr;
|
---|
| 6249 | localPtr != NULL;
|
---|
| 6250 | localPtr = localPtr->nextPtr) {
|
---|
| 6251 |
|
---|
| 6252 | /*
|
---|
| 6253 | * Check to see if this local is affected by namespace or
|
---|
| 6254 | * interp resolvers. The resolver to use is cached for the
|
---|
| 6255 | * next invocation of the procedure.
|
---|
| 6256 | */
|
---|
| 6257 |
|
---|
| 6258 | if (!(localPtr->flags & (VAR_ARGUMENT|VAR_TEMPORARY|VAR_RESOLVED))
|
---|
| 6259 | && (nsPtr->compiledVarResProc || iPtr->resolverPtr)) {
|
---|
| 6260 | resPtr = iPtr->resolverPtr;
|
---|
| 6261 |
|
---|
| 6262 | if (nsPtr->compiledVarResProc) {
|
---|
| 6263 | result = (*nsPtr->compiledVarResProc)(nsPtr->interp,
|
---|
| 6264 | localPtr->name, localPtr->nameLength,
|
---|
| 6265 | (Tcl_Namespace *) nsPtr, &vinfo);
|
---|
| 6266 | } else {
|
---|
| 6267 | result = TCL_CONTINUE;
|
---|
| 6268 | }
|
---|
| 6269 |
|
---|
| 6270 | while ((result == TCL_CONTINUE) && resPtr) {
|
---|
| 6271 | if (resPtr->compiledVarResProc) {
|
---|
| 6272 | result = (*resPtr->compiledVarResProc)(nsPtr->interp,
|
---|
| 6273 | localPtr->name, localPtr->nameLength,
|
---|
| 6274 | (Tcl_Namespace *) nsPtr, &vinfo);
|
---|
| 6275 | }
|
---|
| 6276 | resPtr = resPtr->nextPtr;
|
---|
| 6277 | }
|
---|
| 6278 | if (result == TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 6279 | localPtr->resolveInfo = vinfo;
|
---|
| 6280 | localPtr->flags |= VAR_RESOLVED;
|
---|
| 6281 | }
|
---|
| 6282 | }
|
---|
| 6283 |
|
---|
| 6284 | /*
|
---|
| 6285 | * Now invoke the resolvers to determine the exact variables that
|
---|
| 6286 | * should be used.
|
---|
| 6287 | */
|
---|
| 6288 |
|
---|
| 6289 | resVarInfo = localPtr->resolveInfo;
|
---|
| 6290 | resolvedVarPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 6291 |
|
---|
| 6292 | if (resVarInfo && resVarInfo->fetchProc) {
|
---|
| 6293 | resolvedVarPtr = (Var*) (*resVarInfo->fetchProc)(interp,
|
---|
| 6294 | resVarInfo);
|
---|
| 6295 | }
|
---|
| 6296 |
|
---|
| 6297 | if (resolvedVarPtr) {
|
---|
| 6298 | varPtr->name = localPtr->name; /* will be just '\0' if temp var */
|
---|
| 6299 | varPtr->nsPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 6300 | varPtr->hPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 6301 | varPtr->refCount = 0;
|
---|
| 6302 | varPtr->tracePtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 6303 | varPtr->searchPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 6304 | varPtr->flags = 0;
|
---|
| 6305 | TclSetVarLink(varPtr);
|
---|
| 6306 | varPtr->value.linkPtr = resolvedVarPtr;
|
---|
| 6307 | resolvedVarPtr->refCount++;
|
---|
| 6308 | } else {
|
---|
| 6309 | varPtr->value.objPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 6310 | varPtr->name = localPtr->name; /* will be just '\0' if temp var */
|
---|
| 6311 | varPtr->nsPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 6312 | varPtr->hPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 6313 | varPtr->refCount = 0;
|
---|
| 6314 | varPtr->tracePtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 6315 | varPtr->searchPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 6316 | varPtr->flags = (localPtr->flags | VAR_UNDEFINED);
|
---|
| 6317 | }
|
---|
| 6318 | varPtr++;
|
---|
| 6319 | }
|
---|
| 6320 | }
|
---|
| 6321 | |
---|
| 6322 |
|
---|
| 6323 | /*
|
---|
| 6324 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 6325 | *
|
---|
| 6326 | * AdvanceToNextWord --
|
---|
| 6327 | *
|
---|
| 6328 | * This procedure is called to skip over any leading white space at the
|
---|
| 6329 | * start of a word. Note that a backslash-newline is treated as a
|
---|
| 6330 | * space.
|
---|
| 6331 | *
|
---|
| 6332 | * Results:
|
---|
| 6333 | * None.
|
---|
| 6334 | *
|
---|
| 6335 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 6336 | * Updates envPtr->termOffset with the offset of the first
|
---|
| 6337 | * character in "string" that was not white space or a
|
---|
| 6338 | * backslash-newline. This might be the offset of the character that
|
---|
| 6339 | * ends the command: a newline, null, semicolon, or close-bracket.
|
---|
| 6340 | *
|
---|
| 6341 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 6342 | */
|
---|
| 6343 |
|
---|
| 6344 | static void
|
---|
| 6345 | AdvanceToNextWord(string, envPtr)
|
---|
| 6346 | char *string; /* The source string to compile. */
|
---|
| 6347 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Holds resulting instructions. */
|
---|
| 6348 | {
|
---|
| 6349 | register char *src; /* Points to current source char. */
|
---|
| 6350 | register int type; /* Current char's CHAR_TYPE type. */
|
---|
| 6351 |
|
---|
| 6352 | src = string;
|
---|
| 6353 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, src+1);
|
---|
| 6354 | while (type & (TCL_SPACE | TCL_BACKSLASH)) {
|
---|
| 6355 | if (type == TCL_BACKSLASH) {
|
---|
| 6356 | if (src[1] == '\n') {
|
---|
| 6357 | src += 2;
|
---|
| 6358 | } else {
|
---|
| 6359 | break; /* exit loop; no longer white space */
|
---|
| 6360 | }
|
---|
| 6361 | } else {
|
---|
| 6362 | src++;
|
---|
| 6363 | }
|
---|
| 6364 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, src+1);
|
---|
| 6365 | }
|
---|
| 6366 | envPtr->termOffset = (src - string);
|
---|
| 6367 | }
|
---|
| 6368 | |
---|
| 6369 |
|
---|
| 6370 | /*
|
---|
| 6371 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 6372 | *
|
---|
| 6373 | * Tcl_Backslash --
|
---|
| 6374 | *
|
---|
| 6375 | * Figure out how to handle a backslash sequence.
|
---|
| 6376 | *
|
---|
| 6377 | * Results:
|
---|
| 6378 | * The return value is the character that should be substituted
|
---|
| 6379 | * in place of the backslash sequence that starts at src. If
|
---|
| 6380 | * readPtr isn't NULL then it is filled in with a count of the
|
---|
| 6381 | * number of characters in the backslash sequence.
|
---|
| 6382 | *
|
---|
| 6383 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 6384 | * None.
|
---|
| 6385 | *
|
---|
| 6386 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 6387 | */
|
---|
| 6388 |
|
---|
| 6389 | char
|
---|
| 6390 | Tcl_Backslash(src, readPtr)
|
---|
| 6391 | CONST char *src; /* Points to the backslash character of
|
---|
| 6392 | * a backslash sequence. */
|
---|
| 6393 | int *readPtr; /* Fill in with number of characters read
|
---|
| 6394 | * from src, unless NULL. */
|
---|
| 6395 | {
|
---|
| 6396 | CONST char *p = src + 1;
|
---|
| 6397 | char result;
|
---|
| 6398 | int count;
|
---|
| 6399 |
|
---|
| 6400 | count = 2;
|
---|
| 6401 |
|
---|
| 6402 | switch (*p) {
|
---|
| 6403 | /*
|
---|
| 6404 | * Note: in the conversions below, use absolute values (e.g.,
|
---|
| 6405 | * 0xa) rather than symbolic values (e.g. \n) that get converted
|
---|
| 6406 | * by the compiler. It's possible that compilers on some
|
---|
| 6407 | * platforms will do the symbolic conversions differently, which
|
---|
| 6408 | * could result in non-portable Tcl scripts.
|
---|
| 6409 | */
|
---|
| 6410 |
|
---|
| 6411 | case 'a':
|
---|
| 6412 | result = 0x7;
|
---|
| 6413 | break;
|
---|
| 6414 | case 'b':
|
---|
| 6415 | result = 0x8;
|
---|
| 6416 | break;
|
---|
| 6417 | case 'f':
|
---|
| 6418 | result = 0xc;
|
---|
| 6419 | break;
|
---|
| 6420 | case 'n':
|
---|
| 6421 | result = 0xa;
|
---|
| 6422 | break;
|
---|
| 6423 | case 'r':
|
---|
| 6424 | result = 0xd;
|
---|
| 6425 | break;
|
---|
| 6426 | case 't':
|
---|
| 6427 | result = 0x9;
|
---|
| 6428 | break;
|
---|
| 6429 | case 'v':
|
---|
| 6430 | result = 0xb;
|
---|
| 6431 | break;
|
---|
| 6432 | case 'x':
|
---|
| 6433 | if (isxdigit(UCHAR(p[1]))) {
|
---|
| 6434 | char *end;
|
---|
| 6435 |
|
---|
| 6436 | result = (char) strtoul(p+1, &end, 16);
|
---|
| 6437 | count = end - src;
|
---|
| 6438 | } else {
|
---|
| 6439 | count = 2;
|
---|
| 6440 | result = 'x';
|
---|
| 6441 | }
|
---|
| 6442 | break;
|
---|
| 6443 | case '\n':
|
---|
| 6444 | do {
|
---|
| 6445 | p++;
|
---|
| 6446 | } while ((*p == ' ') || (*p == '\t'));
|
---|
| 6447 | result = ' ';
|
---|
| 6448 | count = p - src;
|
---|
| 6449 | break;
|
---|
| 6450 | case 0:
|
---|
| 6451 | result = '\\';
|
---|
| 6452 | count = 1;
|
---|
| 6453 | break;
|
---|
| 6454 | default:
|
---|
| 6455 | if (isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
|
---|
| 6456 | result = (char)(*p - '0');
|
---|
| 6457 | p++;
|
---|
| 6458 | if (!isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
|
---|
| 6459 | break;
|
---|
| 6460 | }
|
---|
| 6461 | count = 3;
|
---|
| 6462 | result = (char)((result << 3) + (*p - '0'));
|
---|
| 6463 | p++;
|
---|
| 6464 | if (!isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
|
---|
| 6465 | break;
|
---|
| 6466 | }
|
---|
| 6467 | count = 4;
|
---|
| 6468 | result = (char)((result << 3) + (*p - '0'));
|
---|
| 6469 | break;
|
---|
| 6470 | }
|
---|
| 6471 | result = *p;
|
---|
| 6472 | count = 2;
|
---|
| 6473 | break;
|
---|
| 6474 | }
|
---|
| 6475 |
|
---|
| 6476 | if (readPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 6477 | *readPtr = count;
|
---|
| 6478 | }
|
---|
| 6479 | return result;
|
---|
| 6480 | }
|
---|
| 6481 | |
---|
| 6482 |
|
---|
| 6483 | /*
|
---|
| 6484 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 6485 | *
|
---|
| 6486 | * TclObjIndexForString --
|
---|
| 6487 | *
|
---|
| 6488 | * Procedure to find, or if necessary create, an object in a
|
---|
| 6489 | * CompileEnv's object array that has a string representation
|
---|
| 6490 | * matching the argument string.
|
---|
| 6491 | *
|
---|
| 6492 | * Results:
|
---|
| 6493 | * The index in the CompileEnv's object array of an object with a
|
---|
| 6494 | * string representation matching the argument "string". The object is
|
---|
| 6495 | * created if necessary. If inHeap is 1, then string is heap allocated
|
---|
| 6496 | * and ownership of the string is passed to TclObjIndexForString;
|
---|
| 6497 | * otherwise, the string is owned by the caller and must not be
|
---|
| 6498 | * modified or freed by TclObjIndexForString. Typically, a caller sets
|
---|
| 6499 | * inHeap 1 if string is an already heap-allocated buffer holding the
|
---|
| 6500 | * result of backslash substitutions.
|
---|
| 6501 | *
|
---|
| 6502 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 6503 | * A new Tcl object will be created if no existing object matches the
|
---|
| 6504 | * input string. If allocStrRep is 1 then if a new object is created,
|
---|
| 6505 | * its string representation is allocated in the heap, else it is left
|
---|
| 6506 | * NULL. If inHeap is 1, this procedure is given ownership of the
|
---|
| 6507 | * string: if an object is created and allocStrRep is 1 then its
|
---|
| 6508 | * string representation is set directly from string, otherwise
|
---|
| 6509 | * the string is freed.
|
---|
| 6510 | *
|
---|
| 6511 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 6512 | */
|
---|
| 6513 |
|
---|
| 6514 | int
|
---|
| 6515 | TclObjIndexForString(string, length, allocStrRep, inHeap, envPtr)
|
---|
| 6516 | register char *string; /* Points to string for which an object is
|
---|
| 6517 | * found or created in CompileEnv's object
|
---|
| 6518 | * array. */
|
---|
| 6519 | int length; /* Length of string. */
|
---|
| 6520 | int allocStrRep; /* If 1 then the object's string rep should
|
---|
| 6521 | * be allocated in the heap. */
|
---|
| 6522 | int inHeap; /* If 1 then string is heap allocated and
|
---|
| 6523 | * its ownership is passed to
|
---|
| 6524 | * TclObjIndexForString. */
|
---|
| 6525 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Points to the CompileEnv in whose object
|
---|
| 6526 | * array an object is found or created. */
|
---|
| 6527 | {
|
---|
| 6528 | register Tcl_Obj *objPtr; /* Points to the object created for
|
---|
| 6529 | * the string, if one was created. */
|
---|
| 6530 | int objIndex; /* Index of matching object. */
|
---|
| 6531 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
|
---|
| 6532 | int strLength, new;
|
---|
| 6533 |
|
---|
| 6534 | /*
|
---|
| 6535 | * Look up the string in the code's object hashtable. If found, just
|
---|
| 6536 | * return the associated object array index. Note that if the string
|
---|
| 6537 | * has embedded nulls, we don't create a hash table entry. This
|
---|
| 6538 | * should be fixed, but we need to update hash tables, first.
|
---|
| 6539 | */
|
---|
| 6540 |
|
---|
| 6541 | strLength = strlen(string);
|
---|
| 6542 | if (length == -1) {
|
---|
| 6543 | length = strLength;
|
---|
| 6544 | }
|
---|
| 6545 | if (strLength != length) {
|
---|
| 6546 | hPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 6547 | } else {
|
---|
| 6548 | hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&envPtr->objTable, string, &new);
|
---|
| 6549 | if (!new) { /* already in object table and array */
|
---|
| 6550 | objIndex = (int) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
|
---|
| 6551 | if (inHeap) {
|
---|
| 6552 | ckfree(string);
|
---|
| 6553 | }
|
---|
| 6554 | return objIndex;
|
---|
| 6555 | }
|
---|
| 6556 | }
|
---|
| 6557 |
|
---|
| 6558 | /*
|
---|
| 6559 | * Create a new object holding the string, add it to the object array,
|
---|
| 6560 | * and register its index in the object hashtable.
|
---|
| 6561 | */
|
---|
| 6562 |
|
---|
| 6563 | objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
|
---|
| 6564 | if (allocStrRep) {
|
---|
| 6565 | if (inHeap) { /* use input string for obj's string rep */
|
---|
| 6566 | objPtr->bytes = string;
|
---|
| 6567 | } else {
|
---|
| 6568 | if (length > 0) {
|
---|
| 6569 | objPtr->bytes = ckalloc((unsigned) length + 1);
|
---|
| 6570 | memcpy((VOID *) objPtr->bytes, (VOID *) string,
|
---|
| 6571 | (size_t) length);
|
---|
| 6572 | objPtr->bytes[length] = '\0';
|
---|
| 6573 | }
|
---|
| 6574 | }
|
---|
| 6575 | objPtr->length = length;
|
---|
| 6576 | } else { /* leave the string rep NULL */
|
---|
| 6577 | if (inHeap) {
|
---|
| 6578 | ckfree(string);
|
---|
| 6579 | }
|
---|
| 6580 | }
|
---|
| 6581 |
|
---|
| 6582 | if (envPtr->objArrayNext >= envPtr->objArrayEnd) {
|
---|
| 6583 | ExpandObjectArray(envPtr);
|
---|
| 6584 | }
|
---|
| 6585 | objIndex = envPtr->objArrayNext;
|
---|
| 6586 | envPtr->objArrayPtr[objIndex] = objPtr;
|
---|
| 6587 | Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
|
---|
| 6588 | envPtr->objArrayNext++;
|
---|
| 6589 |
|
---|
| 6590 | if (hPtr) {
|
---|
| 6591 | Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, objIndex);
|
---|
| 6592 | }
|
---|
| 6593 | return objIndex;
|
---|
| 6594 | }
|
---|
| 6595 | |
---|
| 6596 |
|
---|
| 6597 | /*
|
---|
| 6598 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 6599 | *
|
---|
| 6600 | * TclExpandCodeArray --
|
---|
| 6601 | *
|
---|
| 6602 | * Procedure that uses malloc to allocate more storage for a
|
---|
| 6603 | * CompileEnv's code array.
|
---|
| 6604 | *
|
---|
| 6605 | * Results:
|
---|
| 6606 | * None.
|
---|
| 6607 | *
|
---|
| 6608 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 6609 | * The byte code array in *envPtr is reallocated to a new array of
|
---|
| 6610 | * double the size, and if envPtr->mallocedCodeArray is non-zero the
|
---|
| 6611 | * old array is freed. Byte codes are copied from the old array to the
|
---|
| 6612 | * new one.
|
---|
| 6613 | *
|
---|
| 6614 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 6615 | */
|
---|
| 6616 |
|
---|
| 6617 | void
|
---|
| 6618 | TclExpandCodeArray(envPtr)
|
---|
| 6619 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Points to the CompileEnv whose code array
|
---|
| 6620 | * must be enlarged. */
|
---|
| 6621 | {
|
---|
| 6622 | /*
|
---|
| 6623 | * envPtr->codeNext is equal to envPtr->codeEnd. The currently defined
|
---|
| 6624 | * code bytes are stored between envPtr->codeStart and
|
---|
| 6625 | * (envPtr->codeNext - 1) [inclusive].
|
---|
| 6626 | */
|
---|
| 6627 |
|
---|
| 6628 | size_t currBytes = TclCurrCodeOffset();
|
---|
| 6629 | size_t newBytes = 2*(envPtr->codeEnd - envPtr->codeStart);
|
---|
| 6630 | unsigned char *newPtr = (unsigned char *) ckalloc((unsigned) newBytes);
|
---|
| 6631 |
|
---|
| 6632 | /*
|
---|
| 6633 | * Copy from old code array to new, free old code array if needed, and
|
---|
| 6634 | * mark new code array as malloced.
|
---|
| 6635 | */
|
---|
| 6636 |
|
---|
| 6637 | memcpy((VOID *) newPtr, (VOID *) envPtr->codeStart, currBytes);
|
---|
| 6638 | if (envPtr->mallocedCodeArray) {
|
---|
| 6639 | ckfree((char *) envPtr->codeStart);
|
---|
| 6640 | }
|
---|
| 6641 | envPtr->codeStart = newPtr;
|
---|
| 6642 | envPtr->codeNext = (newPtr + currBytes);
|
---|
| 6643 | envPtr->codeEnd = (newPtr + newBytes);
|
---|
| 6644 | envPtr->mallocedCodeArray = 1;
|
---|
| 6645 | }
|
---|
| 6646 | |
---|
| 6647 |
|
---|
| 6648 | /*
|
---|
| 6649 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 6650 | *
|
---|
| 6651 | * ExpandObjectArray --
|
---|
| 6652 | *
|
---|
| 6653 | * Procedure that uses malloc to allocate more storage for a
|
---|
| 6654 | * CompileEnv's object array.
|
---|
| 6655 | *
|
---|
| 6656 | * Results:
|
---|
| 6657 | * None.
|
---|
| 6658 | *
|
---|
| 6659 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 6660 | * The object array in *envPtr is reallocated to a new array of
|
---|
| 6661 | * double the size, and if envPtr->mallocedObjArray is non-zero the
|
---|
| 6662 | * old array is freed. Tcl_Obj pointers are copied from the old array
|
---|
| 6663 | * to the new one.
|
---|
| 6664 | *
|
---|
| 6665 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 6666 | */
|
---|
| 6667 |
|
---|
| 6668 | static void
|
---|
| 6669 | ExpandObjectArray(envPtr)
|
---|
| 6670 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Points to the CompileEnv whose object
|
---|
| 6671 | * array must be enlarged. */
|
---|
| 6672 | {
|
---|
| 6673 | /*
|
---|
| 6674 | * envPtr->objArrayNext is equal to envPtr->objArrayEnd. The currently
|
---|
| 6675 | * allocated Tcl_Obj pointers are stored between elements
|
---|
| 6676 | * 0 and (envPtr->objArrayNext - 1) [inclusive] in the object array
|
---|
| 6677 | * pointed to by objArrayPtr.
|
---|
| 6678 | */
|
---|
| 6679 |
|
---|
| 6680 | size_t currBytes = envPtr->objArrayNext * sizeof(Tcl_Obj *);
|
---|
| 6681 | int newElems = 2*envPtr->objArrayEnd;
|
---|
| 6682 | size_t newBytes = newElems * sizeof(Tcl_Obj *);
|
---|
| 6683 | Tcl_Obj **newPtr = (Tcl_Obj **) ckalloc((unsigned) newBytes);
|
---|
| 6684 |
|
---|
| 6685 | /*
|
---|
| 6686 | * Copy from old object array to new, free old object array if needed,
|
---|
| 6687 | * and mark new object array as malloced.
|
---|
| 6688 | */
|
---|
| 6689 |
|
---|
| 6690 | memcpy((VOID *) newPtr, (VOID *) envPtr->objArrayPtr, currBytes);
|
---|
| 6691 | if (envPtr->mallocedObjArray) {
|
---|
| 6692 | ckfree((char *) envPtr->objArrayPtr);
|
---|
| 6693 | }
|
---|
| 6694 | envPtr->objArrayPtr = (Tcl_Obj **) newPtr;
|
---|
| 6695 | envPtr->objArrayEnd = newElems;
|
---|
| 6696 | envPtr->mallocedObjArray = 1;
|
---|
| 6697 | }
|
---|
| 6698 | |
---|
| 6699 |
|
---|
| 6700 | /*
|
---|
| 6701 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 6702 | *
|
---|
| 6703 | * EnterCmdStartData --
|
---|
| 6704 | *
|
---|
| 6705 | * Registers the starting source and bytecode location of a
|
---|
| 6706 | * command. This information is used at runtime to map between
|
---|
| 6707 | * instruction pc and source locations.
|
---|
| 6708 | *
|
---|
| 6709 | * Results:
|
---|
| 6710 | * None.
|
---|
| 6711 | *
|
---|
| 6712 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 6713 | * Inserts source and code location information into the compilation
|
---|
| 6714 | * environment envPtr for the command at index cmdIndex. The
|
---|
| 6715 | * compilation environment's CmdLocation array is grown if necessary.
|
---|
| 6716 | *
|
---|
| 6717 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 6718 | */
|
---|
| 6719 |
|
---|
| 6720 | static void
|
---|
| 6721 | EnterCmdStartData(envPtr, cmdIndex, srcOffset, codeOffset)
|
---|
| 6722 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Points to the compilation environment
|
---|
| 6723 | * structure in which to enter command
|
---|
| 6724 | * location information. */
|
---|
| 6725 | int cmdIndex; /* Index of the command whose start data
|
---|
| 6726 | * is being set. */
|
---|
| 6727 | int srcOffset; /* Offset of first char of the command. */
|
---|
| 6728 | int codeOffset; /* Offset of first byte of command code. */
|
---|
| 6729 | {
|
---|
| 6730 | CmdLocation *cmdLocPtr;
|
---|
| 6731 |
|
---|
| 6732 | if ((cmdIndex < 0) || (cmdIndex >= envPtr->numCommands)) {
|
---|
| 6733 | panic("EnterCmdStartData: bad command index %d\n", cmdIndex);
|
---|
| 6734 | }
|
---|
| 6735 |
|
---|
| 6736 | if (cmdIndex >= envPtr->cmdMapEnd) {
|
---|
| 6737 | /*
|
---|
| 6738 | * Expand the command location array by allocating more storage from
|
---|
| 6739 | * the heap. The currently allocated CmdLocation entries are stored
|
---|
| 6740 | * from cmdMapPtr[0] up to cmdMapPtr[envPtr->cmdMapEnd] (inclusive).
|
---|
| 6741 | */
|
---|
| 6742 |
|
---|
| 6743 | size_t currElems = envPtr->cmdMapEnd;
|
---|
| 6744 | size_t newElems = 2*currElems;
|
---|
| 6745 | size_t currBytes = currElems * sizeof(CmdLocation);
|
---|
| 6746 | size_t newBytes = newElems * sizeof(CmdLocation);
|
---|
| 6747 | CmdLocation *newPtr = (CmdLocation *) ckalloc((unsigned) newBytes);
|
---|
| 6748 |
|
---|
| 6749 | /*
|
---|
| 6750 | * Copy from old command location array to new, free old command
|
---|
| 6751 | * location array if needed, and mark new array as malloced.
|
---|
| 6752 | */
|
---|
| 6753 |
|
---|
| 6754 | memcpy((VOID *) newPtr, (VOID *) envPtr->cmdMapPtr, currBytes);
|
---|
| 6755 | if (envPtr->mallocedCmdMap) {
|
---|
| 6756 | ckfree((char *) envPtr->cmdMapPtr);
|
---|
| 6757 | }
|
---|
| 6758 | envPtr->cmdMapPtr = (CmdLocation *) newPtr;
|
---|
| 6759 | envPtr->cmdMapEnd = newElems;
|
---|
| 6760 | envPtr->mallocedCmdMap = 1;
|
---|
| 6761 | }
|
---|
| 6762 |
|
---|
| 6763 | if (cmdIndex > 0) {
|
---|
| 6764 | if (codeOffset < envPtr->cmdMapPtr[cmdIndex-1].codeOffset) {
|
---|
| 6765 | panic("EnterCmdStartData: cmd map table not sorted by code offset");
|
---|
| 6766 | }
|
---|
| 6767 | }
|
---|
| 6768 |
|
---|
| 6769 | cmdLocPtr = &(envPtr->cmdMapPtr[cmdIndex]);
|
---|
| 6770 | cmdLocPtr->codeOffset = codeOffset;
|
---|
| 6771 | cmdLocPtr->srcOffset = srcOffset;
|
---|
| 6772 | cmdLocPtr->numSrcChars = -1;
|
---|
| 6773 | cmdLocPtr->numCodeBytes = -1;
|
---|
| 6774 | }
|
---|
| 6775 | |
---|
| 6776 |
|
---|
| 6777 | /*
|
---|
| 6778 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 6779 | *
|
---|
| 6780 | * EnterCmdExtentData --
|
---|
| 6781 | *
|
---|
| 6782 | * Registers the source and bytecode length for a command. This
|
---|
| 6783 | * information is used at runtime to map between instruction pc and
|
---|
| 6784 | * source locations.
|
---|
| 6785 | *
|
---|
| 6786 | * Results:
|
---|
| 6787 | * None.
|
---|
| 6788 | *
|
---|
| 6789 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 6790 | * Inserts source and code length information into the compilation
|
---|
| 6791 | * environment envPtr for the command at index cmdIndex. Starting
|
---|
| 6792 | * source and bytecode information for the command must already
|
---|
| 6793 | * have been registered.
|
---|
| 6794 | *
|
---|
| 6795 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 6796 | */
|
---|
| 6797 |
|
---|
| 6798 | static void
|
---|
| 6799 | EnterCmdExtentData(envPtr, cmdIndex, numSrcChars, numCodeBytes)
|
---|
| 6800 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Points to the compilation environment
|
---|
| 6801 | * structure in which to enter command
|
---|
| 6802 | * location information. */
|
---|
| 6803 | int cmdIndex; /* Index of the command whose source and
|
---|
| 6804 | * code length data is being set. */
|
---|
| 6805 | int numSrcChars; /* Number of command source chars. */
|
---|
| 6806 | int numCodeBytes; /* Offset of last byte of command code. */
|
---|
| 6807 | {
|
---|
| 6808 | CmdLocation *cmdLocPtr;
|
---|
| 6809 |
|
---|
| 6810 | if ((cmdIndex < 0) || (cmdIndex >= envPtr->numCommands)) {
|
---|
| 6811 | panic("EnterCmdStartData: bad command index %d\n", cmdIndex);
|
---|
| 6812 | }
|
---|
| 6813 |
|
---|
| 6814 | if (cmdIndex > envPtr->cmdMapEnd) {
|
---|
| 6815 | panic("EnterCmdStartData: no start data registered for command with index %d\n", cmdIndex);
|
---|
| 6816 | }
|
---|
| 6817 |
|
---|
| 6818 | cmdLocPtr = &(envPtr->cmdMapPtr[cmdIndex]);
|
---|
| 6819 | cmdLocPtr->numSrcChars = numSrcChars;
|
---|
| 6820 | cmdLocPtr->numCodeBytes = numCodeBytes;
|
---|
| 6821 | }
|
---|
| 6822 | |
---|
| 6823 |
|
---|
| 6824 | /*
|
---|
| 6825 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 6826 | *
|
---|
| 6827 | * InitArgInfo --
|
---|
| 6828 | *
|
---|
| 6829 | * Initializes a ArgInfo structure to hold information about
|
---|
| 6830 | * some number of argument words in a command.
|
---|
| 6831 | *
|
---|
| 6832 | * Results:
|
---|
| 6833 | * None.
|
---|
| 6834 | *
|
---|
| 6835 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 6836 | * The ArgInfo structure is initialized.
|
---|
| 6837 | *
|
---|
| 6838 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 6839 | */
|
---|
| 6840 |
|
---|
| 6841 | static void
|
---|
| 6842 | InitArgInfo(argInfoPtr)
|
---|
| 6843 | register ArgInfo *argInfoPtr; /* Points to the ArgInfo structure
|
---|
| 6844 | * to initialize. */
|
---|
| 6845 | {
|
---|
| 6846 | argInfoPtr->numArgs = 0;
|
---|
| 6847 | argInfoPtr->startArray = argInfoPtr->staticStartSpace;
|
---|
| 6848 | argInfoPtr->endArray = argInfoPtr->staticEndSpace;
|
---|
| 6849 | argInfoPtr->allocArgs = ARGINFO_INIT_ENTRIES;
|
---|
| 6850 | argInfoPtr->mallocedArrays = 0;
|
---|
| 6851 | }
|
---|
| 6852 | |
---|
| 6853 |
|
---|
| 6854 | /*
|
---|
| 6855 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 6856 | *
|
---|
| 6857 | * CollectArgInfo --
|
---|
| 6858 | *
|
---|
| 6859 | * Procedure to scan the argument words of a command and record the
|
---|
| 6860 | * start and finish of each argument word in a ArgInfo structure.
|
---|
| 6861 | *
|
---|
| 6862 | * Results:
|
---|
| 6863 | * The return value is a standard Tcl result, which is TCL_OK unless
|
---|
| 6864 | * there was an error while scanning string. If an error occurs then
|
---|
| 6865 | * the interpreter's result contains a standard error message.
|
---|
| 6866 | *
|
---|
| 6867 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 6868 | * If necessary, the argument start and end arrays in *argInfoPtr
|
---|
| 6869 | * are grown and reallocated to a new arrays of double the size, and
|
---|
| 6870 | * if argInfoPtr->mallocedArray is non-zero the old arrays are freed.
|
---|
| 6871 | *
|
---|
| 6872 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 6873 | */
|
---|
| 6874 |
|
---|
| 6875 | static int
|
---|
| 6876 | CollectArgInfo(interp, string, lastChar, flags, argInfoPtr)
|
---|
| 6877 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
|
---|
| 6878 | char *string; /* The source command string to scan. */
|
---|
| 6879 | char *lastChar; /* Pointer to terminating character of
|
---|
| 6880 | * string. */
|
---|
| 6881 | int flags; /* Flags to control compilation (same as
|
---|
| 6882 | * passed to Tcl_Eval). */
|
---|
| 6883 | register ArgInfo *argInfoPtr;
|
---|
| 6884 | /* Points to the ArgInfo structure in which
|
---|
| 6885 | * to record the arg word information. */
|
---|
| 6886 | {
|
---|
| 6887 | register char *src = string;/* Points to current source char. */
|
---|
| 6888 | register int type; /* Current char's CHAR_TYPE type. */
|
---|
| 6889 | int nestedCmd = (flags & TCL_BRACKET_TERM);
|
---|
| 6890 | /* 1 if string being scanned is a nested
|
---|
| 6891 | * command and is terminated by a ']';
|
---|
| 6892 | * otherwise 0. */
|
---|
| 6893 | int scanningArgs; /* 1 if still scanning argument words to
|
---|
| 6894 | * determine their start and end. */
|
---|
| 6895 | char *wordStart, *wordEnd; /* Points to the first and last significant
|
---|
| 6896 | * characters of each word. */
|
---|
| 6897 | CompileEnv tempCompEnv; /* Only used to hold the termOffset field
|
---|
| 6898 | * updated by AdvanceToNextWord. */
|
---|
| 6899 | char *prev;
|
---|
| 6900 |
|
---|
| 6901 | argInfoPtr->numArgs = 0;
|
---|
| 6902 | scanningArgs = 1;
|
---|
| 6903 | while (scanningArgs) {
|
---|
| 6904 | AdvanceToNextWord(src, &tempCompEnv);
|
---|
| 6905 | src += tempCompEnv.termOffset;
|
---|
| 6906 | type = CHAR_TYPE(src, lastChar);
|
---|
| 6907 |
|
---|
| 6908 | if ((type == TCL_COMMAND_END) && ((*src != ']') || nestedCmd)) {
|
---|
| 6909 | break; /* done collecting argument words */
|
---|
| 6910 | } else if (*src == '"') {
|
---|
| 6911 | wordStart = src;
|
---|
| 6912 | src = TclWordEnd(src, lastChar, nestedCmd, NULL);
|
---|
| 6913 | if (src == lastChar) {
|
---|
| 6914 | badStringTermination:
|
---|
| 6915 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 6916 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 6917 | "quoted string doesn't terminate properly", -1);
|
---|
| 6918 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 6919 | }
|
---|
| 6920 | prev = (src-1);
|
---|
| 6921 | if (*src == '"') {
|
---|
| 6922 | wordEnd = src;
|
---|
| 6923 | src++;
|
---|
| 6924 | } else if ((*src == ';') && (*prev == '"')) {
|
---|
| 6925 | scanningArgs = 0;
|
---|
| 6926 | wordEnd = prev;
|
---|
| 6927 | } else {
|
---|
| 6928 | goto badStringTermination;
|
---|
| 6929 | }
|
---|
| 6930 | } else if (*src == '{') {
|
---|
| 6931 | wordStart = src;
|
---|
| 6932 | src = TclWordEnd(src, lastChar, nestedCmd, NULL);
|
---|
| 6933 | if (src == lastChar) {
|
---|
| 6934 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 6935 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 6936 | "missing close-brace", -1);
|
---|
| 6937 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 6938 | }
|
---|
| 6939 | prev = (src-1);
|
---|
| 6940 | if (*src == '}') {
|
---|
| 6941 | wordEnd = src;
|
---|
| 6942 | src++;
|
---|
| 6943 | } else if ((*src == ';') && (*prev == '}')) {
|
---|
| 6944 | scanningArgs = 0;
|
---|
| 6945 | wordEnd = prev;
|
---|
| 6946 | } else {
|
---|
| 6947 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 6948 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 6949 | "argument word in braces doesn't terminate properly", -1);
|
---|
| 6950 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 6951 | }
|
---|
| 6952 | } else {
|
---|
| 6953 | wordStart = src;
|
---|
| 6954 | src = TclWordEnd(src, lastChar, nestedCmd, NULL);
|
---|
| 6955 | prev = (src-1);
|
---|
| 6956 | if (src == lastChar) {
|
---|
| 6957 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 6958 | Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
|
---|
| 6959 | "missing close-bracket or close-brace", -1);
|
---|
| 6960 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 6961 | } else if (*src == ';') {
|
---|
| 6962 | scanningArgs = 0;
|
---|
| 6963 | wordEnd = prev;
|
---|
| 6964 | } else {
|
---|
| 6965 | wordEnd = src;
|
---|
| 6966 | src++;
|
---|
| 6967 | if ((src == lastChar) || (*src == '\n')
|
---|
| 6968 | || ((*src == ']') && nestedCmd)) {
|
---|
| 6969 | scanningArgs = 0;
|
---|
| 6970 | }
|
---|
| 6971 | }
|
---|
| 6972 | } /* end of test on each kind of word */
|
---|
| 6973 |
|
---|
| 6974 | if (argInfoPtr->numArgs == argInfoPtr->allocArgs) {
|
---|
| 6975 | int newArgs = 2*argInfoPtr->numArgs;
|
---|
| 6976 | size_t currBytes = argInfoPtr->numArgs * sizeof(char *);
|
---|
| 6977 | size_t newBytes = newArgs * sizeof(char *);
|
---|
| 6978 | char **newStartArrayPtr =
|
---|
| 6979 | (char **) ckalloc((unsigned) newBytes);
|
---|
| 6980 | char **newEndArrayPtr =
|
---|
| 6981 | (char **) ckalloc((unsigned) newBytes);
|
---|
| 6982 |
|
---|
| 6983 | /*
|
---|
| 6984 | * Copy from the old arrays to the new, free the old arrays if
|
---|
| 6985 | * needed, and mark the new arrays as malloc'ed.
|
---|
| 6986 | */
|
---|
| 6987 |
|
---|
| 6988 | memcpy((VOID *) newStartArrayPtr,
|
---|
| 6989 | (VOID *) argInfoPtr->startArray, currBytes);
|
---|
| 6990 | memcpy((VOID *) newEndArrayPtr,
|
---|
| 6991 | (VOID *) argInfoPtr->endArray, currBytes);
|
---|
| 6992 | if (argInfoPtr->mallocedArrays) {
|
---|
| 6993 | ckfree((char *) argInfoPtr->startArray);
|
---|
| 6994 | ckfree((char *) argInfoPtr->endArray);
|
---|
| 6995 | }
|
---|
| 6996 | argInfoPtr->startArray = newStartArrayPtr;
|
---|
| 6997 | argInfoPtr->endArray = newEndArrayPtr;
|
---|
| 6998 | argInfoPtr->allocArgs = newArgs;
|
---|
| 6999 | argInfoPtr->mallocedArrays = 1;
|
---|
| 7000 | }
|
---|
| 7001 | argInfoPtr->startArray[argInfoPtr->numArgs] = wordStart;
|
---|
| 7002 | argInfoPtr->endArray[argInfoPtr->numArgs] = wordEnd;
|
---|
| 7003 | argInfoPtr->numArgs++;
|
---|
| 7004 | }
|
---|
| 7005 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 7006 | }
|
---|
| 7007 | |
---|
| 7008 |
|
---|
| 7009 | /*
|
---|
| 7010 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7011 | *
|
---|
| 7012 | * FreeArgInfo --
|
---|
| 7013 | *
|
---|
| 7014 | * Free any storage allocated in a ArgInfo structure.
|
---|
| 7015 | *
|
---|
| 7016 | * Results:
|
---|
| 7017 | * None.
|
---|
| 7018 | *
|
---|
| 7019 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 7020 | * Allocated storage in the ArgInfo structure is freed.
|
---|
| 7021 | *
|
---|
| 7022 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7023 | */
|
---|
| 7024 |
|
---|
| 7025 | static void
|
---|
| 7026 | FreeArgInfo(argInfoPtr)
|
---|
| 7027 | register ArgInfo *argInfoPtr; /* Points to the ArgInfo structure
|
---|
| 7028 | * to free. */
|
---|
| 7029 | {
|
---|
| 7030 | if (argInfoPtr->mallocedArrays) {
|
---|
| 7031 | ckfree((char *) argInfoPtr->startArray);
|
---|
| 7032 | ckfree((char *) argInfoPtr->endArray);
|
---|
| 7033 | }
|
---|
| 7034 | }
|
---|
| 7035 | |
---|
| 7036 |
|
---|
| 7037 | /*
|
---|
| 7038 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7039 | *
|
---|
| 7040 | * CreateExceptionRange --
|
---|
| 7041 | *
|
---|
| 7042 | * Procedure that allocates and initializes a new ExceptionRange
|
---|
| 7043 | * structure of the specified kind in a CompileEnv's ExceptionRange
|
---|
| 7044 | * array.
|
---|
| 7045 | *
|
---|
| 7046 | * Results:
|
---|
| 7047 | * Returns the index for the newly created ExceptionRange.
|
---|
| 7048 | *
|
---|
| 7049 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 7050 | * If there is not enough room in the CompileEnv's ExceptionRange
|
---|
| 7051 | * array, the array in expanded: a new array of double the size is
|
---|
| 7052 | * allocated, if envPtr->mallocedExcRangeArray is non-zero the old
|
---|
| 7053 | * array is freed, and ExceptionRange entries are copied from the old
|
---|
| 7054 | * array to the new one.
|
---|
| 7055 | *
|
---|
| 7056 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7057 | */
|
---|
| 7058 |
|
---|
| 7059 | static int
|
---|
| 7060 | CreateExceptionRange(type, envPtr)
|
---|
| 7061 | ExceptionRangeType type; /* The kind of ExceptionRange desired. */
|
---|
| 7062 | register CompileEnv *envPtr;/* Points to the CompileEnv for which a new
|
---|
| 7063 | * loop ExceptionRange structure is to be
|
---|
| 7064 | * allocated. */
|
---|
| 7065 | {
|
---|
| 7066 | int index; /* Index for the newly-allocated
|
---|
| 7067 | * ExceptionRange structure. */
|
---|
| 7068 | register ExceptionRange *rangePtr;
|
---|
| 7069 | /* Points to the new ExceptionRange
|
---|
| 7070 | * structure */
|
---|
| 7071 |
|
---|
| 7072 | index = envPtr->excRangeArrayNext;
|
---|
| 7073 | if (index >= envPtr->excRangeArrayEnd) {
|
---|
| 7074 | /*
|
---|
| 7075 | * Expand the ExceptionRange array. The currently allocated entries
|
---|
| 7076 | * are stored between elements 0 and (envPtr->excRangeArrayNext - 1)
|
---|
| 7077 | * [inclusive].
|
---|
| 7078 | */
|
---|
| 7079 |
|
---|
| 7080 | size_t currBytes =
|
---|
| 7081 | envPtr->excRangeArrayNext * sizeof(ExceptionRange);
|
---|
| 7082 | int newElems = 2*envPtr->excRangeArrayEnd;
|
---|
| 7083 | size_t newBytes = newElems * sizeof(ExceptionRange);
|
---|
| 7084 | ExceptionRange *newPtr = (ExceptionRange *)
|
---|
| 7085 | ckalloc((unsigned) newBytes);
|
---|
| 7086 |
|
---|
| 7087 | /*
|
---|
| 7088 | * Copy from old ExceptionRange array to new, free old
|
---|
| 7089 | * ExceptionRange array if needed, and mark the new ExceptionRange
|
---|
| 7090 | * array as malloced.
|
---|
| 7091 | */
|
---|
| 7092 |
|
---|
| 7093 | memcpy((VOID *) newPtr, (VOID *) envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr,
|
---|
| 7094 | currBytes);
|
---|
| 7095 | if (envPtr->mallocedExcRangeArray) {
|
---|
| 7096 | ckfree((char *) envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr);
|
---|
| 7097 | }
|
---|
| 7098 | envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr = (ExceptionRange *) newPtr;
|
---|
| 7099 | envPtr->excRangeArrayEnd = newElems;
|
---|
| 7100 | envPtr->mallocedExcRangeArray = 1;
|
---|
| 7101 | }
|
---|
| 7102 | envPtr->excRangeArrayNext++;
|
---|
| 7103 |
|
---|
| 7104 | rangePtr = &(envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[index]);
|
---|
| 7105 | rangePtr->type = type;
|
---|
| 7106 | rangePtr->nestingLevel = envPtr->excRangeDepth;
|
---|
| 7107 | rangePtr->codeOffset = -1;
|
---|
| 7108 | rangePtr->numCodeBytes = -1;
|
---|
| 7109 | rangePtr->breakOffset = -1;
|
---|
| 7110 | rangePtr->continueOffset = -1;
|
---|
| 7111 | rangePtr->catchOffset = -1;
|
---|
| 7112 | return index;
|
---|
| 7113 | }
|
---|
| 7114 | |
---|
| 7115 |
|
---|
| 7116 | /*
|
---|
| 7117 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7118 | *
|
---|
| 7119 | * TclCreateAuxData --
|
---|
| 7120 | *
|
---|
| 7121 | * Procedure that allocates and initializes a new AuxData structure in
|
---|
| 7122 | * a CompileEnv's array of compilation auxiliary data records. These
|
---|
| 7123 | * AuxData records hold information created during compilation by
|
---|
| 7124 | * CompileProcs and used by instructions during execution.
|
---|
| 7125 | *
|
---|
| 7126 | * Results:
|
---|
| 7127 | * Returns the index for the newly created AuxData structure.
|
---|
| 7128 | *
|
---|
| 7129 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 7130 | * If there is not enough room in the CompileEnv's AuxData array,
|
---|
| 7131 | * the AuxData array in expanded: a new array of double the size
|
---|
| 7132 | * is allocated, if envPtr->mallocedAuxDataArray is non-zero
|
---|
| 7133 | * the old array is freed, and AuxData entries are copied from
|
---|
| 7134 | * the old array to the new one.
|
---|
| 7135 | *
|
---|
| 7136 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7137 | */
|
---|
| 7138 |
|
---|
| 7139 | int
|
---|
| 7140 | TclCreateAuxData(clientData, typePtr, envPtr)
|
---|
| 7141 | ClientData clientData; /* The compilation auxiliary data to store
|
---|
| 7142 | * in the new aux data record. */
|
---|
| 7143 | AuxDataType *typePtr; /* Pointer to the type to attach to this AuxData */
|
---|
| 7144 | register CompileEnv *envPtr;/* Points to the CompileEnv for which a new
|
---|
| 7145 | * aux data structure is to be allocated. */
|
---|
| 7146 | {
|
---|
| 7147 | int index; /* Index for the new AuxData structure. */
|
---|
| 7148 | register AuxData *auxDataPtr;
|
---|
| 7149 | /* Points to the new AuxData structure */
|
---|
| 7150 |
|
---|
| 7151 | index = envPtr->auxDataArrayNext;
|
---|
| 7152 | if (index >= envPtr->auxDataArrayEnd) {
|
---|
| 7153 | /*
|
---|
| 7154 | * Expand the AuxData array. The currently allocated entries are
|
---|
| 7155 | * stored between elements 0 and (envPtr->auxDataArrayNext - 1)
|
---|
| 7156 | * [inclusive].
|
---|
| 7157 | */
|
---|
| 7158 |
|
---|
| 7159 | size_t currBytes = envPtr->auxDataArrayNext * sizeof(AuxData);
|
---|
| 7160 | int newElems = 2*envPtr->auxDataArrayEnd;
|
---|
| 7161 | size_t newBytes = newElems * sizeof(AuxData);
|
---|
| 7162 | AuxData *newPtr = (AuxData *) ckalloc((unsigned) newBytes);
|
---|
| 7163 |
|
---|
| 7164 | /*
|
---|
| 7165 | * Copy from old AuxData array to new, free old AuxData array if
|
---|
| 7166 | * needed, and mark the new AuxData array as malloced.
|
---|
| 7167 | */
|
---|
| 7168 |
|
---|
| 7169 | memcpy((VOID *) newPtr, (VOID *) envPtr->auxDataArrayPtr,
|
---|
| 7170 | currBytes);
|
---|
| 7171 | if (envPtr->mallocedAuxDataArray) {
|
---|
| 7172 | ckfree((char *) envPtr->auxDataArrayPtr);
|
---|
| 7173 | }
|
---|
| 7174 | envPtr->auxDataArrayPtr = newPtr;
|
---|
| 7175 | envPtr->auxDataArrayEnd = newElems;
|
---|
| 7176 | envPtr->mallocedAuxDataArray = 1;
|
---|
| 7177 | }
|
---|
| 7178 | envPtr->auxDataArrayNext++;
|
---|
| 7179 |
|
---|
| 7180 | auxDataPtr = &(envPtr->auxDataArrayPtr[index]);
|
---|
| 7181 | auxDataPtr->type = typePtr;
|
---|
| 7182 | auxDataPtr->clientData = clientData;
|
---|
| 7183 | return index;
|
---|
| 7184 | }
|
---|
| 7185 | |
---|
| 7186 |
|
---|
| 7187 | /*
|
---|
| 7188 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7189 | *
|
---|
| 7190 | * TclInitJumpFixupArray --
|
---|
| 7191 | *
|
---|
| 7192 | * Initializes a JumpFixupArray structure to hold some number of
|
---|
| 7193 | * jump fixup entries.
|
---|
| 7194 | *
|
---|
| 7195 | * Results:
|
---|
| 7196 | * None.
|
---|
| 7197 | *
|
---|
| 7198 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 7199 | * The JumpFixupArray structure is initialized.
|
---|
| 7200 | *
|
---|
| 7201 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7202 | */
|
---|
| 7203 |
|
---|
| 7204 | void
|
---|
| 7205 | TclInitJumpFixupArray(fixupArrayPtr)
|
---|
| 7206 | register JumpFixupArray *fixupArrayPtr;
|
---|
| 7207 | /* Points to the JumpFixupArray structure
|
---|
| 7208 | * to initialize. */
|
---|
| 7209 | {
|
---|
| 7210 | fixupArrayPtr->fixup = fixupArrayPtr->staticFixupSpace;
|
---|
| 7211 | fixupArrayPtr->next = 0;
|
---|
| 7212 | fixupArrayPtr->end = (JUMPFIXUP_INIT_ENTRIES - 1);
|
---|
| 7213 | fixupArrayPtr->mallocedArray = 0;
|
---|
| 7214 | }
|
---|
| 7215 | |
---|
| 7216 |
|
---|
| 7217 | /*
|
---|
| 7218 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7219 | *
|
---|
| 7220 | * TclExpandJumpFixupArray --
|
---|
| 7221 | *
|
---|
| 7222 | * Procedure that uses malloc to allocate more storage for a
|
---|
| 7223 | * jump fixup array.
|
---|
| 7224 | *
|
---|
| 7225 | * Results:
|
---|
| 7226 | * None.
|
---|
| 7227 | *
|
---|
| 7228 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 7229 | * The jump fixup array in *fixupArrayPtr is reallocated to a new array
|
---|
| 7230 | * of double the size, and if fixupArrayPtr->mallocedArray is non-zero
|
---|
| 7231 | * the old array is freed. Jump fixup structures are copied from the
|
---|
| 7232 | * old array to the new one.
|
---|
| 7233 | *
|
---|
| 7234 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7235 | */
|
---|
| 7236 |
|
---|
| 7237 | void
|
---|
| 7238 | TclExpandJumpFixupArray(fixupArrayPtr)
|
---|
| 7239 | register JumpFixupArray *fixupArrayPtr;
|
---|
| 7240 | /* Points to the JumpFixupArray structure
|
---|
| 7241 | * to enlarge. */
|
---|
| 7242 | {
|
---|
| 7243 | /*
|
---|
| 7244 | * The currently allocated jump fixup entries are stored from fixup[0]
|
---|
| 7245 | * up to fixup[fixupArrayPtr->fixupNext] (*not* inclusive). We assume
|
---|
| 7246 | * fixupArrayPtr->fixupNext is equal to fixupArrayPtr->fixupEnd.
|
---|
| 7247 | */
|
---|
| 7248 |
|
---|
| 7249 | size_t currBytes = fixupArrayPtr->next * sizeof(JumpFixup);
|
---|
| 7250 | int newElems = 2*(fixupArrayPtr->end + 1);
|
---|
| 7251 | size_t newBytes = newElems * sizeof(JumpFixup);
|
---|
| 7252 | JumpFixup *newPtr = (JumpFixup *) ckalloc((unsigned) newBytes);
|
---|
| 7253 |
|
---|
| 7254 | /*
|
---|
| 7255 | * Copy from the old array to new, free the old array if needed,
|
---|
| 7256 | * and mark the new array as malloced.
|
---|
| 7257 | */
|
---|
| 7258 |
|
---|
| 7259 | memcpy((VOID *) newPtr, (VOID *) fixupArrayPtr->fixup, currBytes);
|
---|
| 7260 | if (fixupArrayPtr->mallocedArray) {
|
---|
| 7261 | ckfree((char *) fixupArrayPtr->fixup);
|
---|
| 7262 | }
|
---|
| 7263 | fixupArrayPtr->fixup = (JumpFixup *) newPtr;
|
---|
| 7264 | fixupArrayPtr->end = newElems;
|
---|
| 7265 | fixupArrayPtr->mallocedArray = 1;
|
---|
| 7266 | }
|
---|
| 7267 | |
---|
| 7268 |
|
---|
| 7269 | /*
|
---|
| 7270 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7271 | *
|
---|
| 7272 | * TclFreeJumpFixupArray --
|
---|
| 7273 | *
|
---|
| 7274 | * Free any storage allocated in a jump fixup array structure.
|
---|
| 7275 | *
|
---|
| 7276 | * Results:
|
---|
| 7277 | * None.
|
---|
| 7278 | *
|
---|
| 7279 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 7280 | * Allocated storage in the JumpFixupArray structure is freed.
|
---|
| 7281 | *
|
---|
| 7282 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7283 | */
|
---|
| 7284 |
|
---|
| 7285 | void
|
---|
| 7286 | TclFreeJumpFixupArray(fixupArrayPtr)
|
---|
| 7287 | register JumpFixupArray *fixupArrayPtr;
|
---|
| 7288 | /* Points to the JumpFixupArray structure
|
---|
| 7289 | * to free. */
|
---|
| 7290 | {
|
---|
| 7291 | if (fixupArrayPtr->mallocedArray) {
|
---|
| 7292 | ckfree((char *) fixupArrayPtr->fixup);
|
---|
| 7293 | }
|
---|
| 7294 | }
|
---|
| 7295 | |
---|
| 7296 |
|
---|
| 7297 | /*
|
---|
| 7298 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7299 | *
|
---|
| 7300 | * TclEmitForwardJump --
|
---|
| 7301 | *
|
---|
| 7302 | * Procedure to emit a two-byte forward jump of kind "jumpType". Since
|
---|
| 7303 | * the jump may later have to be grown to five bytes if the jump target
|
---|
| 7304 | * is more than, say, 127 bytes away, this procedure also initializes a
|
---|
| 7305 | * JumpFixup record with information about the jump.
|
---|
| 7306 | *
|
---|
| 7307 | * Results:
|
---|
| 7308 | * None.
|
---|
| 7309 | *
|
---|
| 7310 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 7311 | * The JumpFixup record pointed to by "jumpFixupPtr" is initialized
|
---|
| 7312 | * with information needed later if the jump is to be grown. Also,
|
---|
| 7313 | * a two byte jump of the designated type is emitted at the current
|
---|
| 7314 | * point in the bytecode stream.
|
---|
| 7315 | *
|
---|
| 7316 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7317 | */
|
---|
| 7318 |
|
---|
| 7319 | void
|
---|
| 7320 | TclEmitForwardJump(envPtr, jumpType, jumpFixupPtr)
|
---|
| 7321 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Points to the CompileEnv structure that
|
---|
| 7322 | * holds the resulting instruction. */
|
---|
| 7323 | TclJumpType jumpType; /* Indicates the kind of jump: if true or
|
---|
| 7324 | * false or unconditional. */
|
---|
| 7325 | JumpFixup *jumpFixupPtr; /* Points to the JumpFixup structure to
|
---|
| 7326 | * initialize with information about this
|
---|
| 7327 | * forward jump. */
|
---|
| 7328 | {
|
---|
| 7329 | /*
|
---|
| 7330 | * Initialize the JumpFixup structure:
|
---|
| 7331 | * - codeOffset is offset of first byte of jump below
|
---|
| 7332 | * - cmdIndex is index of the command after the current one
|
---|
| 7333 | * - excRangeIndex is the index of the first ExceptionRange after
|
---|
| 7334 | * the current one.
|
---|
| 7335 | */
|
---|
| 7336 |
|
---|
| 7337 | jumpFixupPtr->jumpType = jumpType;
|
---|
| 7338 | jumpFixupPtr->codeOffset = TclCurrCodeOffset();
|
---|
| 7339 | jumpFixupPtr->cmdIndex = envPtr->numCommands;
|
---|
| 7340 | jumpFixupPtr->excRangeIndex = envPtr->excRangeArrayNext;
|
---|
| 7341 |
|
---|
| 7342 | switch (jumpType) {
|
---|
| 7343 | case TCL_UNCONDITIONAL_JUMP:
|
---|
| 7344 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_JUMP1, /*offset*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 7345 | break;
|
---|
| 7346 | case TCL_TRUE_JUMP:
|
---|
| 7347 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_JUMP_TRUE1, /*offset*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 7348 | break;
|
---|
| 7349 | default:
|
---|
| 7350 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_JUMP_FALSE1, /*offset*/ 0, envPtr);
|
---|
| 7351 | break;
|
---|
| 7352 | }
|
---|
| 7353 | }
|
---|
| 7354 | |
---|
| 7355 |
|
---|
| 7356 | /*
|
---|
| 7357 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7358 | *
|
---|
| 7359 | * TclFixupForwardJump --
|
---|
| 7360 | *
|
---|
| 7361 | * Procedure that updates a previously-emitted forward jump to jump
|
---|
| 7362 | * a specified number of bytes, "jumpDist". If necessary, the jump is
|
---|
| 7363 | * grown from two to five bytes; this is done if the jump distance is
|
---|
| 7364 | * greater than "distThreshold" (normally 127 bytes). The jump is
|
---|
| 7365 | * described by a JumpFixup record previously initialized by
|
---|
| 7366 | * TclEmitForwardJump.
|
---|
| 7367 | *
|
---|
| 7368 | * Results:
|
---|
| 7369 | * 1 if the jump was grown and subsequent instructions had to be moved;
|
---|
| 7370 | * otherwise 0. This result is returned to allow callers to update
|
---|
| 7371 | * any additional code offsets they may hold.
|
---|
| 7372 | *
|
---|
| 7373 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 7374 | * The jump may be grown and subsequent instructions moved. If this
|
---|
| 7375 | * happens, the code offsets for any commands and any ExceptionRange
|
---|
| 7376 | * records between the jump and the current code address will be
|
---|
| 7377 | * updated to reflect the moved code. Also, the bytecode instruction
|
---|
| 7378 | * array in the CompileEnv structure may be grown and reallocated.
|
---|
| 7379 | *
|
---|
| 7380 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7381 | */
|
---|
| 7382 |
|
---|
| 7383 | int
|
---|
| 7384 | TclFixupForwardJump(envPtr, jumpFixupPtr, jumpDist, distThreshold)
|
---|
| 7385 | CompileEnv *envPtr; /* Points to the CompileEnv structure that
|
---|
| 7386 | * holds the resulting instruction. */
|
---|
| 7387 | JumpFixup *jumpFixupPtr; /* Points to the JumpFixup structure that
|
---|
| 7388 | * describes the forward jump. */
|
---|
| 7389 | int jumpDist; /* Jump distance to set in jump
|
---|
| 7390 | * instruction. */
|
---|
| 7391 | int distThreshold; /* Maximum distance before the two byte
|
---|
| 7392 | * jump is grown to five bytes. */
|
---|
| 7393 | {
|
---|
| 7394 | unsigned char *jumpPc, *p;
|
---|
| 7395 | int firstCmd, lastCmd, firstRange, lastRange, k;
|
---|
| 7396 | unsigned int numBytes;
|
---|
| 7397 |
|
---|
| 7398 | if (jumpDist <= distThreshold) {
|
---|
| 7399 | jumpPc = (envPtr->codeStart + jumpFixupPtr->codeOffset);
|
---|
| 7400 | switch (jumpFixupPtr->jumpType) {
|
---|
| 7401 | case TCL_UNCONDITIONAL_JUMP:
|
---|
| 7402 | TclUpdateInstInt1AtPc(INST_JUMP1, jumpDist, jumpPc);
|
---|
| 7403 | break;
|
---|
| 7404 | case TCL_TRUE_JUMP:
|
---|
| 7405 | TclUpdateInstInt1AtPc(INST_JUMP_TRUE1, jumpDist, jumpPc);
|
---|
| 7406 | break;
|
---|
| 7407 | default:
|
---|
| 7408 | TclUpdateInstInt1AtPc(INST_JUMP_FALSE1, jumpDist, jumpPc);
|
---|
| 7409 | break;
|
---|
| 7410 | }
|
---|
| 7411 | return 0;
|
---|
| 7412 | }
|
---|
| 7413 |
|
---|
| 7414 | /*
|
---|
| 7415 | * We must grow the jump then move subsequent instructions down.
|
---|
| 7416 | */
|
---|
| 7417 |
|
---|
| 7418 | TclEnsureCodeSpace(3, envPtr); /* NB: might change code addresses! */
|
---|
| 7419 | jumpPc = (envPtr->codeStart + jumpFixupPtr->codeOffset);
|
---|
| 7420 | for (numBytes = envPtr->codeNext-jumpPc-2, p = jumpPc+2+numBytes-1;
|
---|
| 7421 | numBytes > 0; numBytes--, p--) {
|
---|
| 7422 | p[3] = p[0];
|
---|
| 7423 | }
|
---|
| 7424 | envPtr->codeNext += 3;
|
---|
| 7425 | jumpDist += 3;
|
---|
| 7426 | switch (jumpFixupPtr->jumpType) {
|
---|
| 7427 | case TCL_UNCONDITIONAL_JUMP:
|
---|
| 7428 | TclUpdateInstInt4AtPc(INST_JUMP4, jumpDist, jumpPc);
|
---|
| 7429 | break;
|
---|
| 7430 | case TCL_TRUE_JUMP:
|
---|
| 7431 | TclUpdateInstInt4AtPc(INST_JUMP_TRUE4, jumpDist, jumpPc);
|
---|
| 7432 | break;
|
---|
| 7433 | default:
|
---|
| 7434 | TclUpdateInstInt4AtPc(INST_JUMP_FALSE4, jumpDist, jumpPc);
|
---|
| 7435 | break;
|
---|
| 7436 | }
|
---|
| 7437 |
|
---|
| 7438 | /*
|
---|
| 7439 | * Adjust the code offsets for any commands and any ExceptionRange
|
---|
| 7440 | * records between the jump and the current code address.
|
---|
| 7441 | */
|
---|
| 7442 |
|
---|
| 7443 | firstCmd = jumpFixupPtr->cmdIndex;
|
---|
| 7444 | lastCmd = (envPtr->numCommands - 1);
|
---|
| 7445 | if (firstCmd < lastCmd) {
|
---|
| 7446 | for (k = firstCmd; k <= lastCmd; k++) {
|
---|
| 7447 | (envPtr->cmdMapPtr[k]).codeOffset += 3;
|
---|
| 7448 | }
|
---|
| 7449 | }
|
---|
| 7450 |
|
---|
| 7451 | firstRange = jumpFixupPtr->excRangeIndex;
|
---|
| 7452 | lastRange = (envPtr->excRangeArrayNext - 1);
|
---|
| 7453 | for (k = firstRange; k <= lastRange; k++) {
|
---|
| 7454 | ExceptionRange *rangePtr = &(envPtr->excRangeArrayPtr[k]);
|
---|
| 7455 | rangePtr->codeOffset += 3;
|
---|
| 7456 |
|
---|
| 7457 | switch (rangePtr->type) {
|
---|
| 7458 | case LOOP_EXCEPTION_RANGE:
|
---|
| 7459 | rangePtr->breakOffset += 3;
|
---|
| 7460 | if (rangePtr->continueOffset != -1) {
|
---|
| 7461 | rangePtr->continueOffset += 3;
|
---|
| 7462 | }
|
---|
| 7463 | break;
|
---|
| 7464 | case CATCH_EXCEPTION_RANGE:
|
---|
| 7465 | rangePtr->catchOffset += 3;
|
---|
| 7466 | break;
|
---|
| 7467 | default:
|
---|
| 7468 | panic("TclFixupForwardJump: unrecognized ExceptionRange type %d\n", rangePtr->type);
|
---|
| 7469 | }
|
---|
| 7470 | }
|
---|
| 7471 | return 1; /* the jump was grown */
|
---|
| 7472 | }
|
---|
| 7473 | |
---|
| 7474 |
|
---|
| 7475 | /*
|
---|
| 7476 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7477 | *
|
---|
| 7478 | * TclGetInstructionTable --
|
---|
| 7479 | *
|
---|
| 7480 | * Returns a pointer to the table describing Tcl bytecode instructions.
|
---|
| 7481 | * This procedure is defined so that clients can access the pointer from
|
---|
| 7482 | * outside the TCL DLLs.
|
---|
| 7483 | *
|
---|
| 7484 | * Results:
|
---|
| 7485 | * Returns a pointer to the global instruction table, same as the expression
|
---|
| 7486 | * (&instructionTable[0]).
|
---|
| 7487 | *
|
---|
| 7488 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 7489 | * None.
|
---|
| 7490 | *
|
---|
| 7491 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7492 | */
|
---|
| 7493 |
|
---|
| 7494 | InstructionDesc *
|
---|
| 7495 | TclGetInstructionTable()
|
---|
| 7496 | {
|
---|
| 7497 | return &instructionTable[0];
|
---|
| 7498 | }
|
---|
| 7499 | |
---|
| 7500 |
|
---|
| 7501 | /*
|
---|
| 7502 | *--------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7503 | *
|
---|
| 7504 | * TclRegisterAuxDataType --
|
---|
| 7505 | *
|
---|
| 7506 | * This procedure is called to register a new AuxData type
|
---|
| 7507 | * in the table of all AuxData types supported by Tcl.
|
---|
| 7508 | *
|
---|
| 7509 | * Results:
|
---|
| 7510 | * None.
|
---|
| 7511 | *
|
---|
| 7512 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 7513 | * The type is registered in the AuxData type table. If there was already
|
---|
| 7514 | * a type with the same name as in typePtr, it is replaced with the
|
---|
| 7515 | * new type.
|
---|
| 7516 | *
|
---|
| 7517 | *--------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7518 | */
|
---|
| 7519 |
|
---|
| 7520 | void
|
---|
| 7521 | TclRegisterAuxDataType(typePtr)
|
---|
| 7522 | AuxDataType *typePtr; /* Information about object type;
|
---|
| 7523 | * storage must be statically
|
---|
| 7524 | * allocated (must live forever). */
|
---|
| 7525 | {
|
---|
| 7526 | register Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
|
---|
| 7527 | int new;
|
---|
| 7528 |
|
---|
| 7529 | if (!auxDataTypeTableInitialized) {
|
---|
| 7530 | TclInitAuxDataTypeTable();
|
---|
| 7531 | }
|
---|
| 7532 |
|
---|
| 7533 | /*
|
---|
| 7534 | * If there's already a type with the given name, remove it.
|
---|
| 7535 | */
|
---|
| 7536 |
|
---|
| 7537 | hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&auxDataTypeTable, typePtr->name);
|
---|
| 7538 | if (hPtr != (Tcl_HashEntry *) NULL) {
|
---|
| 7539 | Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr);
|
---|
| 7540 | }
|
---|
| 7541 |
|
---|
| 7542 | /*
|
---|
| 7543 | * Now insert the new object type.
|
---|
| 7544 | */
|
---|
| 7545 |
|
---|
| 7546 | hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&auxDataTypeTable, typePtr->name, &new);
|
---|
| 7547 | if (new) {
|
---|
| 7548 | Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, typePtr);
|
---|
| 7549 | }
|
---|
| 7550 | }
|
---|
| 7551 | |
---|
| 7552 |
|
---|
| 7553 | /*
|
---|
| 7554 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7555 | *
|
---|
| 7556 | * TclGetAuxDataType --
|
---|
| 7557 | *
|
---|
| 7558 | * This procedure looks up an Auxdata type by name.
|
---|
| 7559 | *
|
---|
| 7560 | * Results:
|
---|
| 7561 | * If an AuxData type with name matching "typeName" is found, a pointer
|
---|
| 7562 | * to its AuxDataType structure is returned; otherwise, NULL is returned.
|
---|
| 7563 | *
|
---|
| 7564 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 7565 | * None.
|
---|
| 7566 | *
|
---|
| 7567 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7568 | */
|
---|
| 7569 |
|
---|
| 7570 | AuxDataType *
|
---|
| 7571 | TclGetAuxDataType(typeName)
|
---|
| 7572 | char *typeName; /* Name of AuxData type to look up. */
|
---|
| 7573 | {
|
---|
| 7574 | register Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
|
---|
| 7575 | AuxDataType *typePtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 7576 |
|
---|
| 7577 | if (!auxDataTypeTableInitialized) {
|
---|
| 7578 | TclInitAuxDataTypeTable();
|
---|
| 7579 | }
|
---|
| 7580 |
|
---|
| 7581 | hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&auxDataTypeTable, typeName);
|
---|
| 7582 | if (hPtr != (Tcl_HashEntry *) NULL) {
|
---|
| 7583 | typePtr = (AuxDataType *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
|
---|
| 7584 | }
|
---|
| 7585 |
|
---|
| 7586 | return typePtr;
|
---|
| 7587 | }
|
---|
| 7588 | |
---|
| 7589 |
|
---|
| 7590 | /*
|
---|
| 7591 | *--------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7592 | *
|
---|
| 7593 | * TclInitAuxDataTypeTable --
|
---|
| 7594 | *
|
---|
| 7595 | * This procedure is invoked to perform once-only initialization of
|
---|
| 7596 | * the AuxData type table. It also registers the AuxData types defined in
|
---|
| 7597 | * this file.
|
---|
| 7598 | *
|
---|
| 7599 | * Results:
|
---|
| 7600 | * None.
|
---|
| 7601 | *
|
---|
| 7602 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 7603 | * Initializes the table of defined AuxData types "auxDataTypeTable" with
|
---|
| 7604 | * builtin AuxData types defined in this file.
|
---|
| 7605 | *
|
---|
| 7606 | *--------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7607 | */
|
---|
| 7608 |
|
---|
| 7609 | void
|
---|
| 7610 | TclInitAuxDataTypeTable()
|
---|
| 7611 | {
|
---|
| 7612 | auxDataTypeTableInitialized = 1;
|
---|
| 7613 |
|
---|
| 7614 | Tcl_InitHashTable(&auxDataTypeTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
|
---|
| 7615 | TclRegisterAuxDataType(&tclForeachInfoType);
|
---|
| 7616 | }
|
---|
| 7617 | |
---|
| 7618 |
|
---|
| 7619 | /*
|
---|
| 7620 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7621 | *
|
---|
| 7622 | * TclFinalizeAuxDataTypeTable --
|
---|
| 7623 | *
|
---|
| 7624 | * This procedure is called by Tcl_Finalize after all exit handlers
|
---|
| 7625 | * have been run to free up storage associated with the table of AuxData
|
---|
| 7626 | * types.
|
---|
| 7627 | *
|
---|
| 7628 | * Results:
|
---|
| 7629 | * None.
|
---|
| 7630 | *
|
---|
| 7631 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 7632 | * Deletes all entries in the hash table of AuxData types, "auxDataTypeTable".
|
---|
| 7633 | *
|
---|
| 7634 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 7635 | */
|
---|
| 7636 |
|
---|
| 7637 | void
|
---|
| 7638 | TclFinalizeAuxDataTypeTable()
|
---|
| 7639 | {
|
---|
| 7640 | if (auxDataTypeTableInitialized) {
|
---|
| 7641 | Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&auxDataTypeTable);
|
---|
| 7642 | auxDataTypeTableInitialized = 0;
|
---|
| 7643 | }
|
---|
| 7644 | }
|
---|